Home / Series / Four in a Bed / Aired Order /

All Seasons

Season 1

  • S01E01 The Grange, Long Wittenham

    • November 22, 2010
    • Channel 4

    The contest begins at The Grange in Oxfordshire, where Graham Neil and his wife Cherry offer a picture-framing course and a morning bagpipe wake-up call. The competing guests are from South Wales, Edinburgh and Abingdon.

  • S01E02 Happy Donkey Hill, Wales

    • November 23, 2010
    • Channel 4

    The competition reaches its second day, and the group visits the village of Llandysul, South Wales, to enjoy the hospitality of Katie Clamp and husband Andy. Edinburgh guesthouse manager Tony Costa is not happy to find dog hairs on his bed, and Graham Neil is unimpressed after taking a dip in the hot tub. Things seem to get worse when efforts to prepare a hearty breakfast backfire, leading to chaos in the kitchen.

  • S01E03 Amar Agua, Edinburgh

    • November 24, 2010
    • Channel 4

    Tony and Dawn Ann Costa, owners of the five star Amar Agua in Edinburgh, pride themselves on their high standards. They decide to entertain their guests with a meal at a leading restaurant, and a visit to a subterranean museum, but Katie keeps complaining and Tony and Dawn Ann struggle to keep calm.

  • S01E04 Abbey Guest House, Abingdon

    • November 25, 2010
    • Channel 4

    Terry and Peter Boswell welcome the group to their Abbey Guest House in Abingdon, Oxfordshire. They organise a day trip to the Thames, but Tony and Katie are still feuding, and the situation only gets worse at dinner as the evening ends in tears.

  • S01E05 Payment Day - Week 1

    • November 26, 2010
    • Channel 4
  • S01E06 Manor House Farm, Norfolk

    • November 29, 2010
    • Channel 4

    The contest begins at the Manor House Farm in the Norfolk countryside. The guests get a taste of Libby Ellis's no-nonsense approach when she reveals she does not like having teachers to stay - a profession to which competitor Irene Willson from Sussex belongs.

  • S01E07 Butlers Farm, Sussex

    • November 30, 2010
    • Channel 4

    Self-confessed zany couple Pete and Irene Wilson invite their competitors to Butlers Farm in Sussex, but Bridlington pair Paul Sharpe and Lou Sittler are disgruntled by the fact they will be sleeping in the hosts' bedroom. Tensions continues to rise in the morning when the guests are unimpressed by overheated breakfast plates.

  • S01E08 Lawn Guest House, Gatwick

    • December 1, 2010
    • Channel 4

    Quasim and Naila Suhail, owners of the Lawn Guest House near Gatwick, host the third day of the hospitality challenge. Everything seems to be going well for them when a karting afternoon brings a sense of competition to the group, but they are unprepared for the comments on the feedback forms.

  • S01E09 The Swallow, Bridlington

    • December 2, 2010
    • Channel 4

    The last to host in this week's competition are Paul Sharpe and Lou Sittler at the Swallow in Bridlington. The duo are determined to put on the glitz for their guests, organising champagne on the beach and a cabaret dinner, but there is tension at breakfast as the pressure takes its toll.

  • S01E10 Payment Day - Week 2

    • December 3, 2010
    • Channel 4
  • S01E11 Swan Inn, Pontfadog

    • December 6, 2010
    • Channel 4

    The contest begins at the Swan Inn in Pontfadog, a village in the Ceiriog Valley in Wrexham. Ian and Cathy McNeill take their guests trout fishing, and round the day off with a meal in their own restaurant with entertainment from a traditional tenor. However, the morning is not as harmonious when the competitors struggle to have a wash with only one shower between all of them.

  • S01E12 Bed & Breakfast by the Beach, Bournmouth

    • December 7, 2010
    • Channel 4

    The competition moves to Bournemouth, where owners John and Chris welcome their guests to the Bed & Breakfast by the Beach. The visit gets off to a bad start when hyper-critical Jill is reduced to tears by the discovery that her room does not have a smoke alarm, and the tension continues to mount at dinner, where the hosts regale their guests with racy tales from their past.

  • S01E13 Lansbury, North Yorkshire

    • December 8, 2010
    • Channel 4

    The owner of the Lansbury on the North Yorkshire coast competes. All the guests are keen to get stuck into having a good look around her rooms after falling victim to her criticism earlier in the week, and when her efforts at playing tour guide backfire, and her breakfast fails to impress, she is reduced to tears.

  • S01E14 Castle House, Denbigh, North Wales

    • December 9, 2010
    • Channel 4

    The group's final destination is Charlie and Angie's Castle House in Denbigh, North Wales. The hosts take their guests to a nearby spa, but some complain of being bored, while back at the B&B, the previously critical Jill is full of praise.

  • S01E15 Payment Day - Week 3

    • December 10, 2010
    • Channel 4
  • S01E16 Fraoch House, Edinburgh

    • December 13, 2010
    • Channel 4

    The contest begins at the contemporary Fraoch House in Edinburgh, where Gareth Houston and his mother Heather Davidson hope to impress the guests with their stylish interiors and modern approach to hospitality

  • S01E17 Springfield Hotel, Marple, Greater Manchester

    • December 14, 2010
    • Channel 4

    A pair of newlywed B&B owners invite their rivals to their traditional establishment in Marple, Greater Manchester, and hope their quaint location will be enough to secure the prize. However, their guests make it well known that it will take more than an idyllic environment to emerge victorious.

  • S01E18 The Barns, Loughborough, Leicester

    • December 15, 2010
    • Channel 4

    Suzy Way, the owner of a modern and unconventional B&B near Loughborough, and her sister Niki Brown, prepare an activity-packed day featuring water sport wakeboarding, and a home-made curry to win their guests over.

  • S01E19 The Benson Hotel, Braintree, Essex

    • December 16, 2010
    • Channel 4

    John Benson is the last to host the group at his B&B in Braintree, Essex, where he hopes his strong business sense and capable manageress will make a good impression. A day out at a skidpan track is not to everyone's liking, but dinner is a more relaxed affair, enhanced by spooky stories and a sing-song.

  • S01E20 Payment Day - Week 4

    • December 17, 2010
    • Channel 4

Season 2

  • S02E01 Robertsbrook Guesthouse, Swanage

    • May 30, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Claire Hilton is first to host, at Robertsbrook Guesthouse in Swanage. Claire feels she has got more than a sporting chance in the competition. But Claire's first guests Lynn Self and Ziggy Broome are dubious about the cleanliness of their bedroom. Ziggy leaves no stone unturned in his search for dust, even dismantling the bed, before deciding he would rather sleep in the wardrobe. Claire's next guests have stayed in a fancy pad or two in their time - with their singing daughter Charlotte Church. Later the group don festive costumes for dinner. But talk of the serious business of star ratings creates a tension that continues at breakfast.

  • S02E02 Eden Lodge, Falmouth

    • May 31, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Quirky couple Lynn Self and Ziggy Broome hope to impress with their two-star B&B in Falmouth, Cornwall. But with two of the guests - Charlotte Church's parents James and Maria Church - already saying that they wouldn't stay anywhere below a four star, it could be an interesting day. From the offset the guests are very unimpressed by their surroundings - from peeling wallpaper to a dirty toilet brush. At dinner, when James and Maria reveal the truth about their famous daughter, Nicky reveals she used to be Mr Blobby's fan-mail writer After an interesting night's sleep, breakfast reduces some of the guests to fits of giggles.

  • S02E03 Dexby Townhouse, Cardiff

    • June 1, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Charlotte Church's parents, James and Maria, run Dexby Townhouse in Cardiff. The hosts lay on a day of white-water rafting in tight wetsuits, and some magic tricks courtesy of Maria's young nephew Elliot. But, next morning, some of the guests are kept waiting for their breakfast.

  • S02E04 Muddifords Court Country House, Devon

    • June 2, 2011
    • Channel 4

    It is the last stay of the competition and the turn of newlyweds Pip Easby and Nicky Lesser-Easby, who run Muddifords Court Country House in Devon. While the Churches find their historical four-poster bed a bit small, not all of the guests enjoy the trip to a local glass-blowing factory. Over dinner some of the participants say what they think of each other, and during the night James gets cold feet. But despite some disappointing bacon at breakfast, the feedback at check out time the next day leaves the hosts feeling pretty confident.

  • S02E05 Payment Day, Week 1

    • June 3, 2011
    • Channel 4

    There are tears, outrage and arguments as the group meet one last time to find out exactly how much they have been paid by their fellow hoteliers, and to air their grievances face to face.

  • S02E06 Gorse Meadow, New Forest

    • June 6, 2011
    • Channel 4

    First to host this time is Mrs Tee in the New Forest Mrs Tee's eccentric ways charm the guests on arrival. But not everyone's room is up to scratch. John and Neil's bathroom window needs fixing and Alistair and Emma Mundell find they are sharing their room with ladybirds, cobwebs and dust. Mrs Tee's group activity is a master class in mushrooms master class and her home-cooked dinner also consists of mushrooms. At check out time while most of the guests agree that Mrs Tee's rooms just aren't up to standard, Alistair and Emma are the toughest critics.

  • S02E07 Castle Hill Guesthouse, Lynton

    • June 7, 2011
    • Channel 4

    It's Alistair and Emma Mundell's turn to host in sleepy Lynton, North Devon at their four-star premises which only opened three months ago. The B&B newbies are desperate to impress with their recently renovated rooms. The accommodation proves a winner with Mark and Fee and John and Neil, but Mrs Tee is proving more difficult to please. Later a ride on the Victorian cliff railway from Lynton to Lynmouth proves hard for two of their guests who are afraid of heights. Over dinner John and Neil reveal their B&B is in Blackpool - a town which which Alistair confesses is his `worst nightmare'. In the morning Mrs Tee says she didn't sleep because of traffic noise and is so critical of the cooked breakfast the other guests are reduced to hysterics.

  • S02E08 Vidella, Blackpool

    • June 8, 2011
    • Channel 4

    The competition heads north to Blackpool, where fun-loving pranksters John and Neil have hatched a plan to pay back Alistair for being a self-confessed Blackpool-hater. The fun continues at activity time as Neil appears in drag and leads the group to Funny Girls drag cabaret bar. Mark confesses he has never had such a surreal time, and even Alistair gets into the groove. Back at the Vidella the boys cook dinner providing a special blow-up guest to keep Mark company in the absence of his wife. Come the morning and Mrs Tee has had another bad nights sleep and again criticises breakfast. Plus there's yet another prank from the hosts - this time with a plastic egg.

  • S02E09 Urban Beach, Bournemouth

    • June 9, 2011
    • Channel 4

    For the final visit the group checks into Mark Crib's boutique B&B in Bournemouth. With top prices of £170 the chic rooms come with all mod cons and super deluxe bathrooms. The afternoon's activity is a speedboat ride along the Jurassic coast. All the guests approve - even Mrs Tee is full of praise. And after some initial uncertainty Mrs Tee also declares the following morning's breakfast to be `excellent'.

  • S02E10 Payment Day, Week 2

    • June 10, 2011
    • Channel 4

    The hosts meet for one last time to find out what they've been paid and to thrash out their differences. There's soon trouble as Mrs Tee finds out that it¿s Alistair and Emma who scored her only one lowly point for cleanliness. The confrontation continues when the roles are reversed with a heated exchange resulting in a walk out.

  • S02E11 Derwent House, West Sussex

    • June 13, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Jon and Julia Shorrock host the week's first round of the B&B competition from their four-star Derwent House in West Sussex. The guests are split by gender to sample the area, with the men firing machine guns at a shooting range and the women relaxing at a spa - but a carpeted bathroom and shower without hot water raise questions.

  • S02E12 Kirkby Park B&B, Liverpool

    • June 14, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Today's hosts are soul mates Peter and Sharron Sorsky, who share the warmth of their Liverpool home with this week's guests. On arrival at Kirkby Park B&B, via the industrial estate, Annette is immediately on her guard after noting the CCTV camera on the outside of the house. Things don't get much better during the room inspection, as guests find dust, curly hair, unspecified dirt, stains and a hole in the wall. Peter and Sharron have got a surprise package in store for their guests to see a part of Liverpool they would never expect: its wildlife. A tour of Knowsley Safari Park, provides a chance for the guests to monkey about. All that fun means things get a little sweaty in the back of the Land Rover, so it's back to the B&B for a shower... which is easier said than done, as the Kirkby shower rota proves fallible. Still, at least Peter and Sharron have lined up one of their favourite restaurants for their guest's pleasure: an all-you-can-eat Chinese buffet.

  • S02E13 Plas Dinas Country House, Snowdonia

    • June 15, 2011
    • Channel 4

    It's Andy and Julian Banner-Price's turn to host the competition at their swanky Plas Dinas Country House in Snowdonia, where they've allocated their guests their priciest rooms, costing between £190 and £250 per night. Peter and Sharron arrive in North Wales still reeling from receiving their own feedback forms, and immediately begin finding fault with seemingly every aspect of their room, particularly the antique furniture. A visit to the local slate museum provides a chance for the B&B owners to wash bedding the old fashioned way, and far from being a busman's holiday, it proves an unexpected hit. When it comes to the feedback forms Andy and Julian identify the chief complainers as the Sorskys.

  • S02E14 Hazelwood Farm, Crayke

    • June 16, 2011
    • Channel 4

    The final B&B of the week is Annette McAnespie's Hazelwood Farm in Crake, Yorkshire. Annette is a one-woman whirlwind, as she cleans and cooks everything herself in her four-star silver B&B and also provides extra touches such as homemade biscuits in each room. Most initial impressions are favourable. After settling in, hyperactive Annette has lined up her idea of fun for her guests: a cycling tour. However, not everyone feels up to it, so Peter, Jon and Julia head off to a local craft centre to make mosaics. Over the paper and glue, Peter and Jon begin to bond for the first time all week, although Jon could just be enjoying the audience. Meanwhile, the cyclists have a lovely time when they find their picnic spot in a lay-by. In the hotelier's final breakfast send off, one-woman team Annette makes hosting look easy, as she cooks and serves all the breakfasts herself with fresh local produce. Julia's only criticism is that she'd have preferred a sausage with 'more girth'.

  • S02E15 Payment Day, Week 3

    • June 17, 2011
    • Channel 4

    The group return to final host Annette's Hazelwood farm for one last meeting to discover how much they've been paid and to have the chance to defend their comments and their B&Bs, before the winner is revealed. After quite a few tissues, Annette gets down to announcing the winners and the losers. It's been a week of waterworks, tall tales and breakfast scrambles, but who is going to end up with the final prize? And with the competition over, will anyone want to see each other again?

  • S02E16 The PitStop, Hertfordshire

    • June 20, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Melvyn and Sindy start the latest competition at their B&B the Pitstop in Hertfordshire. But their guests are dubious about the satin sheets and the DIY breakfast. The Pitstop is a Morgan sports-car-themed B&B. However, the absence of tea and coffee in the rooms, and the presence of the odd cobweb causes a raised eyebrow or two. Unfortunately, Melvyn's after-dinner monologue about his darling Morgan sports cars does not go down well either.

  • S02E17 The Victory at Mersea, Essex

    • June 21, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Corporate couple Gill and Peter Tydie host at their four-star in Essex, which features 26 staff to organise the bar, restaurant and accommodation. On a trip to a local fishery Wayne's behaviour once again proves irritating to some of the others. Melvyn finds a hole in the bed sheet. And following some spilt coffee over breakfast and a fairly unsuccessful send-off, Gill and Peter are left feeling a lot less confident of victory.

  • S02E18 Butterfly Paragliding B&B, Isle of Wight

    • June 22, 2011
    • Channel 4

    It's Dave 'Butterfly' Botha's turn to host, at his two-star establishment on the Isle of Wight. Tension builds from the outset as Wayne and Deborah discover that they'll be spending the night in one of the tepees in the garden... with an outdoor toilet. Dave's ace in the hole is paragliding lessons, which brings the group back together through the art of flight. Dave opts for a BBQ dinner - despite the freezing weather. After a restless night's sleep in their tepee Wayne and Deborah claim they have been served watery eggs and rubbery sausages for breakfast. How will the ever-positive host take the criticism?

  • S02E19 Braddon Hall, Torquay

    • June 23, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Deborah Morrison and Wayne Bingham open their doors in Torquay, where a game of archery causes allegations of unfair play to fly. While Melvyn and Sindy are curious to know if the chandelier's sturdy enough to do some swinging, Gill and Pete are concerned over the mismatching type-faces on the in-room brochure, which is apparently a cardinal B&B sin. At dinner time the competitors' true feelings surface - with accusations of incoherent branding and imperfect websites.

  • S02E20 Payment Day, Week 4

    • June 24, 2011
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners gather to find out how much they've been paid, and to reveal the winner. Melvyn and Sindy interrogate their guests over the criticism in their feedback. Gill and Peter from the Victory bristle at the negative feedback and two underpayments. Butterfly Dave gets in a flap over a series of large underpayments. And Wayne and Deborah's payments leave the competition result in the balance.

  • S02E21 The Old Hall Country House, Madeley

    • June 27, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Simon White and friend and neighbour Shirley Boyle are first to host, in the picturesque village of Madeley, in Cheshire. On arrival, most of the guests are awed by the historical 16th century B&B. In the afternoon, Simon and Shirley take their guests tap dancing and, in keeping with the five-star luxury, to a private fine-dining restaurant for dinner. Next morning, however, one of the guests reports her dissatisfaction with the layout of her bedroom... and the garnish on her breakfast eggs.

  • S02E22 Thornley House, Allendale

    • June 28, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Cat-lover Eileen Finn welcomes guests to her four-star B&B in Allendale, Northumbria. But Eileen's beloved and very large Maine Coon cats are not to all of her guests' liking. Eileen's activity is a guided tour of her stunning grounds - including her very own pussycat cemetery - before the group is taken inside for a masterclass in the fine art of cat grooming. And at breakfast the guests get a little more than they bargained for with added extras in the form of cat hairs.

  • S02E23 Chy Conyn, St. Ives

    • June 29, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Jessica and Adrian Rashleigh hope the beautiful Cornish coastal surroundings will make up for the snugness of their three bed outfit in St Ives. Will their guests agree? For the activity, Jessica and Adrian take their guests on a magical mystery camper van tour of the local sights. At breakfast some of the guests struggle with the small breakfast room, but the food itself goes down quite well. And later, so do the men, as Eileen demonstrates her karate skills by flooring every one of them.

  • S02E24 The Cavendish, Bournemouth

    • June 30, 2011
    • Channel 4

    The last to host are Tim and Karen in Bournemouth. Their guests are impressed with the 16-bed 'pink palace', and Eileen is delighted by the feline memorabilia left in her room as a special touch by her caring competitors. But will an activity of indoor paintballing go down so well?

  • S02E25 Payment Day, Week 5

    • July 1, 2011
    • Channel 4

    It's payment day and Simon of Old Hall Country House is stunned by a generous overpayment, while Eileen from Thornley is on the receiving end of some harsh criticism and some even harsher payments. And a shock underpayment leaves Tim from The Cavendish in Bournemouth reeling. With some of the guests barely on speaking terms, Tim takes centre stage to announce the winner.

  • S02E26 Godshill Park Farm House, Isle of Wight

    • July 4, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Mark and Kathy start the competition at their grandiose Godshill Park Farmhouse on the Isle of Wight. Will their award-winning breakfast do the business for their guests? Mark and Kathy's hosting skills immediately come into question as Kathy asks Kalpana and Joseph from The Address to remove their shoes because of the cream carpets. When the guests see their bedrooms, Ruth from Crake Trees Manor is perturbed to discover she's been given a four poster bed, while Teresa and Clive from the Butterfly Guest House are shocked to discover dust behind the bath taps. The day's activity is clay pigeon shooting. Welsh couple Teresa and Clive label the sport as posh, but that doesn't stop them wanting to win. Later Teresa breaks into song at the table. As they bed down for the night Joseph is concerned that there should be more hangers available.

  • S02E27 Butterfly Guest House, Porthcawl

    • July 5, 2011
    • Channel 4

    B&B beginners Teresa and Clive in Porthcawl, South Wales face close scrutiny from their guests - Mark and Kathy find two hairs in the bathroom and Cumbrian farmers Ruth and Mike are shocked to discover there's no view of the sea from their window. The hosts take their guests cosmic bowling and throw a surprise karaoke in the evening, which proves a big hit.

  • S02E28 The Address, Blackpool

    • July 6, 2011
    • Channel 4

    The competition moves north to Blackpool to Kalpana and Joseph's The Address. Kalpana dresses the ladies in saris, but some of the guests are upset about seating arrangements at dinner. Cumbrian farmers Ruth and Mike aren't best pleased to see a view of a car park and a security light outside their window. And the group activity is a trip to The Pleasure Beach, where Teresa calls Mark and Kathy `a miserable couple!'

  • S02E29 Crake Trees Manor, Cumbria

    • July 7, 2011
    • Channel 4

    The group head to the Cumbrian hillsides to stay at Ruth and Mike's Crake Trees Manor where the group activity is helping Mike and Ruth repair a dry stone wall! Teresa's looking forward to relaxing in this plush four-star gold B&B. But she and her husband Clive are in the Shepherds Hut - a back-to-basic, outdoor accommodation without water, toilet or electricity. At check-out Teresa pulls no punches when describing her disappointing stay, leaving an offended Ruth to declare that she wouldn't be welcome back.

  • S02E30 Payment Day, Week 6

    • July 8, 2011
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and all the B&B hosts gather one last time to find out how much they've been paid and who will be named best value B&B of the week. Mark and Kathy of Godshill Park Farm House discover some heavy underpayments, and while relations between the group and Teresa and Clive are shattered, accusations of game-playing fly between all the contestants.

  • S02E31 Slimmeria Slimming Retreat, East Sussex

    • October 24, 2011
    • Channel 4

    First up this week is luxury weight-loss and detox retreat Slimmeria, owned by Galia and Michael Grainger. Health fanatic Galia's mission is to spread the Slimmeria message. But what do fun-loving Ann and Bill Clay from Bosvean House make of Galia's £260 price tag, rules and regulations, and 9pm curfew? Jan and William from St Giles are happy to comply, but Diane and Max from Ombersley Bed & Breakfast suspect they're in for an uncomfortable night ahead when they sample the bed. An afternoon work-out, Zumba-style, followed by a healthy meal and weight-loss lecture does little to get the party started.

  • S02E32 38 St Giles, Norwich

    • October 25, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Jan and William Cheeseman have achieved a Five-Star Gold rating at 38 St Giles in Norwich, but the pursuit of perfection has been known to take its toll on this volatile pair. Things are anything but perfect for Galia when she arrives. Unhappy with her room due to the road noise, she asks to be moved. Luckily a day on the race track gives Galia something to smile about as she has the ride of her life. At breakfast time, Jan and William go into meltdown in the kitchen. But at the breakfast table the guests are none the wiser.

  • S02E33 Bosvean House, North Cornwall

    • October 26, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Fun-loving Ann and Bill host at their four-star B&B in Bude, North Cornwall. On arrival Galia immediately complains about the lack of sea view, while Diane and Max query the luxury description of the premises. There's an indulgent Cornish cream tea, a Cornish stick dance, a drink in Ann and Bill's garden shed, and `weekday caviar' for brekkie.

  • S02E34 Ombersley Village B&B, Worcestershire

    • October 27, 2011
    • Channel 4

    It's the last visit of the week. Hosts at Ombersley Bed & Breakfast are village bakers Diane and Max Seivewright. On arrival Ann and Bill conduct a dust hunt in their room. Jan and William are left speechless by the outdated rooms. And Galia finds the journey across the hall for conveniences somewhat inconvenient. Galia and Ann bicker over gluten-free bread and hand washing. Ann is underwhelmed by her eggs at breakfast and later she finds herself in tears.

  • S02E35 Payment Day, Week 7

    • October 28, 2011
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day and the B&B hosts gather to find out how much they've been paid and who is taking the title of best value for money B&B. Galia faces some harsh feedback, but questions the criticism over Slimmeria's rules and regulations. Tensions rise again between Galia and Ann and Bill, while Diane and Max from Ombersley feel stabbed in the back - especially by Ann and Bill's feedback - and are looking for some answers. After a surprising round of payments, it's anyone's guess as to which B&B will win this week.

  • S02E36 Silverwood Lodge, Cambridgeshire

    • October 31, 2011
    • Channel 4

    First to host are husband-and-wife team Paul Billington and Flora Loizou from Silverwood Lodge in Cambridgeshire, the only couple in this contest. As the hosts show their three female guests to their rooms, Caroline, owner of The Dean B&B, has a frosty view of the fact that they don't live on site. The hosts try to impress their guests by taking them punting down the Cam, but Sue from Seashells Guesthouse almost manages to capsize the group. Over dinner, straight-talking Nancy from The Old Court Guesthouse suggests that not living on site compromises the hosts' attention to customer needs. Come morning, Caroline has been kept awake all night by the noisy road and Nancy's TV 'doesn't work'. When the hosts read the frank feedback they are left livid and accusations of foul play fly.

  • S02E37 Seashells Guesthouse, Great Yarmouth

    • November 1, 2011
    • Channel 4

    The group are off to Great Yarmouth to stay in Sue's dog friendly Seashells Guesthouse. After revealing that she allows dogs to sleep in the beds during the last B&B visit, no one knows quite what to expect. All the guests are blown away by the doggy-themed exterior. The interior is equally memorable for Nancy, who finds dog hairs under the duvet. Spirits are high during the afternoon as Sue gives her guests a taste of Great Yarmouth beachside fun, such as a horse and trap ride and a game of bingo. Over dinner, the jovial mood is crushed when Nancy brings up the issues of dogs sleeping in the beds and Sue allowing smoking in the bedrooms. Tempers are raised and accusations fly. At feedback time, Sue goes into a combative mood when she reads Nancy's frank comments.

  • S02E38 The Old Court Guesthouse, Bath

    • November 2, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Third host Nancy Hampson tries to put the problems of the first two visits behind her, but there's trouble from the off at The Old Court Guesthouse. Paul and Flora are unhappy with the size of the bed they've been given, so Nancy offers to move them, but the duo soon give their new room a microscopic inspection and discover a few B&B misdemeanours. Dog lover Sue checks into one of the converted prison cell rooms, but unfortunately she's claustrophobic and is left feeling caged. After showing them the best of what Bath has to offer with a historical tour and a dip in a thermal spa, Nancy takes her guests to a quirky restaurant. But the positive mood is short-lived because Nancy doesn't come off well when the guests get together to trial her breakfast. At feedback time, The Old Court gets the thumbs down, although Nancy is philosophical about it.

  • S02E39 The Dean. Firth of Forth

    • November 3, 2011
    • Channel 4

    The guests head to Scotland to stay with final host Caroline at The Dean B&B, a picturesque house with breath-taking views across the Firth of Forth. Determined to give her guests a bonnie day out, Caroline's opening gambit is a jig accompanied by a bagpiper, followed by a re-enactment of the Battle of Prestonpans in gale-force winds. The group don their glad rags for a posh dinner at one of Scotland's finest restaurants, although some feel their portions aren't nearly big enough. The guests' Highland dining experiences don't improve when it comes to breakfast at The Dean, which features uncooked eggs and mouldy jam. Caroline is reduced to tears reading her guests' comments on the feedback forms. Who will be feeling the emotion when it comes to payment time?

  • S02E40 Payment Day, Week 8

    • November 4, 2011
    • Channel 4

    There are tensions, tempers and tears as the group reconvene for one last time to thrash out the feedback, reveal the payments and announce the winner in the competition to be named best value B&B of the week. Paul and Flora from Silverwood Lodge are fired up about Nancy's comments and a tussle over TVs and hot water leads to accusations of game playing. Sue from Seashells in Great Yarmouth also has an axe to grind with Nancy as the controversial topic of smoking in bedrooms leads to tension. After being confronted head on, it's Nancy's turn to get some answers about her feedback and she has a particular issue with Paul and Flora's mark for The Old Court Guesthouse's cleanliness. When final host Caroline dissects her feedback from Paul and Flora about a dirty kettle and a cobweb at The Dean B&B there are no hard feelings, leaving Nancy furious about their double standards. After a tense time around the table, everyone now has their payments and everything is in the open. But which will be crowned the best value B&B?

  • S02E41 Watersedge Guest House, Barton on Sea

    • November 7, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Traditional B&B owners Alan and Sylvie are first to host in their seafront establishment Watersedge Guest House in Barton on Sea, Hampshire. For the day's entertainment the group is taken to the New Forest for a spot of deer watching. But once the guests have spotted some, there's not much more to see. Come the evening, Alan and Sylvie are desperate to demonstrate that they know how to party, and they do exactly that with a bountiful Hawaiian barbeque. After a decent night's sleep - for everyone but Eva - it's all down to Watersedge's breakfast, which also includes parrots, poles and picky eating habits.

  • S02E42 Nearwater, Cornwall

    • November 8, 2011
    • Channel 4

    It's Tim and Amelia's turn to host the rival B&B owners at their non-star-rated boutique accommodation, Nearwater, on the south Cornish coast. For the afternoon entertainment, Tim and Amelia proffer wet suits for the guests, the sight of which sends Eva running for cover. Everyone else jumps on board a boat for some seal spotting. Unfortunately, the seals don't make an appearance, so Tim and Amelia lead a dive into the deep blue sea. Breakfast is served and there are a couple of mishaps that don't go unnoticed. Eva's order is taken incorrectly and Amelia drops an egg-soaked knife on Danny's brand new white jumper.

  • S02E43 Roundhouse Hotel, Weymouth

    • November 9, 2011
    • Channel 4

    It's the turn of Austrian-born Eva Buschmann to host in her cosmopolitan, boutique B&B on Weymouth seafront, Roundhouse Hotel. In the afternoon artist Eva shares her creative passion by giving her guests a lesson in abstract art. For Eva's evening she takes her guests to her favourite harbour-side restaurant where Sylvie airs her concerns about the positioning of the shower in her rooms, which she states will mean she will have to watch Alan washing his bits in the morning! At breakfast super cool Eva has everything under control so the guests concentrate on getting final hosts - Mike and Danny - hot under the collar instead.

  • S02E44 Homecliffe Hotel, Blackpool

    • November 10, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Showmen Mike and Danny host their rival B&B owners on day four at their four-star rated guest house - Homecliffe Hotel - in Blackpool. After everyone is settled in, Mike and Danny want to show their guests that Blackpool rocks. First up is a tram ride along the sea front and then onto the newly-opened Madame Tussauds. After a red carpet afternoon it's on to dinner at Mike's favourite restaurant - his own. Over dinner the cracks between the Homecliffe boys and Tim and Amelia really begin to show. In the morning there are reports from some guests of dodgy mattresses and a restless night's sleep. And breakfast isn't much more of a success, with Mike forced to send one of his staff to find some Earl Grey tea from another B&B for Amelia and Eva.

  • S02E45 Payment Day, Week 9

    • November 11, 2011
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day and all the B&B hosts gather for one last time to find out how much they've been paid. Before they open their envelopes, Alan claims he has five new friends, but will he be saying the same thing when all the money is on the table? It falls to host Danny to announce the winners - and the couple who take the title do so amidst mutterings from the other hoteliers - but when all is said and done, only one establishment can take the title best value for money B&B. Who will it be?

  • S02E46 Centery Farm, North Devon

    • November 14, 2011
    • Channel 4

    First to host are Steve and Beverly Green from Centery Farm in North Devon. Former hotel inspector Sandie decides, for now, to keep her past profession a closely guarded secret from the others. Busy businessman Stephen Hammonn from the Old Hall House at Heart of England B&B struggles to relax, while grandson and grandmother duo and owners of The Little Gloster B&B, Ben and Lilian say they could do with a stiff drink. With more sheep than people in Devon, Bev and Steve's afternoon herding activity seemed like a winner, but due to heavy rain and fog things get a bit murky, and the group resort to duck herding instead. Having spent a day in the rain, dinner comes as welcome relief.

  • S02E47 Little Gloster, Isle of Wight

    • November 15, 2011
    • Channel 4

    On the Isle of Wight owner and professional chef Ben Cooke shows his guests how to make gravlax and the vodka-based shot, Akavit. After being split in to two teams to cure their salmon, tensions soar and the competition heats up between Steve and Bev and Stephen from Old Hall House. The awkward relationship between the three is made worse over dinner when Bev's attempts to get to know Stephen better are met with a frosty response.

  • S02E48 Old Hall House, Warwickshire

    • November 16, 2011
    • Channel 4

    It's the turn of Stephen to host at the four-star Old Hall House, where the on-site activities include shooting and archery. Stephen takes his guests to his own restaurant for an evening meal. The group feels they are starting to get to know Stephen, but the ultimate B&B bombshell is dropped by Sandie, who reveals her secret past as a hotel inspector. In his bid to impress, Stephen takes the unusual step of serving breakfast himself, but his skills as a waiter aren't quite up to scratch and orders are forgotten.

  • S02E49 The House of Agnes, Canterbury

    • November 17, 2011
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the competition is to The House of Agnes in Canterbury, run by ex-hotel inspector Sandie. Could Sandie's former job backfire on her? Although based in the historical and cultural hotbed of Canterbury, Sandie opts for a more liquid based activity by taking her guests to a local brewery. The afternoon leaves businessman Stephen with a bitter taste in his mouth as he yearns for something of the bubbly variety. A fancy fish restaurant for dinner gets Sandie's guests bonding, but the conversation soon turns to the history of the House of Agnes and its friendly ghost. Some guests retire to bed feeling a little nervous...

  • S02E50 Payment Day, Week 10

    • November 18, 2011
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day and all the B&B hosts gather for one last time to find out how much they've been paid. After the emotion, the wrangles and the payments, who will take the prize of the best value B&B? It falls to the ex-hotel inspector to award the prize.

  • S02E51 The Pavilion Hotel, Hyde Park

    • November 21, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Former pop singer Danny Karne welcomes guests to his fashion-and rock 'n' roll-themed hotel in central London, and the sports car parked outside wows his visitors. But the petrol-head's decision to take his fellow hoteliers to a motoring museum goes down badly, when one of them reveals he has no passion for cars.

  • S02E52 The Fox and Duck, Hertfordshire

    • November 22, 2011
    • Channel 4

    John Luce and his partner Pat Sutton invite their fellow hoteliers to the Fox and Duck, a country inn in Therfield, Hertfordshire. The local golf club provides the guests with adequate entertainment, and they appear to bond as they share friendly banter and a spot of singing at the end of the night. However, the following morning brings with it a shower disaster.

  • S02E53 The New Inn, Newbridge-on-Wye

    • November 23, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Dave and Debbie Lang, who run the New Inn in Newbridge-on-Wye, Powys, play host. Dave is a keen pig breeder and owns the on-site butcher's shop, so he serves some of his award-winning pork products for breakfast.

  • S02E54 Westleigh Farm, Somerset

    • November 24, 2011
    • Channel 4
  • S02E55 Payment Day, Week 11

    • November 25, 2011
    • Channel 4

    The contestants meet one last time to learn how much they have been paid by their fellow hoteliers before discovering who has won the week's competition. Old tensions resurface as the results are announced, and there are heated exchanges around the table.

  • S02E56 Guest and the City, Brighton

    • November 28, 2011
    • Channel 4

    The owners of Guest and the City, Dan and Mardi Leonard, welcome their visitors in Brighton, but there is a mixed reaction to the couple's contemporary decor and stained glass windows. The wacky furniture leaves some guests confused, and one pair of fellow hoteliers bemoan the lack of sausages at breakfast.

  • S02E57 Farmer's Boy Inn, Gloucestershire

    • November 29, 2011
    • Channel 4

    At The Farmer's Boy Inn, Gloucestershire, proud owner and pie entrepreneur Phil Kiernan sets his guests a pie-making challenge. Alan and Jane take centre stage as their kitchen bickering entertains the group. Before breakfast the next morning the group work up an appetite on the bouncy castle.

  • S02E58 Geanna Hotel Boat, Henley-on-Thames

    • November 30, 2011
    • Channel 4

    Alan and Jane welcome aboard their first ever guests for a night on their brand-new purpose built hotel boat. On arrival the guests enjoy the novelty factor, but Dan and Mardi think that space is too tight, while Jean-Pierre and Sarah are slightly concerned about privacy. The Geanna embarks on her maiden voyage up the Thames. The group pass by some hunks on the shore, sip champagne and get to know the ropes. At dinner the atmosphere is a little lacklustre. Next morning Jane and Alan bicker in the kitchen as they prepare their first ever breakfast on board.

  • S02E59 Sentry Mead

    • December 1, 2011
    • Channel 4

    The final hosts are B&B connoisseurs Sarah Langford and Jean-Pierre Kujawa, who serve a five star dinner and breakfast at their B&B. Sarah and Jean-Pierre have been running Sentry Mead, their 11-bedroom, five-star silver B&B, for the past six years. Their guests arrive with high expectations, but Jane's high hopes are dashed by the mugs, while Dan and Mardi don't like their shower mat, and Phil's not keen on the towels.

  • S02E60 Payment Day, Week 12

    • December 2, 2011
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day and the B&B hosts gather for one last time to find out how much they've been paid. Unfortunately some of the hosts find their emotions running away with them.

Season 3

  • S03E01 De-Lovely, Blackpool

    • March 12, 2012
    • Channel 4

    The new series starts at the De-Lovely in Blackpool, where couple Stevie and Leigh offer the perfect marriage of 'burlesque and bacon'.

  • S03E02 The Sandhurst Hotel, Cheshire

    • March 13, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Second to host is Rowena Moore from The Sandhurst Hotel in Cheshire, where guests step back in time to the Edwardian era. But John and Debbie think the avocado bathroom dates from the 70s.

  • S03E03 Red Box Guest House, Chippenham

    • March 14, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Latest to host is Julie-Anne Barrow, who runs the no-frills Red Box Guest House from her family home in Chippenham. As Julie-Anne predicts, the shared bathroom causes a stink.

  • S03E04 Friary Wood, Bath

    • March 15, 2012
    • Channel 4

    The last to host are John and Debbie Fox from Friary Wood near Bath, who are hoping to impress with their luxurious home, spacious en-suite rooms, and an afternoon course in making cocktails.

  • S03E05 Payment Day, Week 1

    • March 16, 2012
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners meet for one last time to air their grievances, answer their critics and finally discover what they've been paid. There will be tears, recriminations and a dramatic walkout.

  • S03E06 Les Chimeres, France

    • March 19, 2012
    • Channel 4

    This week the competitions moves to France where four sets of Brits compete for best value B&B. First to host is Lisanne Ashton who runs the rustic rural Les Chimeres. Lisanne is l'amour with all things French, and as soon as the guests check in they're taken on a traditional truffle hunt.

  • S03E07 Le Manoir, France

    • March 20, 2012
    • Channel 4

    The second host in France is eccentric royalist Tony Horton and his Armenian wife Shou Shou, who provide an unusual mix of vinegar tasting and royal regalia at Le Manoir in the Dordogne.

  • S03E08 Le Clos Rabelais, France

    • March 21, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Wine-loving Shaun Baggs and partner Patrick Weaver who run Le Clos Rabelais in central France, take their guests to a traditional French dance class. There are high kicks and low blows as George and wife Linda become increasingly frustrated with Francophile Lisanne.

  • S03E09 Moulin de la Civiere, France

    • March 22, 2012
    • Channel 4

    It's the turn of proud Brit George McGill and his wife Linda to offer the guests 'a little slice of England' at the Moulin de la Civiere in Brittany. All the rooms are furnished with mod cons along with George's prize Victorian potties, which one guest cheekily uses during the night.

  • S03E10 Payment Day, Week 2

    • March 23, 2012
    • Channel 4

    It's judgement day in France and the group meet for the final time to settle some scores and find out what they've been paid. There's more locking of horns, resentment and recriminations, but a cash-filled envelope will reveal who is awarded the best value B&B of the week.

  • S03E11 Fountain's Court Holistic Health Hotel, Scarborough

    • March 26, 2012
    • Channel 4

    The latest battle of the B&Bs starts at Fountain's Court Holistic Health Hotel in Scarborough, where Helen Marriott offers guests a chance to 'step off the planet'. Her guests are treated to essential breathing lessons, a chance to really get to know each other in the hot tub, and a foot massage that gets in touch with their souls.

  • S03E12 The Whittington and Cat

    • March 27, 2012
    • Channel 4

    The battle of the B&Bs continues as Sue Perkins opens her doors to her B&B that's also a pub. The guests enjoy an afternoon of ice hockey. But over dinner there's much debate as to what Sue's `can't-be-arsed breakfast' might amount to.

  • S03E13 The Saba Hotel, London

    • March 28, 2012
    • Channel 4

    The third to host is Khurram Saba, owner of the Saba hotel in London, where his guests are expecting big city chic, exotic food, and definitely not fish and chips for dinner. Sue and Gill sneak out for a night on the tiles. Next morning Candida's on the warpath about her sleepless night, and there's confusion about the breakfast.

  • S03E14 The Bower Inn, Bridgewater

    • March 29, 2012
    • Channel 4

    It's the final visit of the contest, hosted by Candida Leaver and Peter Starling of The Bower Inn, Bridgewater - where the group activity is willow weaving. At dinner time the guests reveal what they think of their no-nonsense host, while breakfast brings spooky tales from holistic Helen.

  • S03E15 Payment Day, Week 3

    • March 30, 2012
    • Channel 4

    It's payment day, where the B&B owners get together for the last time to air their grievances, challenge their critics and discover what they've been paid. Tears, recriminations and raised voices feature in a turbulent end to an unpredictable week.

  • S03E16 Vista Del Torcal, Andalucian Mountains (Spain)

    • April 2, 2012
    • Channel 4

    This time the competition is in Spain, as four sets of British ex-pats battle for the title of best value B&B. At Vista Del Torcal in the Andalucian Mountains, twentysomethings Ben Eyre and Anna Chalu welcome their guests, who are impressed by their rooms. But some are less enthusiastic about an afternoon of rock climbing - with beach lover Julia Grant, from Benidorm, pulling out before she's even made it to base camp.

  • S03E17 Hotel La Tartana, Costa Tropicale (Spain)

    • April 3, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Jed and Mandy Filmer are the second to host at their hotel on the Costa Tropicale. Mandy organises a cookery class for the group, only for guest Martyn Watson to reveal that he is a qualified chef. Dinner is an extravagant affair with champagne and a six-course menu, but the night's real showstopper is a revelation from guest Julia Grant.

  • S03E18 The Queens Hotel, Benidorm (Spain)

    • April 4, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Julia Grant's level of cleanliness as host at The Queens Hotel in Benidorm doesn't impress the guests, but their stay ends on a high note after everyone participates in the nightly drag revue. However despite a successful ending, some of the guest feedback leaves Julia fuming.

  • S03E19 Almond Tree Villa, Lorca (Spain)

    • April 5, 2012
    • Channel 4

    The final hosts of the week are Alastair Smith and Martyn Watson, owners of gay-friendly and clothing optional Almond Tree Villa near Lorca. Luckily for some, it's olive picking, not skinny dipping, on the agenda for the day's activity, but while the setting is picturesque, tensions over low scoring threaten to boil over.

  • S03E20 Payment Day, Week 4

    • April 6, 2012
    • Channel 4

    With quite a lot of resentment, the B&B owners have their final chance to question their critics, find out what they've been paid and who has won.

  • S03E21 The Kings Head and Queens Jules, Suffolk

    • April 9, 2012
    • Channel 4

    This latest competition opens in Suffolk, where hosts Tim and Jules Anderson offer guests a 21st century party in a 17th century building. Following a lesson in fish filleting, where vegetarian Gordon proves to be the handiest with a fish knife, Tim and Jules follow lay on a knees-up and karaoke, although guests Gordon and Blossom prefer an early night.

  • S03E22 Hotel Continental, Harwich

    • April 10, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Poetry and erotic art are all part of the fun of this stay in Harwich at Gordon and Blossom Hoyles' B&B.

  • S03E23 Llanerch Vineyard, South Wales

    • April 11, 2012
    • Channel 4

    On the third night of the competition young Welshman Ryan Davies has to cope with an unwelcome crisis at his five star B&B in south Wales. He still manages to impress, particularly with his spread of land and own selection of wines - but with Gordon and Blossom on a fault-finding mission, Ryan isn't pleased with his feedback.

  • S03E24 Whitehall Hotel, Lancashire

    • April 12, 2012
    • Channel 4

    After touring a paint factory and clashing over previous feedback, guests at Neil and Tracy's Whitehall Hotel in Lancashire end their stay in stony silence over breakfast.

  • S03E25 Payment Day, Week 5

    • April 13, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Conflict continues as the competitors meet for the last time to confront their critics and find out what they've been paid. Who will walk away with the prize?

  • S03E26 Oakfield Lodge Guest House, Peak District

    • April 16, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Mother and son Lorraine and Spencer Birtwistle are first to host this time at their guest house near the Peak District. And things get off to a racing start with some Scalextrix. Spencer's enthusiasm is initially viewed as that of 'a big kid', until he overindulges on the wine at dinner.

  • S03E27 Aphrodites Boutique Hotel, Lake District

    • April 17, 2012
    • Channel 4

    With their set of themed rooms Will and Lynn Howarth are sure they have something for everyone at their pool and spa hotel in the Lake District. However, Spencer and Lorraine aren't happy that there are no twin rooms available. It looks like an afternoon of water aerobics manages to relieve the tension until the hosts receive their feedback and suspect 'a bit of game-playing'.

  • S03E28 Orme Court Hotel, Wales

    • April 18, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Paul and Jeanette Smith's traditional Orme Court Hotel in Llandudno causes a set of mixed reviews as a string of 'petty' criticisms upset the hosts.

  • S03E29 Fallowfield Hotel and Restaurant, Oxfordshire

    • April 19, 2012
    • Channel 4

    An afternoon of falconry and a seven-course taster menu impress the guests at Anthony and Peta Lloyd's accomodation in Oxfordshire. But final feedback is mixed.

  • S03E30 Payment Day, Week 6

    • April 20, 2012
    • Channel 4

    An eventful week ends with tears and recriminations as the four sets of B&B owners find out what they've been paid and who won the week's competition.

  • S03E31 Sea Verge Hotel, Torbay

    • June 18, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Husband and wife Tony and Chris Fulbrook offer their guests a home from home at the Sea Verge Hotel in Paignton on the English Riviera. However, the guests are far from happy; while Andy compares the guesthouse to his grandma's, Christine complains about the wind noise off the sea, and scolds Chris for serving up breakfast in her slippers.

  • S03E32 The Portcullis Hotel, Chipping Sodbury

    • June 19, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Things get off to a rocky start for mother and daughter Christine and Jenna Hale, who run The Portcullis Hotel in Chipping Sodbury, when the guests are horrified to discover the pub restaurant does karaoke until 2am - which they are not only expected to participate in, but keeps them awake until the small hours. And things go from bad to worse when some art and craft caricatures prove first impressions are not always positive.

  • S03E33 Orchid Hotel, Bournemouth

    • June 20, 2012
    • Channel 4

    It's all Balinese, boasting and boxing in this episode as the guests arrive at the Orchid Hotel in Bournemouth, run by entrepreneur Andy Scott. Tensions run high when Christine and Jenna find foreign objects in their beds, and Richard ends up in a fist-fight with Andy in the boxing gym. A spot of flirting doesn't last long when Andy receives some negative feedback.

  • S03E34 Orles Barn, Ross-on-Wye

    • June 21, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Husband and wife Richard and Kelly Bailey are the proud owners of the five-star Orles Barn in Ross-on-Wye. On arrival, even picky Christine can't find fault with the beauty and quality of the rooms, and the high spirits continue into the afternoon when the guests visit an organic local supplier to pick their own dinner - asparagus. Will a night of fine dining, restful slumber and posh breakfast win Richard and Kelly the prize?

  • S03E35 Payment Day, Week 7

    • June 22, 2012
    • Channel 4

    It's decision day - and four proud B&B owners have some scores to settle before one is crowned this week's winner. While Chris and Tony Fullbrook from Sea Verge Hotel are scorned by Tony for wearing slippers at breakfast, Jenna and Christine from the Portcullis Hotel are left reeling after Jenna's hosting skills are called into question. After receiving high scores all round, have Kelly and Richard from Orles Barn pulled it off - or will their pricey rooms cost them the win?

  • S03E36 Harmony, Torquay

    • June 25, 2012
    • Channel 4

    First to open up this time is the musically-themed Harmony B&B in Torquay, where Dutch couple Hans MacDaniel and Monica Van Der Meij hope to wow their guests on the 'English Riviera'. What will guests Jenny and Richard Harmer, Bev and Caroline, and Emily and Leslie Gray make of a group session of wheelchair badminton, saxophones at breakfast and a controversial sausage?

  • S03E37 Chimneys B&B, North Walsham

    • June 26, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Flying the flag on day two are Norfolk couple Jenny and Richard Harmer, from Chimneys B&B in North Walsham. Every room at Chimneys is named after a royal palace and has patriotic decor. But not everyone's impressed, as Dutch couple Hans and Monika find the use of a flag as a tablecloth disrespectful. Tensions are put aside for an afternoon of canoeing, but the subject of the flag returns over dinner, leading to further conflict during breakfast in the morning.

  • S03E38 Wordsworth B&B, Cockermouth

    • June 27, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Essex girls Bev and Caroline entertain guests at their suitably blingy Wordsworth B&B in Cockermouth, Cumbria. There's a spa visit on the itinerary and 'up for anything' Dutchman Hans MacDaniel is quick to volunteer for a spray tan. But builder Richard Harmer is less comfortable with his surroundings as he finds himself on the massage table. The hosts have arranged a refined dinner at a nearby bistro, but Jenny gets hot under the collar during a debate about room temperature, much to the bemusement of Geordies Emily and Leslie.

  • S03E39 Park Farm Guest House

    • June 28, 2012
    • Channel 4

    It's the last B&B visit of the week, and Geordie mother and daughter Leslie and Emily Gray play hosts at the Park Farm Guest House. Their rooms are contemporary, and despite some eagle-eyed scrutiny, everyone is impressed. The afternoon treat features a ride on a Segway. At dinner, tensions simmer between Jenny and Essex sisters Bev and Caroline, and as the conversation blunders into the dangerous territory of the North/ South divide, the sparks really fly.

  • S03E40 Payment Day, Week 8

    • June 29, 2012
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers come together for one last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics head on. While Hans is keen to dispel the suggestion that his premium sausages are not up to scratch, Jenny accuses him of trying to assassinate her business by calling it 'dirty'. Tension runs high, but who will be crowned best value B&B of the week?

  • S03E41 Foxholm, North Yorkshire

    • July 2, 2012
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts in North Yorkshire where bosom buddies Julie Janes and Yvonne Quinsey hope to win over their guests with their African-themed B&B. But whilst things start sweetly with an African flavoured cupcake class, disastrous dinner discussions and a botch-job breakfast leave the guests with a sour taste.

  • S03E42 The Pack Horse, Lincolnshire

    • July 3, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Wendy Johnson and John Shields are the proud owners of the American diner-themed Pack Horse B&B in Lincolnshire. The guests enjoy an afternoon of horse riding, followed by a not-so-enjoyable 'man verses food' challenge over dinner, which leads to rising tensions between certain members of the group.

  • S03E43 The Glenwalden B&B, Blackpool

    • July 4, 2012
    • Channel 4

    At the traditional Glenwalden B&B in Blackpool, hosts Steve Reed and German wife Sigrid surprise their guests with some pink flock wallpaper, knitted toilet rolls and a spot of ballroom dancing. But there are suspicions of tactical behaviour and accusations of back-stabbing...

  • S03E44 Winder Hall Country House B&B, Lake District

    • July 5, 2012
    • Channel 4

    B&B guru Nick Lawler and business partner Kate Wilson run the 5-star Winder Hall Country House B&B in the Lake District. Expectations are high, but when Nick offers his guests a crash course on how to run a B&B, his guests are far from impressed.

  • S03E45 Payment Day, Week 9

    • July 6, 2012
    • Channel 4

    It's the moment of truth for the B&B owners as they squabble about stolen milk, dusty bathrooms and dirty toilet brushes - and find out who will win best value B&B.

  • S03E46 Borrowby Mill, Thirsk

    • July 9, 2012
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at Borrowby Mill, near Thirsk, where ex-military man Mike runs a regimented residence alongside wife Amanda Daly. On arrival, the guests are impressed with the spotless standards, but partners Del Cain and Roy Williamson uncover a dirty glass. Mike and Amanda give the guests their marching orders with an army-style activity, and the next morning, Mary and Nelson Haerr are impressed with the 'proper' English breakfast. The guests check out with positive feedback, but Mike and Amanda are irked by Del and Roy's comments on cleanliness, saying 'we're out for you now'.

  • S03E47 The Richmond House Hotel, Edinburgh

    • July 10, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Second to host are Del Cain and Roy Williamson, hoping to impress with their budget city centre hotel The Richmond House Hotel in Edinburgh. On arrival, the guests are surprised, having expected a bit more 'razzle dazzle'. Mike and Amanda Daly declare that they are 'appalled' by the hotel's standards and decide to check out - refusing to stay the night in their room. The hosts try to sweeten their guests with an afternoon making luxury chocolates, followed by dinner in the hotel's onsite Thai restaurant. It looks like things could be on the up after Mike and Amanda agree to join everyone for dinner. However, in the morning, Mike and Amanda refuse to return to the hotel for breakfast, declaring 'If the room's not up to standard, the breakfast won't be either'. The feedback forms leave Del and Roy seeing red, having discovered more criticism than compliments, including Mike and Amanda saying that they wouldn't stay again. To which Del responds, 'Good...never darken my doorstep again'.

  • S03E48 The Meadowsweet Hotel, Llanrwst

    • July 11, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Mary Haerr and her American husband Nelson welcome their guests to The Meadowsweet Hotel in Llanrwst, North Wales, where most of the guests are bowled over by their rooms. Mike and Amanda Daly, however, uncover a stain on their mattress and summon Mary, whose rapid response impresses. That afternoon, the hosts give their guests a taste of real Wales, by taking them sheep herding. But while they try to rustle sheep, tensions simmer when Irene berates Amanda about her refusal to stay at Del and Roy's on the last visit. The next morning, when Amanda moans about a bad night's sleep, tensions boil over, erupting into a row at breakfast. Thankfully for the hosts, despite the atmosphere, their Welsh breakfast hits the right note.

  • S03E49 Wold View House, Lincolnshire

    • July 12, 2012
    • Channel 4

    It's the final visit of the competition, and Irene Ward-Kendall's Wold View House in Lincolnshire provides a homely welcome for most, but for Amanda and Mike Daly, it is not up to their usual military high standards. After coming to blows with Irene during their last stay, they are on a fault-finding mission and are immediately unimpressed. Irene tries to wow her guests with a trip to the Lincolnshire Wold Railway, and as the group ride through the countryside on a steam train, everyone's in high spirits until Irene makes a joke at Amanda's expense. Over a home-cooked dinner, Irene's unique presentation of the food divides opinions, prompting Amanda to declare she 'Wouldn't even feed it to her dog'. At the feedback, Irene is left fuming by Mike and Amanda's comments, saying 'They need to get a life.'.

  • S03E50 Payment Day, Week 10

    • July 13, 2012
    • Channel 4

    It's decision day, and the group meet for the final time to find out what they've been paid and to settle any scores. Mike and Amanda Daly, who run Borrowby Mill, want to know how their military precision could have resulted in anything less than perfect scores. Del Cain and Roy Williamson from The Richmond House Hotel finally get to confront Mike and Amanda about refusing to stay their hotel, and when Nelson and Mary Haerr, owners of The Meadowsweet Hotel, go through their feedback, Mary ends up in tears. Finally, Irene Ward-Kendall from Wold View House challenges Mike and Amanda about their comments that she is OTT, which leads to another heated exchange before the cash-filled envelopes are opened to reveal who is the week's winner.

  • S03E51 Langland Road, Mumbles

    • July 16, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Kicking off the competition is Langland Road in the Mumbles, where couple David Lewis and Giles Beaton take a modern approach to running their B&B. But not all the guests, like Ruth and Margaret Dugdall, can figure out what the high tech offerings are, and traditionalists Gordon and Sandra McCallum are more concerned by cobwebs and dust. Young bucks Edward Prophet and Rachel Pickup, despite being initially terrified, are in their element during the afternoon's session of tree-walking at Go Ape. When Gordon doesn't stay for the afternoon, the snub is noted. And when he refuses to eat breakfast, earns himself the nickname GG, meaning Grumpy Gordon. The feedback nearly leaves the hosts speechless.

  • S03E52 Castle Lodge Hotel, Felixstowe

    • July 17, 2012
    • Channel 4

    For 24 years, Margaret Dugdall has run Castle Lodge Hotel in Felixstowe to exacting standards. To spice things up for her guests, Margaret and her daughter Ruth have left a clue to Ruth's secret identity as a modern-day Agatha Christie in the bedrooms. But ex-magician Ed Prophet dismisses the gesture as 'the most self-indulgent thing' he's ever seen, and he's not taken with the 'nursing home' décor either. Ed's on a mission to make 'grumpy' Gordon smile, and during a trip to groom some Suffolk Punch horses, plays some pranks that seem to do the trick. At breakfast, previous hosts David and Giles are left steaming when Ed decides to play waiter, and Margaret's unimpressed by suggestions to replace her wallpaper.

  • S03E53 Bryn Woodlands House, Colwyn Bay

    • July 18, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Third hosts are self-confessed odd couple Gordon and Sandra McCallum, owners of Bryn Woodlands House in Colwyn Bay. Their new best mates Ed and Rachel are impressed with their digs, but mother and daughter Margaret and Ruth Dugdall find the decor leaves something to be desired. Gordon takes the group harness racing, and horse-fearing Ed worries about getting poo on his face, and then later discovers a snake in his bed. At breakfast, the guests overhear a stressed Gordon and Sandy getting heated in the kitchen, but it's Giles' problem with a bottle of ketchup that makes Gordon see red at feedback, declaring, 'where do these lads comes from?'.

  • S03E54 Tollemache Arms, Cheshire

    • July 19, 2012
    • Channel 4

    The final B&B of the week is the Tollemache Arms in Cheshire, where 24-year-old all-round performer Edward Prophet, and fiancé Rachel Pickup, like to add some showbiz razzmatazz. Ed's scene stealing turns have already left some of the group dreading what's in store. But Ed and Rachel pull out all the stops to charm their guests, and over dinner, veteran B&B owner Margaret even gets emotional as the young hosts make her feel nostalgic. In the morning, there are great expectations for Ed's breakfast, but it turns into a comedy of errors as he loses control of his hob, ruins a dozen poached eggs and sets fire to his towel. 'It's not rocket science' says Giles, and a scrambled Ed is left hugging Rachel for comfort as the guests consider their verdict.

  • S03E55 Payment Day, Week 11

    • July 20, 2012
    • Channel 4

    It's judgement day for the B&B owners as they discover who will be crowned this week's best value establishment. David and Giles, owners of Langland Road, are shocked by a particular payment, arousing suspicions of game playing. Ruth and Margaret from Castle Lodge are dismayed at having to defend their newly appointed wallpaper and deeply shocked when it comes to their payments. Gordon and Sandra from Bryn Woodlands House have to face up to their kitchen French, and Sandra is reduced to tears after counting their cash, while Ed and Rachel are left stewing over their new friendship. As tensions run high, it falls to final hosts Ed and Rachel to reveal this week's winner.

  • S03E56 Ramsay's B&B, Edinburgh

    • July 23, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Hosts Sharon Brown and Norrie Ramsay offer guests a 'home from home' at their Ramsay's B&B in Edinburgh, and after an afternoon of haggis stuffing, the group sit down to enjoy their creations. But it's not the food that causes discomfort, it's one of the guests. Self-confessed 'ranter' Julian causes a showdown, shocking everyone else and particularly the youngest member of the group, Darren Bell, who is stunned that a man of Julian's age lacks 'manners'. Breakfast becomes something of a peace treaty as Julian makes his apologies, but the hosts aren't placated when they read their feedback, accusing their guest of 'sticking the knife in wherever he can'.

  • S03E57 Fifteens of Swinley, Wigan

    • July 24, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Second to host are entrepreneur Tony Callaghan and his operations manager Lisa Langton in Wigan with their 'boutique rooms' at Fifteens of Swinley. After the previous tensions, Tony claims to have 'worked a miracle' as the guests scrum down with the Wigan Warriors rugby team. Gentle Gillian Peck delights the crowd when she flattens her husband Julian. Dinner is an opportunity for Tony to show off more of his empire at Little Fifteens. But things start to go less smoothly as Gillian, in a combative mood, tackles Tony about his lack of input into the everyday running of his B&B, and breakfast in a paper bag doesn't do it for the group the next morning. At feedback time, Tony identifies some 'snakes in the grass'.

  • S03E58 Lincoln Yurts, Lincoln

    • July 25, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Darren Bell and Katherine Taylor canvas for the competition at Lincoln Yurts, taking their guests glamping. With communal bathrooms and no electricity, a back-to-basics stay gets a mixed reception from excitement to creepy crawly discoveries. In the afternoon, the group head into the warmth for some go-karting. But competitive driving and bumpy tactics have Tony and Lisa reminding themselves of their suspicions about fellow guests Sharon and Norrie. At dinner, it's far from sing songs around the camp fire as Julian raises some objections about the in-room marketing material, provoking tension at the table and tempers from the hosts. Fortunately, the yurts cool most of the guests down, although in the morning it appears Tony may have entertained some furry friends. But while they may be returning guests, will anyone else choose to stay again?

  • S03E59 Fieldhead Hotel,Cornwall

    • July 26, 2012
    • Channel 4

    The final visit in this competition is to The Fieldhead Hotel in Cornwall where owners Julian and Gill Peck pride themselves on their attention to detail and 'five star service'. The guests have particularly high expectations after listening to Julian share his values with the group all week. But room inspections tell a different story as guests discover toothpaste on the walls, mucky plugs and stained loos. The afternoon brings more foraging - this time for seaweed. And Tony's not delighted to be paired with Sharon who he thinks is a 'snake'. At dinner, the outspoken host gets a taste of his own medicine when Tony lets Julian know that 'we can criticise too'. And when Kath makes it personal, the real damage is done. An early morning speech from the hostess makes for an awkward start to breakfast, and for some, the cooked option doesn't do much to improve things.

  • S03E60 Payment Day, Week 12

    • July 27, 2012
    • Channel 4

    Sharon Brown and Norrie Ramsay of Ramsay's B&B kick-off the feedback session by challenging the sniffy feedback from the owners of The Fieldhead Hotel. Then, Fifteens of Swinley owner Tony Callaghan confronts Sharon and Norrie, who he accuses of being 'venomous snakes in the grass'. Darren Bell goes for the jugular when Julian Peck challenges the heating of his yurts, and there are tears at the table when it all gets too personal. It's a stormy finish to a dramatic week.

Season 4

  • S04E01 Knock Castle

    • January 7, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The first to host are father and son Chic and Jason Henderson, who welcome their fellow competitors to Knock Castle in Crieff, Scotland. Their rivals are generally knocked for six by the castle, but the rooms fall short for tech-heads Graham and Lisa Ellis and there's a 'pointed issue' in Ben Turpitt and Keri Remes' boudoir.

  • S04E02 Barton House

    • January 8, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Jo McDonagh runs Barton House in Blackpool with daughter George. While some of the guests are pleased at how well connected their room is, for others there's a bit of a sniffy issue to be resolved. Later there are high notes when Jo and George and their guests have a sing off, but bum notes at dinner when father and son duo Chic and Jason Henderson decide to put fellow guest Keri on the spot.

  • S04E03 Well House Manor

    • January 9, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Opening the door this time is Well House Manor in Melksham, Wiltshire, where computer trainers Graham and Lisa Ellis mix IT with B&B: a combination that on arrival leaves Chic and Jason feeling more like delegates than guests. Graham takes the guests on a historical tour of Melksham, otherwise known as the 'town of milk'. At dinner some of the questions get too personal for some of the guests and results in a swift exit for some next morning.

  • S04E04 Apple Wood Glamping

    • January 10, 2013
    • Channel 4

    It's the last day of the competition and the turn of best buddies Ben Turpitt and Keri Remes and their Apple Wood Glamping in Worcestershire. Unfortunately some of the guests are not quite ready for glamorous camping - or a night in a tent as some people call it. Over dinner the group reveal what they really think of each other; and by morning there's still a chill in the air as a result.

  • S04E05 Payment Day

    • January 11, 2013
    • Channel 4

    It's decision day for the four proud B&B owners who've been battling all week to be named the best value for money. The group meet for the final time to find out what they've been paid and to settle any scores. And emotions run high when Jo from Blackpool discovers that her harshest critic was the one she considered her closest ally. As the cash is counted the winner is revealed.

  • S04E06 Yellow Submarine

    • January 14, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The latest competition kicks off at the Yellow Submarine in Liverpool, where hosts Alfie Bubble and celebrity Philip Olivier offer guests a floating, Beatles-themed experience. The guests find Phil's pin up calendar in their quarters before heading off on a sea voyage, where Megan becomes sea sick. Next morning there are great expectations for Phil and Alfie's breakfast but it turns into a comedy of errors starring a fire alarm.

  • S04E07 Manor Lodge

    • January 15, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Megan and Dick try to make the guests feel at home at their B&B in Cornwall. Things get off to a positive start, when the guests find the rooms spotless. Later on Megan drops a bombshell about her posh background, while Dick's eight inch Cumberland sausage causes quite a stir among the guests at breakfast.

  • S04E08 Ashculme House

    • January 16, 2013
    • Channel 4

    James and Judith Calderbank welcome their guests to their very rural B&B in Devon. But the back-to-basics approach doesn't go down well with all the guests.

  • S04E09 Satis House

    • January 17, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The final B&B of the week is Satis House in Suffolk, where Kevin Wainwright and partner David Little think Satis-faction's guaranteed. But is their breakfast bacon too crispy?

  • S04E10 Payment Day

    • January 18, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers come together one last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics head on. Alfie and rival owner Megan get into a debate about Alfie's fast food breakfast and Megan wants to know why Alife thought it necessary to use a hairdryer to heat up his room. And David and Kevin get teary eyed as they realise they misjudged Alfie and Phil.

  • S04E11 Taylor's Farm Retreat

    • January 21, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The latest B&B competition kicks off at Taylor's Farm Retreat in Surrey, where host Ben Turner offers farmyard frolics of an unexpected nature.

  • S04E12 G! Boutique

    • January 22, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The competition moves to the G! Boutique in Southsea, owned by first time B&Bers Eli and Jason, where the guests are blown away by the swank on display.

  • S04E13 Amber Guest House

    • January 23, 2013
    • Channel 4

    An afternoon of fairground fun turns a bit fighty in Cleethorpes. And some harsh feedback leaves the host Gill feeling a bit sad.

  • S04E14 Knife and Cleaver

    • January 24, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Experienced B&B partners Graham and Terry are out to win at the Knife and Cleaver in Bedfordshire. But there's trouble brewing over the breakfast sausages and toast.

  • S04E15 Payment Day

    • January 25, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners gather for the final time to air their grievances, face their critics and discover what they've been paid. With patience tested and opinions divided, it's a feisty end as the winner is revealed.

  • S04E16 Wizards Thatch

    • January 28, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The new competition starts in Alderley Edge, Cheshire, where hosts Ian Lambert and his partner Ali Imiolek hope to cast a spell over the competition at their B&B Wizards Thatch. But will Ian and Ali's continental breakfast basket be their downfall?

  • S04E17 The Winterbourne Hotel

    • January 29, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Partners James Reay and Simon Dooley run the one-star Winterbourne Hotel and Theatre Showbar in Blackpool. For well-heeled couple Dominic and Stephanie a trip to low-budget Blackpool is uncharted territory, but they take it in their stride and even go along with with the nightly cabaret show. Ian Lambert and Ali Imiolek are relieved to be able to let their hair down, and it seems there's a clean sweep of happy campers. But Andrea and Nick's feedback is enough to send James storming out of the room in a fit of rage.

  • S04E18 Northrise Lodge

    • January 30, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The latest B&B is Northrise Lodge in Hastings, run by self-confessed perfectionist and cleaning fanatic Andrea Hickmott and her partner Nick Bonner-Williams. While some of the guests find their room too 'clinical' to relax in, Andrea has a meltdown after forgetting to put sugar on the table at breakfast.

  • S04E19 The Salutation

    • January 31, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The competition moves to Sandwich, where owners Stephanie and Dominic Parker pride themselves on giving guests a taste of the luxury lifestyle. But over some champagne-fuelled parlour games it's clear that while everyone loves the digs, two of the couples aren't digging each other.

  • S04E20 Payment Day

    • February 1, 2013
    • Channel 4

    It's decision day as the four sets of B&B owners meet for the final time to settle some scores and discover what they've been paid. And could there be a wedding proposal too?

  • S04E21 Windmill Cottage

    • February 4, 2013
    • Channel 4

    First to host is Windmill Cottage in Shropshire, owned by Lorraine Trasatti and her Italian husband Gino. Over an afternoon of gingerbread decorating, no-nonsense fellow guest Toni Del Mar is soon irritated by Louis and his incessant commentary. And next morning a nervous Lorraine makes a hash of the coffee, leaving the guests parched.

  • S04E22 The Royal Sportsman

    • February 5, 2013
    • Channel 4

    An afternoon of Welsh slate splitting sets off a battle of the sexes between alpha male Gino and tomboy Karen at the the Royal Sportsman Hotel in Porthmadog.

  • S04E23 The Duke of Cornwall

    • February 6, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The latest visit is to the Duke of Cornwall in St Austell, where hosts Debbie Williams and Karen Lucas urge their guests to take part in a séance as they think the B&B is haunted.

  • S04E24 The Appalachian Spring

    • February 7, 2013
    • Channel 4

    B&B newbie Toni Del Mar, in Devon, is the latest to host, With tensions already rife in the group, Toni's hosting skills are put to the test. Will Morris dancing help?

  • S04E25 Payment Day

    • February 8, 2013
    • Channel 4

    It's time for the B&Bers to face the music, as they come together to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics head on. The points for discussion range from excessive displays of affection in public to a dictionary-waving lecture on the definition of luxury.

  • S04E26 Hamlet House

    • February 11, 2013
    • Channel 4

    B&B veteran Paul Workman is the no-nonsense owner of Hamlet House in Stratford-upon-Avon, where moany guests are given short shrift. Paul makes the most of the Shakespeare connection by taking his guests to perform some of the Bard's best bits. Paul serves potato smiles for breakfast but loses his cool when a hair is found in the mushrooms.

  • S04E27 Ashlack

    • February 12, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Second to host are B&B newbies Ben Gray and Katie Keegan in Cumbria. The guests are wowed by the rooms in the 16th-century manor house. But Veronica and Saida are ushered out to a yurt in the woods. The prospect of the midnight hop to the loos fills them with dread and they make their yurt feelings perfectly clear on check out.

  • S04E28 The Richwood

    • February 13, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Partners Veronica Pickles and Saida Hammoud run their 13 room guest house in Torquay almost entirely alone. Their Herculean efforts are praised by their rivals, but the dated décor does not unnoticed. The hosts give their guests a crash course in belly dancing and a feast of Lebanese delicacies.

  • S04E29 Tai'r Bull Inn

    • February 14, 2013
    • Channel 4

    At Helen Fraser's Tai'r Bull Inn in the Brecon Beacons, Saida and Veronica make a discovery in their room which leaves them refusing to stay the night.

  • S04E30 Payment Day

    • February 15, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The rival owners come together for the final time, to discover what they've been paid and settle some scores. And a huge clash between two of the hosts ensues.

  • S04E31 Cherry Tree House

    • February 18, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The latest competition begins at Cherry Tree House in Blackpool, run by Robert Fox and his partner Kevin, where an afternoon learning clown skills sees a North-South develop within the group.

  • S04E32 Old Hall Inn

    • February 19, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Lucy and Caroline make a mysterious, toe-curling discovery in their bathroom at the Old Hall Inn in Yorkshire, run by Andy and Caroline Middleton. And an afternoon's angling leaves George and Juliet reeling as they fail to catch a fish.

  • S04E33 Pilot Boat Inn

    • February 20, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The competition reconvenes at the nautical Pilot Boat Inn on the Isle of Wight, run by George and Juliet Bristow. On arrival the guests are amazed by the building, but for some the rooms aren't quite shipshape, as Lucy and Caroline find cobwebs, and Kevin and Robert reckon they've been put in a cupboard.

  • S04E34 Rutland Terrace

    • February 21, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The guests at Lucy Roe's B&B are delighted with the elegant décor, but George and Juliet bemoan the lack of en-suite bathroom, and Kevin and Robert are horrified by the state of their mattress.

  • S04E35 Payment Day

    • February 22, 2013
    • Channel 4

    It's time for the B&Bers to face the music, as they come together for one last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics face to face.

  • S04E36 Glenferndale

    • February 25, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Maggie and Ian Dickson's home-from-home at Glenferndale B&B near Edinburgh is where the latest competition begins as they host Eileen and Jannika Hopeakoski, Craig and Marie Harris and Kristin Grantham.

  • S04E37 Pitlessie House

    • February 26, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The second B&B is Pitlessie House in Fife, Scotland. Owner Kristin Grantham's slipper policy gets things off on the wrong foot, but her bagpipe playing competition is a hit.

  • S04E38 Sea-La-Vie

    • February 27, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Mother and daughter team Eileen and Jannika Hopeakoski open their doors at Sea-La-Vie for the third visit, and the guests think the stylish rooms are a fine vintage.

  • S04E39 The Peaks Inn

    • February 28, 2013
    • Channel 4

    It's the fourth and final B&B of the week, and the hosts are publicans Craig and Marie Harris of The Peaks Inn, Derbyshire. Some guests are underwhelmed both by the place and the activity.

  • S04E40 Payment Day

    • March 1, 2013
    • Channel 4

    It's feedback time, and the rival owners meet to find out what they've been paid. Some are ready for a fight and are disarmed by one owner's plan to 'kill with kindness'.

Season 5

  • S05E01 The Flying Bull

    • September 30, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts at The Flying Bull, Hampshire, with hosts Russell Theron and Chris Birkett. Guest Sharon Parker feels let down by the lack of Wifi and phone reception in her room while Richard Lawson rather holds court over dinner before leaving mixed feedback on departure.

  • S05E02 The Victorian Villa

    • October 1, 2013
    • Channel 4

    At the Victorian Villa in Hampton Hill, Middlesex, landlady Sharon Parker treats her guests to Victorian parlour games, including a whodunit play. But service at breakfast is sluggish.

  • S05E03 Ayah Villa Guest House

    • October 2, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Faisal Malik and Wak Salim open the doors to their B&B in Cambridge and take their warring guests punting.

  • S05E04 The Elveden Inn

    • October 3, 2013
    • Channel 4

    At the Elveden Inn in Suffolk, manager Richard Lawson and housekeeper Kerry Alcock think 'hospitality is all about performance'. The guests discover that the estate is owned by Lord Iver, part of the Guinness family, who even makes an appearance to judge the pickle making contest.

  • S05E05 Payment Day

    • October 4, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The hosts come together for one last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics over their feedback. Sharon from The Victorian Villa asks Richard why he called her B&B a funeral parlour, while Richard counters by quizzing Sharon over her lengthy negative feedback form concerning his performance.

  • S05E06 Vale of Berkeley Guesthouse

    • October 7, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Kicking off the competition are Harri and Claire Chiba of the Vale of Berkeley Guesthouse in Gloucestershire, who take their guests bird-watching at a nearby wetlands centre. At feedback time the tears flow for Claire, and Harri is left wanting answers...

  • S05E07 Artist Residence

    • October 8, 2013
    • Channel 4

    At Artist Residence in Penzance, Cornwall, couple Justin and Charlie provide quirky, art-filled rooms for their guests, but Blackpool veterans Craig and Alec Coleman think their room is too modern, while Stacey and Spencer Cullum find hair in the shower filter. Over dinner things get heated when Harri persistently quizzes Justin over the way he runs his B&B, but the guests check out with positive feedback, leaving Justin wondering if he's misjudged Harri.

  • S05E08 Edenfield Guesthouse

    • October 9, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Alec and Craig Coleman run the award-winning Edenfield Guesthouse in Blackpool, where Craig plans to reveal his cabaret-star alter-ego Cybil Du Vaux to his unsuspecting guests. Craig's transformation into Cybil goes down a storm, even if Harri takes a while to realise there's something familiar about the 'lady' on stage...

  • S05E09 The New Inn

    • October 10, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The New Inn at Portland in Dorset is run by publican husband and wife team Stacey and Spencer Cullum, who decide to show their guests a typical island activity; sandcastle building. The unconventional breakfast hampers don't go down well with all the guests, and former friendships are tested when it comes to feedback time.

  • S05E10 Payment Day

    • October 11, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The competition culminates in Portland after a week of ups and downs around the country. Things get tense when Stacey and Spencer question Blackpool boys Alec and Craig about their breakfast comments and Stacey can no longer hold back her frustration.

  • S05E11 The Old Stables

    • October 14, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Nina Dodd and husband Andy welcome guests to their Scandinavian style accommodation at The Old Stables, Somerset, where some guests are dubious about the no-shoes policy.

  • S05E12 Rigsby's Guest House

    • October 15, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Second to host is Morris Cockman, who runs Rigsby's Guest House in Hertford. Morris's tattoos have previously raised eyebrows, while his attempt to entertain his guests at a local zoo isn't a hit with everyone. There is also a hold up at breakfast, which is never a good thing.

  • S05E13 The Fairway

    • October 16, 2013
    • Channel 4

    David and Erica Hensley, owners of The Fairway in Blackpool, bring some classic Blackpool fun to the mix as the group take on some local zombies in a horror walk. Meanwhile Robin sustains his man of mystery reputation as intrigue builds about his B&B.

  • S05E14 Dent Station

    • October 17, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Final host of the week is Robin Hughes of the converted Dent Station in the Yorkshire Dales. Robin organises a butchery competition and high end grub nearby, where a few home truths about the group dynamic are revealed.

  • S05E15 Payment Day

    • October 18, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers meet for one last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics. And some of Robin's petty marks over the week are thrown to the group for discussion.

  • S05E16 Black Lion

    • October 21, 2013
    • Channel 4

    At the Black Lion at Halland near Lewes, host Nigel Fright takes his guests out for some salsa, where he impresses with his 'snake hips'. But a coffee shortage at breakfast causes concern.

  • S05E17 The Wheatsheaf

    • October 22, 2013
    • Channel 4

    In Exning, near Newmarker, Ken Clutterbuck welcomes the B&B competitors to The Wheatsheaf. But Ken's sense of humour doesn't go down too well, particularly with guest Nigel.

  • S05E18 Sherwood Guesthouse

    • October 23, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Super-sensitive Sherrill Tacy of the Sherwood Guesthouse in New Brighton takes her turn as host. And it's her breakfast that gives her the mixed reviews she's been dreading.

  • S05E19 Big Bear Lodge

    • October 24, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The final hosts of the week are Mark and Rachael Dann of the ski lodge themed Big Bear Lodge in Shropshire, where an afternoon of canoeing raises a few laughs but also accusations of cheating.

  • S05E20 Payment Day

    • October 25, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners come together to confront their critics face-to-face, learn what their guests think their rooms are worth and find out who is going to be crowned best value.

  • S05E21 One 4

    • October 28, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The latest competition starts at One 4 B&B in Cheltenham, where debonair host and part-time art dealer Nick Purchase hopes to paint his guests a picture on how to run the perfect B&B. Nick's guests are Angie and Phil Sutcliffe, Gloria Barnett and Dave Goulding, and John Humberstone. Nick proves his naked ambition with a life drawing class for his guests, leaving Angie in fits of nervous giggles.

  • S05E22 Windy Bottom

    • October 29, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Day two comes from the Windy Bottom B&B in Maidstone, hosted by Gloria Barnett and Dave Goulding, where an afternoon in the maze at Leeds Castle leads to all manner of dirty tricks.

  • S05E23 Jolly Carter

    • October 30, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to the pub in Bolton run by Phil and Angie Sutcliffe. Despite Angie's nerves that the Jolly Carter's rooms won't measure up, room inspections go well. But what about the roller disco in the afternoon?

  • S05E24 Alexandra Hotel

    • October 31, 2013
    • Channel 4

    John Humberstone hopes the scaffolding outside his 18-room in Llandudno won't scupper his chances. But there's also a slip-up with towels and teabags to worry about, and then Gloria gets locked in the loo.

  • S05E25 Payment Day

    • November 1, 2013
    • Channel 4

    It's time for the B&Bers to meet up to discuss the feedback that has been given and reveal the payments that have been made to determine who's the best value B&B.

  • S05E26 The Golf House

    • November 4, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The latest competition launches on the Isle of Wight, at John and Sue Blakemore's Golf House. Their guests and rivals for the week are Londoners Nick Tyrie and Layla Amini, John Graham from Blackpool and hostel-owners Victoria and David Sharrock. While breakfast is a bit hit a suspicious stain in the loo proves controversial.

  • S05E27 The New Inn

    • November 5, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Nick Tyrie and his best friend Layla Amini welcome the guests to their pub in St. John's Wood, London. Singer songwriter Layla reveals her Top of the Pops past and treats the guests to a performance. Unfortunately John and Sue Blakemore are left cold by their 'corporate and impersonal' room. And do mountains of toast equal a five star breakfast?

  • S05E28 The Bunkroom

    • November 6, 2013
    • Channel 4

    At the Bunkroom hostel in Chester David Sharrock is determined to prove hostelling is for everybody - even if his wife Victoria isn't convinced. So, it's bunkbeds and budget breakfast all round.

  • S05E29 The B and B

    • November 7, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The last visit of the week is to John Graham's B&B in Blackpool, where an afternoon of ten pin bowling finds the competitive levels reaching fever pitch.

  • S05E30 Payment Day

    • November 8, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers meet one last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics face to face.

  • S05E31 Ye Olde Fighting Cocks

    • November 11, 2013
    • Channel 4

    In Arnside, Cumbria, B&B rookies Tony Keates and Jeanette Hamer run Ye Olde Fighting Cocks, a pub with rooms. The guests are captivated by the view, but less so by Tony's tales of business success and a mouldy mattress.

  • S05E32 Westward Cottage

    • November 12, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Dr Stephen Stanley-Little runs Westward Cottage, a relaxed country cottage in Hadleigh, Suffolk. Stephen takes the guests on a historic village tour that leaves a bored Garry and Sophie plotting their escape, while Stephen's relaxed approach to breakfast drives Tony and Jeanette spare.

  • S05E33 Roulotte Retreat

    • November 13, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Bohemian couple Avril Berry and Alan Fraser of Roulotte Retreat in Melrose on the Scottish borders are third to host. The unique gypsy caravans are not to everyone's liking and the yoga class fails to calm the tensions rising within the group.

  • S05E34 The Elgin Hotel

    • November 14, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to The Elgin Hotel in Blackpool, where manager Garry Lloyd and the owner's daughter, Sophie Seddon, want to show that their 89 room establishment can deliver the personal touch. The hosts lay on a tap dancing class ending with a surprise performance at the iconic Grand Theatre. But a mix up with the breakfast orders doesn't put the guests in the best of moods come feedback time.

  • S05E35 Payment Day

    • November 15, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The B&B'ers come together for one last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores.

  • S05E36 Shelley Guest House

    • November 18, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The latest competition starts at Shelley Guest House in Aberystwyth, where husband and wife team Julian and Anna Maria Shelley hope to win the B&B crown by providing an old school form of entertainment, some Spanish cuisine and a monumental continental breakfast.

  • S05E37 Ixworth

    • November 19, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the competition is to the five star Ixworth House in Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk, where owners John and Sharyn Snell are quietly confident. While John reveals his hidden talents at dinner, his performance at breakfast the next morning proves hard to digest for some of the guests.

  • S05E38 The Georgian House and Mews

    • November 20, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Day three of the competition takes place in York, where part time panto dame Graham Smith runs The Georgian House and Mews and takes his guests back in time with a Nordic test of strength in the afternoon. At supper, Graham is lyrical and Hazel has romance on her mind, and at breakfast the guests fend for themselves until Graham makes a show stopping appearance.

  • S05E39 The George Hotel

    • November 21, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The George Hotel in Orton, Cumbria, is the venue for the fourth visit of the week. Owner Hazel Mcaleese takes her guests for a spot of fishing, where Graham takes the opportunity to give everyone a lesson in innuendo.

  • S05E40 Payment Day

    • November 22, 2013
    • Channel 4

    It's Payment Day and time for the B&Bers to face the music as they find out what they've been paid...

  • S05E41 The Angel Inn

    • November 25, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts at the Angel Inn in Wangford, Suffolk, where husband and wife publicans Peter and Christine hope to win over their guests with their 'Kiwi hospitality'. The hosts tee off the competitive spirit with a round of golf, and over dinner thespian Peter performs to the amazement of the group.

  • S05E42 Moaps Farm

    • November 26, 2013
    • Channel 4

    It's day two and the competition has moved to Moaps Farm in Dane Hill, East Sussex, where Lesley Miller hopes her guests will be charmed by her laid back approach. On arrival the group are blown away by the view, but at breakfast, Lesley's casual approach leads to chaos.

  • S05E43 Jabajak

    • November 27, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week takes the B&B'ers to Jabajak in Carmarthenshire, Wales, where sisters Lorraine Lloyd and Amanda Stuart-Robson host in their vineyard and restaurant B&B. The group are set the task of attempting to herd local Welsh sheep, and 'sheep whisperer' Lesley comes into her own.

  • S05E44 Clarendon Royal

    • November 28, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The last visit of the competition is to the Clarendon Royal in Gravesend, Kent, where owner Les Woollends and his head chef Lesz Zajak want to dazzle their guests. On arrival, the guests are suitably impressed, but Lesley Miller suspects the champagne truffles and fruit bowl are a ploy to win her over.

  • S05E45 Payment Day

    • November 29, 2013
    • Channel 4

    It's time for the B&Bers to face the music as they find out what they've been paid...

  • S05E46 The Union Inn

    • December 2, 2013
    • Channel 4

    At the Union Inn in Cowes on the Isle of Wight, owner Olivia Adams and best friend Rebecca Nugent hope youth will be on their side. But the funky wallpaper and the gnomes, some competitive raft building and 'hairgate' cause tensions among their guests.

  • S05E47 Shoreside Inn

    • December 3, 2013
    • Channel 4

    Couple Andy Steele and Jo Ratje run the Shoreside Inn in Shanklin on the Isle of Wight, where the quality of the rooms receives rave reviews. But some jungle-themed face painting causes a spat, and breakfast doesn't scale the heights expected.

  • S05E48 KirriBilli

    • December 4, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to the KirriBilli guesthouse in Newquay, Cornwall, where Raj Odedra happily caters for stag and hen parties and can't wait to get the party started. Five-star loving Jackie is horrified by the prospect of sleeping in a bunk bed, and all the guests gang up on Raj in a game of tug of war.

  • S05E49 Elysian Fields

    • December 5, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to the Elysian Fields in Helston, Cornwall, run to a high standard by hotel aficionado Jackie Burchell, who lays on wine and personalised lollipops.

  • S05E50 Payment Day

    • December 6, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers to come face to face for the final time, to discover what they've been paid and settle their differences.

  • S05E51 Hazels Roost

    • December 9, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The first B&B of the week is Hazels Roost in Bainbridge, Yorkshire, where Lithuanian-raised host Millie Bussey hopes her years working on cruise ships will mean the competition is all plain sailing. An afternoon of bowls gets the competitive juices flowing, and the next morning, one of the guest's young son attempts to entertain the guests with a magic show.

  • S05E52 Rhandregynwen Hall

    • December 10, 2013
    • Channel 4

    At Rhandregynwen Hall in Llanymynech, even host Mark Johannsen and his friend Amos Bell have trouble with the B&B's name. The competition revs up with some dirt buggy racing, and in the morning Mark feels the heat as blunders with the breakfast orders put him on the back foot.

  • S05E53 Smart and Simple

    • December 11, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to the Smart and Simple hotel in Tunbridge Wells, Kent, where owner Simon Colbran and his assistant manager Rebecca Heasman want their rivals to agree 'the rooms are smart, and that's simple'. Ex-footballer Simon takes his guests for a good kicking on the pitch, but ends up with egg on his face after an early pratfall. At dinner, Cathy's joke about Lithuanian-raised Millie's accent leaves her fuming.

  • S05E54 Pearfield

    • December 12, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to Pearfield B&B in Petersfield, where owner Cathy Robinson and her son Alex want to win over their guests with a home from home experience. Tennis club champion Cathy takes her guests for a knockabout, but while she wins over her guests with her patience, it's guest Simon who emerges victorious.

  • S05E55 Payment Day

    • December 13, 2013
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day, and the B&Bers meet for the last time to discuss their feedback forms and see how much they've been paid. With low scoring and hurt feelings, there's plenty of tension before the winner is revealed.

  • S05E56 The Avenue

    • December 16, 2013
    • Channel 4

    At The Avenue at Brockhall Village, feisty owners Margaret Lofthouse and Janet Sutton hope their B&B is right up everyone's street. Liz Hall and Colin Eadie find an unwanted visitor in their toilet, and a lack of decaff tea upsets llama-loving Mary and Graham Walker.

  • S05E57 Llama's Pyjamas

    • December 17, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week brings the B&Bers to the Llama's Pyjama's in Cumbria, where owners Mary and Graham Walker hope their beloved llamas will charm the guests. On arrival not everyone is blown away by their themed bedrooms, and an afternoon of llama trekking leads to some interesting comparisons between the animals and the guests.

  • S05E58 The Kallacliff Hotel

    • December 18, 2013
    • Channel 4

    On its third day the competition moves to Newquay, Cornwall, where lovebirds Liz Hall and Colin Eadie welcome their guests to their seaside accommodation, The Kallacliff Hotel. The location goes down a treat as the B&Bers find the views are to die for, but it doesn't take long for Mary and Graham to start finding fault.

  • S05E59 One 4 Two

    • December 19, 2013
    • Channel 4

    The fourth visit of the week brings the competition to the One 4 Two B&B in Bude, Cornwall, run by owner Kathy Lawrence and best friend Gabby Mottershead. After much speculation, there are mixed reactions on arrival, and guests Janet and Margaret struggle just to get through the door.

  • S05E60 Payment Day

    • December 20, 2013
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and everyone meets to discuss their feedback forms, open their payment envelopes and crown a winner. Mary and Graham of the Llamas Pyjamas B&B are disappointed by comments about their beloved beasts, while Liz and Hall from The Kallacliff Hotel are unimpressed by remarks about the standard of their rooms.

Season 6

  • S06E01 Edenmore Guest House

    • March 10, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The first visit is to Edenmore Guest House in Ardrossan, Scotland, where host Hugh Begbie hopes his guests aren't the touchy-feely type.

  • S06E02 Grassington Lodge

    • March 11, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Iin Yorkshire, host Diane Lowe makes the most of her area's Calendar Girls connections and the battle is on to create the best Victoria sponge. Next morning, the eggs Benedict are a huge hit with the guests and some glowing comments leave Diane close to tears.

  • S06E03 Manor Farm

    • March 12, 2014
    • Channel 4

    In Oxfordshire, hosts Andrew and Jeanette Collette's rural retreat is a bit too peaceful for some of their louder guests.

  • S06E04 George and Dragon

    • March 13, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to the George and Dragon, in Princes Risborough, where landlords Ian and Elle hope an afternoon of ghost-hunting will put their guests in high spirits. At breakfast, the impressive portion sizes are overshadowed when the chef bares his bottom.

  • S06E05 Payment Day

    • March 14, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Emotions run high as the rivals confront each other face to face and discover what they've been paid, before the winner is announced.

  • S06E06 20 Albany Street

    • March 17, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts at 20 Albany Street in Edinburgh where English-born Denise Walker and daughter Heather hope their B&B takes the high road to success. Despite a mix-up between salt and sugar, Denise is floored by her stack of perfect scores from most of the guests.

  • S06E07 The Highland Guesthouse

    • March 18, 2014
    • Channel 4

    In Callandar, Scotland, Tom and Angela Jones hope everyone is up for their morning bagpipe routine. On arrival, most guests are impressed by the cleanliness, but in the morning, the 'Tom show' gets a mixed reception.

  • S06E08 The Fairfax Hotel

    • March 19, 2014
    • Channel 4

    In Skegness, owner Kath Milward's plan to wow her guests doesn't go as smoothly as she would have liked. The day starts with the news that Kath has split from her partner, Mark, and after she makes an early departure from dinner, Kath's breakfast efforts are considered too little, too late.

  • S06E09 Wolds Village

    • March 20, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The last visit of the competition is to Wolds Village in Bainton, East Yorkshire where owners Chris and Sally Brealey have created themed rooms they hope fulfil their guests' fantasies!

  • S06E10 Payment Day

    • March 21, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The owners come together for the last time to settle some scores and discover how much they've been paid, before the winner is revealed.

  • S06E11 Langsmeade House

    • March 24, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The week kicks off at Langsmeade House in Thame, Oxfordshire, with Dutch-born owner Marianne Aben and her trusty housekeeper Fran Birchwood. Their quirky hosting style and 1920s knick knacks are a hit with Michael Prime and his mum Lorna, even if the dusty bedframe isn't.

  • S06E12 Stratford House

    • March 25, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Natasha and Dai Pollock juggle the demands of bringing up a young family with running their B&B in Stratford-upon-Avon. On arrival, entrepreneur Mark Genders finds some 'snagging' issues in the décor and Michael Prime and his mum Lorna are 'mortified' when they discover a short and curly in the drawers.

  • S06E13 Edmund House

    • March 26, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to pet-friendly Edmund House in Deal in Kent where owner Michael Prime is joined by his doting mum Lorna. On arrival, Marianne Abben and Fran Birchwood love the seaside-inspired room, but entrepreneur Mark Genders is far from thrilled by the 'no frills' experience.

  • S06E14 Five Bells Pub

    • March 27, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The last visit is to the Five Bells Pub in Berkshire, where entrepreneur Mark Genders hopes his guests will think his small rooms are perfectly formed. But he admits his VERY honest appraisal of his rivals' offerings may work against him.

  • S06E15 Payment Day

    • March 28, 2014
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&Bers face the music, as they meet to discover what they've been paid and confront their critics over their feedback.

  • S06E16 Trecarne House

    • March 31, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Trish and Tom Brock-Morgan own Trecarne House in Liskeard, Cornwall. Dominic is impressed with his room with a view and Rayne and Chris can't conceal their enthusiasm as they tuck in to the complimentary treats, but Stephen and Joanna's dust hunt yields results. Over an afternoon of table tennis, Dominic impresses the group with his ping-pong prowess, and the hosts mark him out as the one to watch. At dinner, Trish and Tom win the group's admiration by sharing their life story but Dominic stirs up intrigue by holding his cards close to his chest. At breakfast, there are a few hairy encounters at the table and in the milk jug. The guests check out with mixed feedback, but Trish and Tom want answers when it comes to Dominic's scores for their hosting ability.

  • S06E17 The Magna Carta

    • April 1, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Captain Dominic Read runs the Magna Carta, a five-star floating B&B in Windsor. Stephen Bull and Joanna Harris are bowled over by the former working barge and Rayne and Chris Deal are impressed with the girth of their berth. But Trish and Tom Brock Morgan struggle to detect that five-star feel in their cabin. Over an afternoon of drumming, the group unleash their inner rock gods, with Trish really letting rip. The Captain hosts dinner on board, but his thunder is slightly stolen when one of the guests makes an epic rousing speech of epic proportions. At breakfast, the guests observe that it's Captain Dom's staff putting in the hard graft, and a cracked teapot almost rocks the boat. Come feedback time, one couple's criticism takes the wind from Dominic's sails.

  • S06E18 Ash Cottage

    • April 2, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Rayne and Chris Deal run Ash Cottage in Kent. The unique décor isn't everyone's cup of tea and Trish and Tom get heated over the instant coffee. The hosts take their guests to Chatham Dockyard to try their hands at rope making. But, after they criticised his place, Dominic reveals his feelings towards Trish and Tom have changed. And Trish is the target of some good-natured digs from Stephen. Over dinner, talk turns to Stephen's place and jaws drop when he reveals the amount of cash he has invested in it. On the next morning, the amount of animal ornaments and taxidermy in the breakfast room is overkill for some, and Stephen describes it as a 'dead zoo'. Come feedback time, one couple's comments lead Chris to claim 'the mittens are off and the gloves are on!'

  • S06E19 A Room with a View

    • April 3, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to A Room with a View in Brighton where owner Stephen Bull and housekeeper Joanna Harris hope their nine-room establishment can deliver a top-notch experience. On arrival, the guests are gobsmacked and Rayne and Chris Deal are impressed with Joanna as the queen of clean. But Tom and Trish Brock Morgan feel short-changed in the shower. Over an afternoon of pasta making, Dominic shows his competitive streak, but is pipped to the post by an unlikely outsider. At dinner the group are in awe of Stephens's achievements, but in the morning they're unimpressed with his breakfast. Stephen and Jo struggle in the kitchen and Dominic is left waiting while his rivals tuck in. Feedback time starts well for the hosts, until they have to chew over criticism of their breakfast.

  • S06E20 Payment Day

    • April 4, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners come together for one last time. Trecarne House hosts Trish and Tom Brock-Morgan have a point to raise with Dominic on his score for their hosting, while Dominic has a bone to pick with them about their criticisms of his five-star floating B&B. Rayne and Chris Deal are up next, and a battle of the hospitality trays ensues. And Stephen and Joanna from A Room with a View in Brighton hold up their hands over their rivals' complaints about the breakfast. Tensions run high as the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

  • S06E21 Nateby Inn

    • May 5, 2014
    • Channel 4

    At Nateby Inn in Cumbria, landlady Gaynor Walker is ready with a warm welcome. She takes her guests to a local brewery, and the trip turns out to be a barrel of laughs when Andrew Ashmore beats Bob Osborne in a cask-rolling competition. However, at dinner, Bob reclaims pole position in the conversation stakes when he reveals he once lived in a cave. The following morning, it's Gaynor's turn in the spotlight and she's left fuming when guests Julia Ashley and Clare Ashmore put her through her paces with double orders for breakfast. A broken cooker means it's double trouble for Gaynor as she struggles to get out her full English. At feedback, host Gaynor is delighted by some comments, but left disgruntled by Julia and Graham's mixed reviews.

  • S06E22 Outfields Farm

    • May 6, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Owners Graham and Julia Ashley run Outfields Farm Bed and Breakfast in Ravensden, Bedfordshire. The hosts treat their guests to an adrenaline-fuelled afternoon at an indoor sky diving centre, before whisking them back to the B&B for a dinner full of surprises. The guests wake up the next day having had a faultlessly good night's sleep and looking forward to breakfast. Julia ordered two breakfasts at Gaynor Walker's B&B, so she isn't surprised when Gaynor orders off menu.

  • S06E23 At Home

    • May 7, 2014
    • Channel 4

    In London, artist Bob Osborne takes a laid-back approach to running his B&B, At Home, in Chiswick On arrival, guests are pleasantly surprised by their first impression of Bob's communal living space-come-mini art gallery, but on closer inspection, the guests are soon dishing the dirt. Bob's impromptu art class gets mixed reviews and an appraisal from art critic Peter Davies on their efforts leaves some of the guests baffled. But it's at dinner when the guests are really bewildered, as Bob reveals his plans for tomorrow's breakfast. The next morning, the artist-in-residence is a no show and the DIY breakfast seems to have almost everyone getting into the communal vibe. Unfortunately for Bob, at feedback, his guests' feelings don't make for works of art.

  • S06E24 Ammonite Lodge

    • May 8, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to Chard, Somerset where Andrew and Clare Ashmore own the Ammonite Lodge guesthouse. The competitive B&Bers have gone head to head in a whole host of activities this week, and today, Andrew and Clare hope to bowl their guests over with a game of skittles. At dinner, the B&Bers share their first impressions of each other, with Bob and Julia offering up some highly amusing observations. In the morning, breakfast is a lively affair with host Andrew kept on his toes by his raucous guests. In the kitchen, Clare is concerned about how Gaynor will judge their offering. Having read their feedback, Andrew and Clare have some questions to ask on payment day.

  • S06E25 Payment Day

    • May 9, 2014
    • Channel 4

    It's time for the B&B-ers to face the music, as they come together for one last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics, face to face. Nateby Inn is first up and host Gaynor takes issue with Graham and Julia's reduced marks for cobwebs. Next, conversation becomes heated when Outfields Farm owners Graham and Julia tackle Gaynor's complaints, and Georgie steps in to the hosts' defence. Artist Bob Osborne has a list of grievances he wants to address, and Julia is left cringing when her comments come back to haunt her. Tension runs high as everyone finds out what they've been paid, but who will be crowned best value B&B of the week? It's a close call.

  • S06E26 Abbey House

    • May 12, 2014
    • Channel 4

    A new competition kicks off at Abbey House in Penrith, Cumbria, where Ian Sugden and his wife Sam treat their guests to an afternoon on the firing range and fancy bacon for breakfast.

  • S06E27 Compton House

    • May 13, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Lisa Holloway prides herself on providing a home from home for her guests. Sadly, Sam and Ian Sugden are disappointed by the dust, while Dave and Jo find Lisa's prices hard to swallow. Next morning at breakfast, retired teachers Ed and Jane Mitchell are heard openly criticising the haddock.

  • S06E28 The White Horse

    • May 14, 2014
    • Channel 4

    At the White Horse pub and B&B in Ripon, North Yorkshire, Dave and Jo Bate hope the guests will embrace the pub vibe and an afternoon of Morris dancing in front of the ancient cathedral. But what do they make of Dave's revelations at dinner concerning his 'big one', let alone 'tomatogate' at breakfast the next morning?

  • S06E29 Old Farmhouse

    • May 15, 2014
    • Channel 4

    In Cheshire, retired teachers Ed and Jane Mitchell shock some of their guests by offering only a shared bathroom. But that's nothing compared to Sam and Ian Sugden's reaction to what they find lurking beneath their bed.

  • S06E30 Payment Day

    • May 16, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers gather for one last time to find out who has won and to thrash out their differences. And a heated exchange about cleaning leads to tears.

  • S06E31 Knockaloe Beg

    • May 19, 2014
    • Channel 4

    On the Isle of Man, owners Fiona and John Anderson hope their guests will embrace the green ethos of Knockaloe Beg farm. During an afternoon of laser mayhem, the Isle of Man residents battle the mainlanders, and two guests prove they're the life and soul of the party. The next day, after breakfast, Fiona introduces some farmyard fun as the guests head out for some hands-on animal antics.

  • S06E32 The Arches

    • May 20, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Arches on the Isle of Man where ex-demolition man Phil Routledge is proud of his super-modern B&B, which was voted the best in the Isle of Man. On arrival, his guests are blown away by the views, and fellow Isle of Man residents John and Fiona Anderson lap up the his and hers bath. But the lack of instructions for the state-of-the art gadgetry leaves guest Julie Brogan stumped. Phil wins over his guests after an afternoon of scuba diving in the Arches' own pool, and in the morning, Phil's wife Jill takes charge in the kitchen where some 'perfect' eggs Benedict puts the pressure on the mainlanders who are hosting next.

  • S06E33 The Trafford

    • May 21, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to The Trafford Hotel in Blackpool. Owners Robbie and John Welling are proud of their traditional bucket and spade B&B, and on arrival, the guests are pleasantly surprised. The hosts want to sweeten the deal with an afternoon learning the art of making Blackpool rock, and the competitive juices get flowing as the Isle of Man B&Bs take on the mainland B&Bs. Next morning, Robbie and John present Fiona and John with a full English made entirely of Blackpool rock but it's not enough to distract Fiona from commenting on the mass market ingredients in the real breakfast. At check-out, the hosts are left wondering why Phil says he won't return again.

  • S06E34 Sheepy Lodge

    • May 22, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The last visit of the week is to the grand Sheepy Lodge in Warwickshire where empty-nester Julie loves to fill her manor house with people - as long as they don't order poached eggs. Julie's rivals are gobsmacked by their surroundings, but Robbie and John Welling aren't thrilled with the lack of en-suite and old blu tack on their bedroom walls, while John and Fiona are shocked to find synthetic bedding. With rain stopping play outside, Julie decides on some old fashioned parlour games - so a fiercely fought session of hide and seek ensues. In the morning, Julie's forced to cook the dreaded poached eggs, and, as she panics, some of the guests think that she's too apologetic. Come check-out, some glowing feedback leaves Julie in tears but she believes the competition is too close to call.

  • S06E35 Payment Day

    • May 23, 2014
    • Channel 4

    It's the last day of the competition and the rival B&B owners meet to settle some scores and discover what they've been paid. Kicking things off is Knockaloe Beg farm on the Isle of Man, and hosts Fiona and John Anderson tackle criticisms of a missing host at breakfast. Next, Phil Routledge from The Arches on the Isle of Man takes on Robbie and John Welling from the Trafford in Blackpool about their forensic investigation, but holds his hands up about the fact they stumbled upon his personal walk-in wardrobe. Next, Robbie and John want to get a straight answer from Phil on why he wouldn't be up for a return visit. The last host, Julie Brogan from Sheepy Lodge in the Midlands, discovers that she's more apologetic than she thought and realises that sorry is the hardest word for her guests to hear. With all the payments finally revealed, the winner is announced.

  • S06E36 Dunsandles Guest House

    • May 26, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Owner Alan Johnson, and his best mate and professional sidekick Dave Owen, kick off the competition at Dunsandles Guest House in New Brighton, Merseyside. A scandal with some unwanted hair on Brock's sheets is not a good start though. That discovery is followed by an afternoon of ghost story telling and tales of egg-poaching at dinner. In the morning, Gina and Nick feel they're making an exhibition of themselves with a tea-trolley which is in full view of the neighbours.

  • S06E37 Lady Teal Hotel Boat

    • May 27, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to the Lady Teal Hotel Boat on the waterways near Burnley in Lancashire, owned by Nick and Gina Mead. The afternoon entertainment is some freezing competition out on the locks, and then Brock's 'colourful' language over dinner leaves Alan with a bad taste in his mouth. In the morning, Alan reveals his night of cabin fever.

  • S06E38 York House

    • May 28, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Brock Bergius hopes his cheeky sense of humour and perfectionist nature will help make the guests' third visit of the competition, to York House in Tetbury, Gloucestershire, the winning one. During an afternoon of sausage making, Brock is in his element making saucy jokes. But his reluctance to go 'off-menu' at breakfast leaves some guests a bit disappointed.

  • S06E39 Heyford House

    • May 29, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The final day of the competition is at Heyford House in Lower Heyford, Oxfordshire, owned by veterans of the hospitality trade, Leo and Sonya Brooke-Little. The afternoon event is boxing, which Brock sees as a perfect opportunity to settle some scores with Dave and Alan.

  • S06E40 Payment Day

    • May 30, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers meet for the last time and thrash out their differences and find out who's this week's winner. Feedback includes criticism of a badly positioned tea tray, a hot chocolate storm, and accusations of over-enthusiastic hosting.

Season 7

  • S07E01 From The Flying Bull to Elveden Inn

    • July 14, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Starting in Hampshire at The Flying Bull, run by partners Russell Theron and Chris Birkett, the competition gets off to a flying start. But when things move to Sharon Parker's Victorian Villa in Hampton Hill, the negative reaction to her themed rooms takes her close to the edge. In Cambridge at Faisal Malik and Wak Salim's Ayah Villa Guest House, tensions previously simmering in the group bubble to the surface. But nothing can prepare the group for Sharon's reaction to the final B&B: The Elveden Inn in Suffolk, run by Richard Lawson and his housekeeper Kerry Alcock, where pet hair gets right up her nose.

  • S07E02 From Vale Berkeley Guesthouse to The New Inn

    • July 15, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins in Gloucestershire at The Vale Berkley Guesthouse, run by Harri and Claire Cheber, where functional magnolia rooms are the order of the day. But the guests are in for something completely different when they head to Penzance and The Artist's Residence run by twenty-somethings Justin Salisbury and Charlie Newie. When they head to Blackpool to visit B&B veterans Craig and Alec Coleman at Edenfield Guesthouse, tensions in the group begin to surface, and finally boil over at the last B&B, The New Inn at Portland in Dorset, run by Spencer and Stacey Tulum, where harsh words are exchanged.

  • S07E03 From The Old Stables to Dent Station

    • July 16, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off in Minehead where, at The Old Stables B&B, owners Nina and Andy Dodd hope to impress with their Nordic-styled rooms. But nothing can prepare them for the five-star offering at Rigsby's Guesthouse in Hertford, managed by Morris Cockman, where frictions amongst the B&B-ers start to surface. When they all head to Blackpool to stay with Erica and David Hensley at The Fairway, David jeopardises the visit with his absence at breakfast. At the final B&B, Dent Station in Cumbria run by Robin Hughes, Morris makes an alarming discovery.

  • S07E04 From The Black Lion to The Big Bear Lodge

    • July 17, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Things get underway in East Sussex where Nigel Fright runs the Black Lion at Halland. Tensions immediately surface between Nigel and the second hosts of the week, Ken Clutterbuck, and housekeeper Ginny Trow, who run The Wheatsheaf in Exning. Things continue to escalate between Ken and Nigel at the second visit but when the guests head to Merseyside to stay with Cheryl Casey and her daughter-in-law Hayley Cotton at The Sherwood Guesthouse, the focus is on the very nervous and tearful Cheryl. The final B&B is The Big Bear Lodge in Shropshire, run by Mark and Rachel Dann.

  • S07E05 From One4 to the Alexandra Hotel

    • July 18, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Things get underway in Cheltenham, where Nick Purchase runs the One4 Boutique Hotel. His four-star gold rooms may impress but nothing can prepare the guests for the décor at Dave Golding and Gloria Barnett's Windy Bottom B&B in Maidstone. Tensions mount, as the stay is not a breeze for everyone. When the guests head to Bolton to stay at The Jolly Carter with Phil and Angie Sutcliffe, it's Angie's hosting style that leaves some far from jolly. The final B&B is The Alexandra Hotel in Llandudno, run by minister John Humberstone. It may be a work in progress, but John's rooms leave the guests wanting more.

  • S07E06 From The Golf House to The B and B

    • July 21, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The competition tees off at the Golf House on the Isle of Wight, owned by John and Sue Blakemore. Next it's Nick and Layla's turn to host at The New Inn in St. John's Wood in London. Most guests are impressed, but John and Sue are left cold by their 'corporate and impersonal' room. The third visit is to the Bunkroom hostel in Chester where David Sharrock is determined to prove hostelling is for everybody, even if his wife Victoria isn't convinced. The last visit of the week is to The B and B Blackpool, where owner John is a B&B rookie.

  • S07E07 From Ye Olde Fighting Cocks to The Elgin Hotel

    • July 22, 2014
    • Channel 4

    B&B newbies Tony Keates and Jeanette Hamer are first to host, at Ye Olde Fighting Cocks in Arnside in Cumbria. Their guests are captivated by the view, but fellow B&Ber Garry Lloyd is less taken by what he thinks is mould on his mattress. Next to host is Dr Stephen Stanley-Little, owner of Westward Cottage in Hadleigh in Suffolk. While Avril Berry and Alan Fraser are thrilled by its quirky appeal, business-minded couple Tony and Jeannette don't like the standards of cleanliness and decide to roll up their sleeves and take urgent action. The third hosts are bohemian couple Avril and Alan who own Roulotte Retreat in Melrose, in the Scottish Borders. The final visit is to The Elgin Hotel in Blackpool where manager Garry LLoyd and owner's daughter Sophie Seddon want to show their 89 room establishment can deliver the personal touch.

  • S07E08 From The Shelley Guesthouse to The George Hotel

    • July 23, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off in Aberystwyth, Wales, where keen owners Julian and Anna Maria Shelley run the Shelley Guest House. Their guests though are less than enthusiastic about the noisy pipes and continental breakfast. Next up is John and Sharyn Snell's five-star Ixworth House in Bury St Edmunds. Everything here is immaculate until there's a breakfast breakdown. The B&Bers then head to Graham Smith's Georgian House and Mews in York where there are Viking battle cries and a gossiping guest. The last stop is the George Hotel in Orton, Cumbria where owner Hazel McAleese reveals her love of the lucre but is then forced to face some home truths.

  • S07E09 From Angel Inn to the Clarendon Royal Hotel

    • July 24, 2014
    • Channel 4

    At the Angel Inn, Wangford, Suffolk, Kiwi couple Peter and Christine White offer up some down-under hospitality. Next is Moap's Farm in Danehill, East Sussex, where Lesley Miller has a laissez-faire approach to cleaning, cooking and accommodation. The competitors then head to Jabajak in Carmarthenshire, Wales. Here sisters Lorraine Lloyd and Amanda Stuart-Robson run a tight ship until they try sheep herding for their afternoon activity. The last visit is to Gravesend, Kent where the Clarendon Royal Hotel, where Les Woollends plans a fun afternoon of cocktails.

  • S07E10 From Union Inn to Elysian Fields

    • July 25, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at the Union Inn in Cowes on the Isle of Wight. The guests then head across the island to Shanklin where Andy Stein and Jo Rachy run the Shoreside Inn. A heated argument breaks out during the afternoon and breakfast leaves them cold. The third visit is to Raj's Kirribilli Guesthouse in Newquay, Cornwall. Last is the Elysian Fields B&B in Helston, Cornwall where Jackie Burchell showers her guests with gifts including personalised lollies.

  • S07E11 From Hazel's Roost to Pearfield

    • July 28, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Hazel's Roost in Bainbridge, Yorkshire, goes first, with Millie Bussey trying to impress her guests with some breakfast magic. At Rhandregynwen Hall in Llanymynech, Wales, the guests go buggy racing. The third visit is to the Smart and Simple Hotel in Tunbridge Wells, Kent, managed by fake tan enthusiast Simon Colbran. During dinner, one guest unwittingly insults another, who vows revenge. The last stop is to Pearfield - Cathy Robinson's B&B in Petersfield, West Sussex. Here the homely vibe isn't well received by everyone.

  • S07E12 From Avenue Hotel to One 4 Two

    • July 29, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The Avenue Hotel in Brockhall, Lancashire, is first to host, with Margaret Lofthouse and Janet Sutton banking on their northern charm appeasing any disgruntled guests. In Penrith, Cumbria, Mary and Graham Walker run the Llamas Pyjamas, with their love of llamas extending to themed sleeping quarters. At the Kallacliff in Newquay, Cornwall, newbies Liz Hall and Colin Eadie are still learning the B&B business, and the final B&B is the One 4 Two in Bude, Cornwall - a £230-a-night love nest set up by Kathy Lawrence.

  • S07E13 From Edenmore Guest House to The George and Dragon

    • July 30, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The Edenmore Guest House in Ardrossan, Scotland, is first to host, with owner Hugh Begbie suffering negative feedback about his B&B's exterior, while party-loving landlords Ian and Elle Betchley take a quick dislike to Andrew and Jeanette Collette. The second visit is to Diane Lowe's Grassington Lodge in Yorkshire, where Hugh Begbie find's Diane's establishment too snobby. Tensions rise at Manor Farm in Oxfordshire, with Ian and Elle comparing staying at Andrew and Jeanette Collette's B&B to a trip to your 'mother-in-law'. At the final B&B, the George and Dragon in Buckinghamshire, tears flow at dinner.

  • S07E14 From 20 Albany Street to Wolds Village

    • July 31, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins in Edinburgh at 20 Albany Street, run by Denise Walker. The second visit is to Tom and Angela Walker's Highland Guest House in Callandar, Scotland, where after a testing afternoon of highland dancing, battle lines are drawn. In Skegness, at Kath Milward's Fairfax Hotel, the guests are left shocked by her early departure at dinner. At Wolds Village in Yorkshire owners Chris and Sally Brealey are left fuming after getting mixed feedback.

  • S07E15 From Langsmeade Guesthouse to Five Bells

    • August 1, 2014
    • Channel 4

    In Thame, Oxfordshire, at Langsmeade Guesthouse Marianne Aben and housekeeper Fran Birchwood are both pleased and bemused with their guests' feedback. The second visit is to family run Stratford House in Stratford-upon-Avon, where some guests aren't impressed with hosts Natasha and Dai Pollock's children being present at breakfast. At the Edmund Guest House in Deal, Kent, tensions rise between Mark Genders and hosts Michael and Lorna Prime. The strain on the group is magnified on the final visit to the Five Bells in Berkshire, when Michael and Lorna are underwhelmed by Mark Genders pub B&B.

  • S07E16 From Trecarne House to A Room with a View

    • August 4, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off in Liskeard, Cornwall at Trecarne House with hosts Trish and Tom Brock-Morgan. The second visit is to the B&B boat the Magna Carta in Windsor run by Captain Dominic Read. Trish and Rayne's tea tray feud continues at Ash Cottage in Kent. The final visit is to A Room with a View in Brighton owned by Stephen Bull.

  • S07E17 From Nateby Inn to Ammonite Lodge

    • August 5, 2014
    • Channel 4

    At the Nateby Inn in Nateby, Cumbria, Gaynor Walker hopes her immaculate rooms and northern charm will impress her guests. The B&Bers then head to Outfields Farm in Bedfordshire where Graham and Julia Ashley have a surprise for their fellow competitors. The third visit is to At Home B&B in Chiswick, west London where artist Bob Osborne's irreverent attitude and casual approach to cleanliness causes confusion. The last stop is to the Ammonite Lodge Guest House in Chard, Somerset.

  • S07E18 From Abbey House to the Old Farmhouse

    • August 6, 2014
    • Channel 4

    At the Abbey House in Penrith, Cumbria, Ian and Samantha Sugden pride themselves on their simple but scrupulously clean rooms. The rivals then travel to Compton House in Newark, Nottinghamshire, where sisters Lisa Holloway and Becky Waltman offer antique filled rooms and five star breakfasts. The third visit is to the White Horse Inn in Ripon, Yorkshire managed by Dave and Jo Bate. Their basic rooms, and pub breakfasts don't impress though. Last is the Old Farmhouse, Chester, run by retired teachers Ed and Jane Mitchell.

  • S07E19 From Knockaloe Beg Farm to Sheepy Lodge

    • August 7, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at Knockaloe Beg Farm in Peel on the Isle of Man. Here John and Fiona Anderson treat their guests to laser games, a trip around their farm and local produce. The guests then head across the island to Port Erin where Phil Routledge runs the Arches B&B. The third visit is to Robbie and John Welling's The Trafford Hotel in Blackpool. Last is Sheepy Lodge in Sheepy Magna, Warwickshire where Julie Brogan brought up her family and now fills it with paying guests.

  • S07E20 From Dunsandles Guesthouse to Heyford House

    • August 8, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins in New Brighton, Merseyside, where Andy Johnson and Dave Owen run Dunsandles Guesthouse. The guests then head to the waterways of Lancashire to board the Lady Teal Hotel Boat owned by Nick and Gina Mead. The third visit is to Brock Burgius' York House B&B in Tetbury, Gloucestershire. Finally the B&Bers visit Heyford House in Lower Heyford, Oxfordshire run by Sonya and Leo Brooke-Little.

Season 8

  • S08E01 Springbank Guest House

    • September 29, 2014
    • Channel 4

    In Whaley Bridge, Derbyshire, Springbank Guest House owner Susan Torkington offers her guests the chance to learn the art of cheerleading. But the blowback from a trio of stray hairs leaves her fuming at leaving time.

  • S08E02 Old Dairy

    • September 30, 2014
    • Channel 4

    In Bishops Barton, Somerset, owner and former IT executive Liz Cannon lays on a digging session for fun, on a visit that also includes some contentious Tupperware, a big argument and a close encounter with a hot teapot.

  • S08E03 The Toll House

    • October 1, 2014
    • Channel 4

    At The Toll House in Saffron Walden, Essex, owned by Laurie and Carole Poole, there's a competitive art session and a disturbed night's sleep for some. But a plentiful breakfast proves a winner, especially the condiments.

  • S08E04 The Roebuck

    • October 2, 2014
    • Channel 4

    In Marchwood, Hampshire, landlady Maria Ettridge and bar manager Megan Seagrave plan an afternoon of woodland survival skills. Sadly not everyone is pleased with their rooms and two of the guests clash over dinner.

  • S08E05 Payment Day

    • October 3, 2014
    • Channel 4

    It's the last day in the competition and the B&B owners meet for the final time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Tempers flare as payments are revealed.

  • S08E06 Blackthorn Farm

    • October 6, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The first day of this competition is at the Blackthorn Farm B&B on Anglesey, Wales, where best pals Richard Tuke and Susan Hatch hope to be crowned best value B&B. On arrival, Dan and Rachel Lonergan take in the view, and Malcolm and Fiona Piers-Taylor are feeling the vibes for their morning meditation. However, Graham and Barbara Yellow feel the squeeze in their bathroom. During dinner, Rachel is keen to get to the bottom of the hosts' relationship, while Barbara wants to size up the competition. The following morning at breakfast, Barbara is tagged as the one to watch and there are mixed reactions at feedback time, with Richard puzzled by some of the comments.

  • S08E07 The White Swan Hotel

    • October 7, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Graham and Barbara Yellow pride themselves on offering basic facilities for great value for money at the White Swan Hotel in Yeadon, West Yorkshire. Richard Tuke and Susan Hatch find some hairs out of place in their room, while spiritual couple Malcolm and Fiona Piers-Taylor get good vibes from being in room number four. Over dinner, Graham and Barbara relax into their roles, leaving Rachel Lonergan feeling guilty about having labelled them as game players. In the morning, breakfast goes down well for most of the guests, even though they have to pay a £5.99 supplement.

  • S08E08 The Old Mill House

    • October 8, 2014
    • Channel 4

    Malcolm and Fiona Piers-Taylor have an alternative approach to their business at The Old Mill House B&B in Bridport, Dorset. Richard Tuke and Susan Hatch think it will be a wigwam, while Rachel and Dan Lonergan are expecting a commune. And in their room, Graham and Barbara Yellow discover Fiona's collection of crystals. At dinner, vegetarians Malcolm and Fiona come under attack when Malcom doesn't hold back in his description of meat eating. In the morning, Malcolm's meditation session gets a mixed response, and the B&B'ers are mostly left cold by the vegetarian buffet breakfast.

  • S08E09 The Brighton Inn

    • October 9, 2014
    • Channel 4

    B&B newbies Rachel and Dan Lonergan want to offer a luxury, boutique experience for their guests at the Brighton Inn. After getting negative feedback on the last visit, Malcolm and Fiona Piers-Taylor go on the offensive and give their room a thorough going-over. The guests clown around in the afternoon as they learn the art of building a human pyramid, with nobody surprised when Barbara Yellow ends up on top. At breakfast, the meaty topic of veggie alternatives crops up when there is no meat substitute option for Malcolm and Fiona. At feedback time, the hosts are shocked by some negative comments and think some couples are game-playing.

  • S08E10 Payment Day

    • October 10, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners come together to confront their rivals and find out how much they've been paid. Richard and Susan from Blackthorn Farm are keen to get to the bottom of Barbara and Graham's bathroom blues. Next, Barbara and Graham from the White Swan bask in their comments from Malcolm and Fiona. Malcolm and Fiona from The Old Mill House in Dorset defend their veggie breakfast routine. Finally, Rachel and Dan from the Brighton Inn come face-to-face with Malcolm and Fiona's snotty feedback. Tensions run high as everyone finds out what they've been paid, but who will be crowned best value B&B?

  • S08E11 The Oak

    • October 13, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts at The Oak in Charing, Kent, where new landlady Natalie Palmer is hoping to be crowned best value B&B of the week. While spiritually enlightened Katherine Armitage and Stewart Johnston are pleased they've got room for their yoga mats, both Dennis Gilligan and Gary Coaley and Mike and Denise Mitchell aren't blown away by their extractor fans.

  • S08E12 The White Lady

    • October 14, 2014
    • Channel 4

    In the village of Worstead, Norfolk, Dennis Gilligan runs The White Lady, which he claims has a ghostly extra guest that sometimes goes bump in the night. At a clay pigeon shoot some of the men are determined to be crowned as top gun.

  • S08E13 Cranleigh House

    • October 15, 2014
    • Channel 4

    In Coombe Martin, Devon, Katherine Armitage and Stewart Johnston offer alternative accommodation for those into yoga and spiritual enlightenment. On a local hill top, they hope that the group will send out energy for world peace and healing, but Mike and Denise question whether the whole thing is a joke.

  • S08E14 Beaches

    • October 16, 2014
    • Channel 4

    In Paignton, on the English Riviera, Mike and Denise Mitchell are the new kids on the block, having only opened the doors to their B&B a few weeks ago. Over dinner Mike tells his guests about his other career as a movie star. At breakfast, Katherine turns into a bit of a cereal killer and puts Mike through his paces by asking for something that's off menu.

  • S08E15 Payment Day

    • October 17, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners come together to confront their rivals and discover what they've been paid and who is to be crowned best value B&B of the week.

  • S08E16 The Old Times Guesthouse

    • October 20, 2014
    • Channel 4

    The mother and daughter team of Linda and Kelly Langdown take their guests go-karting. Over breakfast, Jo's not taken with the lack of breakfast options and Kelly cuts corners with the hot drink orders.

  • S08E17 The Flower Pot

    • October 21, 2014
    • Channel 4

    In Sunbury on Thames owner Simon Bailey and French manager Pierre Cudon offer a stylish stay with a certain je ne sais quoi. The guests follow in Henry VIII's footsteps with a game of real tennis at Hampton Court Palace. Over dinner, Jo leaves the other B&Bers speechless when she reveals the lengths she will go to for her hotel.

  • S08E18 Dolphin Hotel

    • October 22, 2014
    • Channel 4

    In Exmouth, Devon Jo Knowles takes her guests paintballing and to a floating restaurant for dinner. Suspicions are aroused over breakfast though.

  • S08E19 Mariners Beachside

    • October 23, 2014
    • Channel 4

    In Seaton, Devon, hosts Pat and Nigel pride themselves on their award-winning breakfast. At breakfast, the guest's expectations are high, and Nigel is under pressure to deliver.

  • S08E20 Payment Day

    • October 24, 2014
    • Channel 4

    With all the visits over, the B&B owners come together to confront their rivals and discover what they've been paid.

Season 9

  • S09E01 Loch Ness Glamping

    • February 16, 2015
    • Channel 4

    Four B&B owners battle to be named best value for money. The first visit of the week is to Loch Ness Glamping in Scotland, where Sonia Whittington and husband Graham Anderson like to stand out from the crowd with their wooden pod accommodation. On arrival, Martin and Rachel are glad they're not under canvas, but Jon and Michelle aren't impressed with the on-site rules. The guests get into the 'fling' of things with some Highland Games, and it's clear that Sonia and Graham are keen to win. The next day, Sonia's planned a military operation for her breakfast, and despite having to run between the campsite and the kitchen, comes up with the goods.

  • S09E02 Merchant House

    • February 17, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Merchant House B&B in Girvan, Scotland, where former government workers Patricia Shearing and her American husband Martin Montee pride themselves on a good value bed and an even better breakfast. On arrival, most of the guests love their rooms, but Sonia and Graham give the wardrobe a 'dressing down'. That afternoon, the guests take to the water in a pedalo race, during which one couple's competitiveness shines through. At breakfast, caterer Pat hopes to impress with her menu, but delays in the kitchen see her dish up a disappointment, and Sonia stirs things up when she brings her own food out at the table.

  • S09E03 The White Bear

    • February 18, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to The White Bear in Chorley, Lancashire, run by husband and wife Martin Watkinson and Rachel Erfmann. Jon and Michelle feel that the décor is a blast from the past, and things don't start well for Sonia and Graham when they're told they're in two single rooms. That afternoon, the B&B owners swing into action for a round of golf, and Sonia and Graham continue their winning streak - but their celebrations don't go down well with all the others. At breakfast, the hosts are ready for Sonia and Graham and their DIY breakfast habit, but a forgotten condiment rubs salt into the wound. Come feedback time, there's a refusal to return, and retaliation from the hosts.

  • S09E04 The Keepers Arms

    • February 19, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The Keepers Arms in Quenington, Gloucestershire, where landlords Jon Gardiner and Michelle Bond take a relaxed approach to their pub and B&B. On arrival, Martin and Pat can't find fault with their room, but Sonia and Graham feel theirs is a tad small. Over dinner, Sonia's competitiveness comes under the spotlight, but Graham jumps to her defence. At breakfast, tensions boil over as Sonia and Graham decide not to bring their own breakfast down after doing so at the last two B&Bs. Martin and Pat can't bite their tongues any longer and tell Sonia and Graham exactly what they think.

  • S09E05 Payment Day

    • February 20, 2015
    • Channel 4

    With all the visits over, the B&B owners come together to confront their rivals and discover what they've been paid. Loch Ness Glamping kick off first, with hosts Sonia and Graham wanting to get answers from Jon and Michelle on their gripe about the rules of their place. Merchant House are next, and after hearing why Sonia thought her furniture was naff, Pat lets Sonia know what she thought of her bringing her own bread to breakfast. The White Bear are next to confront Sonia and Graham, and things get heated when host Martin counts up their cash. Emotions run high as everyone finds out what they've been paid, but who will be crowned best value B&B of the week?

  • S09E06 Greenways

    • February 23, 2015
    • Channel 4

    Four proud B&B owners do battle to be named the best value for money. The competition kicks off at Greenways of Malvern in Worcestershire, where Geri Atterbury likes to provide a home from home. Joining her this week is friend Lorraine Rigby. On arrival, couple Sean McGahern and Maxine Parker aren't keen on the wild wallpaper, and a lack of en-suite puts off mum and son duo Sarah and Luke Allaway. In the afternoon, the group get to grips with blindfolded pottery where Geri finds Sarah too much to handle, and couple Sanjeev Bhagotra and Elinor Roberts fail to make an impression. Over dinner, Sean dominates the conversation, which doesn't go down well with Elinor who finds him patronising. Next morning Geri struggles with the breakfast orders, and Sarah complains about the wait.

  • S09E07 The Royal Forester

    • February 24, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Royal Forester at Bewdley, Worcestershire, where couple Sean McGahern and Maxine Parker want to wow their guests. On arrival, Sarah and Luke Allaway are blown away by their colourful room, but Sanjeev Bhagotra and Elinor Roberts have a hairy experience. In the afternoon the group visit a local safari park where Sarah has a jumbo problem with an elephant. Over dinner, Sean dominates the conversation for the second night running and Geri Atterbuy proves to be a woman of mystery. Come feedback time, Sean and Maxine are encouraged by their comments and scores and are quietly confident they are the ones to beat.

  • S09E08 Ferry Lodge

    • February 25, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to Ferry Lodge in Holyhead, North Wales, where mother and son duo Sarah and Luke Allaway hope to give their guests their very best. On arrival, Geri and Lorraine are overwhelmed by the number of laminated signs, Sean and Maxine take issue with paying 50p for toiletries, and Sanjeev and Elinor aren't impressed with the level of cleanliness. In the afternoon, an England vs Wales penalty shoot-out brings out old rivalries between Geri and Sarah. At breakfast, the air turns blue as Luke and Sarah stress out in the kitchen, and the guests struggle to understand the contents of a 'Welsh' breakfast. Come feedback time, Sarah and Luke are left reeling by comments on their cleanliness.

  • S09E09 Court Colman Manor

    • February 26, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The last visit is to Court Colman Manor, Bridgend, where partners Sanjeev Bhagotra and Elinor Roberts have been running the family business for four years. On arrival, Sean McGahern and Maxine Parker are impressed with the size of their room, but Sarah Allaway finds a collection of cobwebs. In the afternoon, the group go back to basics with a lesson in fire making. Sean goes it alone, Elinor struggles with her fire and Geri Atterbury doesn't feel the spark. Next morning the traditional Welsh breakfast isn't to everyone's taste, particularly Welshwoman Sarah. Come feedback time, the hosts are left wondering if there has been some tactical scoring.

  • S09E10 Payment Day

    • February 27, 2015
    • Channel 4

    It's time for the B&Bers to face the music as they meet one last time to find out what they've been paid, and to confront their critics. First Geri wants to find out why Sarah and Luke weren't interested in a return visit to Greenways of Malvern, then Sarah and Luke confront Sanjeev and Elinor over their low cleanliness score for Ferry Lodge. Emotions run high when Sanjeev and Elinor from Court Colman Manor accuse Sarah and Luke of playing tit for tat with their comments over hygiene criticisms, but its Sanjeev's silent approach that really upsets Elinor. When all the payments are revealed, who will be crowned best value B&B of the week?

  • S09E11 Who'd a Thought It

    • March 2, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at Who'd a Thought It in Grafty Green, Kent, where Joe Mallett, who's joined in the competition by his partner Alex Rea Baldwin, hopes to kick off the week in style. On arrival, Liz and Brian bubble over with excitement over their two hot tubs, and Jackie and Paul pop their corks at the sight of the complimentary champagne, but Matthew and Liam are underwhelmed by the cleanliness levels. At dinner, Jackie's direct line of questioning gets Joe's back up. The next morning, Brian's not in such a bubbly mood having been kept awake by the noisy hot tub, and an absent host at breakfast leaves the guests disgruntled.

  • S09E12 New Osborne Hotel

    • March 3, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to the New Osborne Hotel in Blackpool, where owner Matthew Bracegirdle and entertainment manager Liam hope their guests feel at home in their family friendly B&B. But Jackie and Paul feel short changed by their small room and Joe and Alex find the cleanliness levels lacking. At dinner, Joe annoys Jackie by getting sniffy about the wine, and when Matthew steers the conversation onto his family friendly ethos one of his guests chokes up. Next morning Matthew's breakfast goes down well with most of the group but when it comes to feedback, comments from two of the guests leave the hosts with a bad taste in their mouths.

  • S09E13 Fairy Falls Hotel

    • March 4, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to the Fairy Falls Hotel in Trefriw, North Wales, where B&B newbies Jackie and Paul Langshaw hope to show off a little of their sparkle. On arrival, following Jackie and Paul's comments on their place, Matthew and Liam are keen to find fault and Joe and Alex get hung up over a dusty wardrobe. In the afternoon, the hosts take their guests to a local maze, and Jackie doesn't beat around the bush when she discovers some trickery afoot. After an uncomfortable night's sleep for Alex, at breakfast there are misplaced orders and a very vocal host. When it comes to feedback, low scores from Matthew and Liam leave Jackie and Paul fuming.

  • S09E14 Great Trewern

    • March 5, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The fourth visit is to Llandrindod Wells in Mid Wales, where at the Great Trewern B&B husband and wife Liz and Brian Jardine enjoy the quiet life in their own personal piece of paradise. On arrival, Joe and Alex are feeling far away from it all, and the shared bathroom facilities don't wash with Jackie and Paul and Matthew and Liam. In the afternoon the group gets puffed out learning the art of glass blowing, and Joe's left hot and bothered by his efforts. At dinner talk turns to first impressions and despite Jackie and Joe having clashed earlier in the week, tonight it's all water under the bridge. However, Jackie's still fuming about Matthew and Liam's feedback on her place.

  • S09E15 Payment Day

    • March 6, 2015
    • Channel 4

    It's the last day in the competition and the B&Bers meet for the final time, to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Joe Mallett and Alex Rea Baldwin of Who'd a Thought It in Kent kick off proceedings and have a score to settle with Matthew and Liam's comments on the cleanliness of their establishment. Next, things get heated when Matthew Bracegirdle and Liam Halewood from The New Osborne Hotel in Blackpool quiz Jackie and Paul Langshaw as to why they weren't up for a return visit. Ill feelings continue when Jackie and Paul of the Fairy Falls Hotel have it out with Matthew and Liam over their poor breakfast score. But who will be crowned best value B&B of the week?

  • S09E16 Wallamhill House

    • March 9, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at Wallamhill House B&B in Dumfries and Galloway, where owners Gordon and Margaret Hood are hoping their homely establishment will impress their guests. However, upon arrival Leanne Vickers doesn't want to cuddle up to the cuddly toys, and Glyn Bufton and Paul Chicken are left doubting the decor. Over dinner, there are surprises when host Gordon owns up to a need for speed, and guest Carole Kneen reveals her tearaway past. At breakfast, despite chef Margaret going AWOL, the home style cooking is a hit. At feedback time there are plenty of positives, leading the hosts to think they'll be the ones to beat.

  • S09E17 Thorpe House

    • March 10, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Triangle, West Yorkshire, where Carole Kneen runs Thorpe House B&B. On arrival, the guests are gobsmacked by Carole's country manor, but on closer inspection Leanne and Alan are left looking for a bit more character. In the afternoon, Carole hopes to rev her guest's engines with some off-road go-karting and, with the podium spot at stake, rivalry ensues between Glyn and Gordon. Over dinner, Leanne's heckles are raised when Gordon questions Glyn and Paul about their place. Next morning, Alan reveals he found the bed so soft he slept on the floor instead, and delays at breakfast lead to grumbles from the guests. Come feedback, the B&Bers don't hold back, leaving Carole in tears and looking for answers.

  • S09E18 The Bridge Farmhouse

    • March 11, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to The Bridge Farmhouse in Michaelchurch Escley, Hereford, where B&B newbie Glyn Bufton runs a 16th Century establishment. Tip top first impressions soon slide when Gordon and Margaret get bogged down by the loo and Leanne and Alan discover they're in a TV-free zone. In the afternoon it's all hands on deck as the group head to the River Wye for a raft building competition, where Glyn and Gordon's rivalry resurfaces. At dinner, glasses and expectations are raised by Leanne's upmarket name-dropping, but Gordon's still keen to get to the bottom of Glyn's knick-knacks.

  • S09E19 Talbot Country Inn

    • March 12, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The fourth and final visit is to The Talbot Country Inn in Ruyton XI Towns, Shropshire, owned by Leanne Vickers, who's joined by partner Alan Walsh. On arrival, Gordon and Margaret are surprised to be staying in a pub, while Glyn and Paul see red when they find a blood stain on the duvet. Over dinner, while Gordon and Margaret confess to having never stayed at a pub, host Leanne reveals she's not a pub lover either. At breakfast, the extra supplement for a cooked breakfast is a hot topic of conversation, and come feedback time hosts Leanne and Alan are left speechless by negative comments and surprised by some of the scores.

  • S09E20 Payment Day

    • March 13, 2015
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&Bers come face to face to discover what they've been paid and to confront their critics. Wallam Hill House is first into the spotlight and hosts Gordon and Margaret confront Leanne about her teddy trouble before dealing with Glyn and Paul's décor dilemma. Next, while Glyn from The Bridge Farmhouse is discussing his feedback the pressure gets too much for one of the B&Bers, resulting in a tearful early exit. Left alone to take the flak, Leanne's partner Alan tries to explain away the reasons for their low hosting scores and high breakfast price. Tensions run high as the payments are revealed, but who will be crowned best value B&B of the week?

  • S09E21 Tower View Hotel

    • March 16, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The first visit of the week is to Tower View Hotel, in Blackpool, where owner Jennifer McGirr is joined by friend Diana Carnegie. Friends Daniel Walker and George Gillespie find some unwanted guests in the bathroom and trouble arises at breakfast when some of the guests try ordering off menu.

  • S09E22 Church Spa

    • March 17, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to Church Spa in East Markham, Nottinghamshire, where owner Daniel Walker, joined by family friend George Gillespie, hopes his B&B will be the answer to his guests' prayers. While Steve and LisaTindall are delighted by the spa facilities, Jennifer and Diana Carnegie aren't as taken with the price tag. Over dinner, Matt Arnold questions Daniel on his hands-on hosting and Jennifer is left shocked by Daniel's approach to his business.

  • S09E23 King's Head Inn

    • March 18, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third hosts of the week are Steve and Lisa Tindall, who own the King's Head Inn in Rye, East Sussex, where the hosts hope their guests will fall for their boutique B&B. The guests get into the swing of things with a round of blindfolded mini-golf. But not everyone gets a solid night's sleep.

  • S09E24 The Bridge Hotel

    • March 19, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to The Bridge Hotel in Brandon in Suffolk, where former GMTV presenter Matt Arnold hopes his mantra of 'blissful bedrooms, beautiful bathrooms, brilliant breakfasts' will impress. The guests go with the flow as they take part in a rowing competition, but George Gillespie ends up taking an early bath. Next morning, delays at breakfast and a decidedly runny egg mean grumbles are back on the menu.

  • S09E25 Payment Day

    • March 20, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers come together for one last time, to confront their rivals and discover what they've been paid. And things get heated when it's time to count up the cash.

  • S09E26 Wisteria House

    • March 23, 2015
    • Channel 4

    This week's competition kicks off in Hampshire at Wisteria House, where Jane Faulkner, who's joined by barmaid Amy Woodford, is no shrinking violet. Later, the guests feel the squeeze as they try their hand at competitive cow milking and have to do some dung dodging in the process, while 25-year-old Zak surprises the other competitors when he reveals his years of hospitality experience.

  • S09E27 The Living Room

    • March 24, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to Bournemouth where 25-year-old Zak Busby-Pelekanou is co-owner of The Living Room B&B. Mike Lewis and Charlie Diamond unearth some hairy issues in their room while Jane Faulkner and Amy Walker have an incy wincy issue with an eight-legged intruder. Next morning the guests get to grips with Zak's ambitious breakfast menu, but when the fry ups are dished up David Barratt doesn't hold back with his critique.

  • S09E28 The Valley Hotel

    • March 25, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to The Valley Hotel in Anglesey, where owner Mike Lewis feels his 5 star pedigree will help him reap dividends in the competition. After a visit to a local RNLI station, guests Jane and Amy are left feeling sluggish when they spot an unwanted visitor in their room and their criticism leaves the hosts looking for answers.

  • S09E29 Barratt's at Ty'n Rhyl

    • March 26, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the competition is to Barratt's at Ty'n Rhyl in North Wales where David and Elvira Barratt are hoping to add to their already bulging trophy cabinet. On arrival, all of the guests have a hairy encounter in their rooms, and the follicle fallout continues at breakfast. At a local cookery school, the guests are taught the delicate art of preparing and cooking sheep's testicles but not all of them have a ball. Come feedback, the hosts are left feeling distraught and wanting to give up.

  • S09E30 Payment Day

    • March 27, 2015
    • Channel 4

    With the visits over, the B&B'ers come together to confront their rivals and discover what they've been paid. Wisteria House hosts Jane and Amy want to know why David and Elvira gave their morning cuppa a roasting, while Zak has a score to settle with Jane and Amy. Mike and Charlie of The Valley Hotel want to get to the bottom of the unwanted intruder in Jane and Amy's room and the ladies are challenged again on their cleanliness comments. Emotions run high as everyone counts their cash, but who will be crowned best value B&B of the week?

  • S09E31 The Oxenham Arms

    • March 30, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The first visit of the week is to the 12th century Oxenham Arms, Devon, where Simon and Lyn Powell hope to kick off the week in style. The guests brush up on the local pastime of broom dancing and after throwing some fairly unique moves, the hosts have John pegged as the one to watch. Come morning, John's been hearing voices in the night, and at feedback his refusal to return gets the hosts looking for revenge.

  • S09E32 Elegant House

    • March 31, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to Liverpool, where at Elegant House, owner John Brady feels his unique B&B stands out from the crowd. Nikki and David get to grips with the unconventional facilities, David reveals his background as a hotel inspector, and Amanda doesn't hold back with her opinions about the star rating system. Next morning, the alternative breakfast doesn't find many fans and John discovers that his eclectic style isn't to everybody's liking.

  • S09E33 Hidden Valley Yurts

    • April 1, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to Monmouthshire in Wales where at Hidden Valley Yurts, Peter and Amanda Copp want to rope their guests into the world of glamping. John has a hairy encounter in his yurt and the shared bathroom facilities aren't a hit with David and Nikki. The DIY breakfast isn't to everyone's taste and come feedback, the hosts discover that not everybody's up for a taste of the great outdoors.

  • S09E34 Cley Hall

    • April 2, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the competition is to Spalding, Lincolnshire where at The Cley Hall Hotel, former hotel inspector David Stanbridge and manager Nikki Deans hope to end the week on a high. On arrival, Peter and Amanda are wowed by their room but Simon and Lyn dish the dirt over the state of the carpet. Next morning, the guests get clock watching as the eight minute breakfast rule is put to the test, and Lyn and Simon get critical over Nikki's waitressing.

  • S09E35 Payment Day

    • April 3, 2015
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B'ers are meeting for the last time to discover what they've been paid and to confront their critics. The Oxenham Arms hosts Simon and Lyn want answers from John about his disturbed night's sleep. Peter and Amanda want to know why David wasn't awash with praise for their shared bathroom facilities. And former hotel inspector David takes Lyn and Simon to task over their cleanliness comments on his feedback form. With tensions running high, who will be crowned best value B&B of the week?

  • S09E36 The Borgue Hotel

    • April 6, 2015
    • Channel 4

    Four proud B&B owners do battle to be named best value for money. The first visit of the week is to the village of Borgue in Scotland and The Borgue Hotel, which Vince and Shirley Barrett run with military precision. On arrival, guests Adam and Naomi give the décor a dissing and Ken and Elaine aren't keen on the orange towels. Over dinner, the hosts reveal who wears the trousers in their relationship, before Ken's jokes go down like a lead balloon. At breakfast, the traditional Scottish ingredients are loved by some but not others.

  • S09E37 Allscott Mill

    • April 7, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Allscott Mill B&B in Telford, Shropshire, owned by Ken and Elaine Purchase, who have very defined roles when it comes to running their establishment. On arrival, Shirley and Vince find fault with the head space of their room, while Adam and Naomi are bemused by the lack of toilet brush in the bathroom. Over dinner, former boxing promoter Ken name drops to the max by divulging some former celebrity guests, before shocking the group with his dinner time chat. At feedback time, Ken's hosting skills take a knocking, leading to tears from the hosts.

  • S09E38 Park House

    • April 8, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to Llandrindod Wells, in Wales, where at Park House owners Ian and Joan Barr hope their colourful B&B will leave their guests feeling in the pink. On arrival, Adam and Naomi are wowed by the colour of the place, Shirley and Vince feel right at home, but Ken and Elaine have issues with a dirty toilet brush. That afternoon, horse play is the name of the game when the group get hands on with some Shetland ponies. Over dinner, old tensions come to the surface when Ken challenges Adam and Naomi on comments they left when they visited his place. Ian and Joan are left speechless by the positive feedback from all but one couple.

  • S09E39 East Thorne Yurts

    • April 9, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is East Thorne Yurts in Bude, Cornwall, run by Naomi Black and her former rugby pro husband Adam. On arrival, Vince and Shirley are at their dream location, but for Ken and Elaine it's a nightmare. In the afternoon, Adam and Naomi set up a boys vs girls archery competition, where there's a controversial wardrobe malfunction. At breakfast, there are unhappy glampers as the DIY breakfast doesn't impress.

  • S09E40 Payment Day

    • April 10, 2015
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition to be named best value B&B of the week and the rival owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Hosting skills, breakfasts, facilities and toilet brushes are just some of the sources of disagreement and tension. Having cleared the air and counted the cash, it's up to Adam to reveal who will be crowned best B&B of the week.

Season 10

  • S10E01 Bosun's Lodge

    • September 21, 2015
    • Channel 4

    A new run of the show in which B&B owners throw open their doors and take turns to stay with one another - and pay what they consider fair for their stay. The first competition of the series begins on the Isle of Wight, at Bosun's Lodge, run by couple Karl Love and David Hill. The guests settle into their cabins before an afternoon sailing, where the hosts lead a lesson in tying knots. But the next morning, things are far from ship shape, and things get so bad that Karl has to have a stiff drink.

  • S10E02 The Old Red Lion

    • September 22, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the competition is to The Old Red Lion, Cambridgeshire, where couple Tracey Andrews and Ian Holt run a bar, restaurant and B&B. On arrival, Mary Nicholson winds up her hosts when she finds a worm wriggling in the toilet. Jacqueline and Tim Bucknell also have some toilet trouble and tensions mount over a driving session with a difference, and continue to simmer with a conversation over portion sizes.

  • S10E03 Roseheart Kingdom

    • September 23, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to Roseheart Kingdom - B&B, retreat and therapy centre run by Jacqueline and Tim Bucknell in Shropshire, where animals are very much the VIPs and doggie visitors are welcome. When the guests arrive at the farmhouse, they find animal hairs both in their rooms and in the shared bathroom. After a fascinating demonstration of dog shiatsu, the shared bathroom proves to be all too much for Karl and David.

  • S10E04 Wydemeet

    • September 24, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to Wydemeet, in Hexworthy, Dartmoor, where owner Mary Nicholson has turned her rural home into a B&B. During the afternoon activity, grooming horses, tensions rise as Jacqueline unleashes her competitive streak, and Mary ruffles feathers over dinner. Things heat up as Ian and Tracey challenge Mary over some of the things she's said. Next morning, at breakfast, confusion lingers as Mary's hosting and breakfast turns into a muddle.

  • S10E05 Payment Day

    • September 25, 2015
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners meet for the last time. There's a heated exchange between Karl and David and Jacqueline and Tim, while Ian and Tracy are determined to confront Mary. And when Jacqueline and Tim confront their guests over their negative feedback, tensions rise again. Finally it's Mary's turn to face the music. Tempers flare as payments are revealed and everyone attempts to defend their businesses.

  • S10E06 Anstey Hall

    • September 28, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at stately home Anstey Hall in Cambridge, with father and son combo John and Johnny de Bruyne. The fun kicks off with a character revealing afternoon of goose herding, before the B&Bers dress to impress at a formal dinner. Host John recounts stories of royal connections, leaving hotel managers Mark and Layla less than impressed. Next morning, as they tuck in to a self-service breakfast, Tim decides that DIY doesn't work at Anstey Hall. But when he notes this on his feedback form, accusations of game playing are levelled at him from John and Johnny.

  • S10E07 Clover Spa

    • September 29, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the competition is to clothes-free Clover Spa and Hotel in Birmingham where owner Tim Higgs hopes to convert his rivals to the joys of naturism. Judging with an extra critical eye are John and Jonny De Bruyne who received negative feedback from Tim, and a thorough room inspection reveals a dusty porn DVD. With all guests nervous about nudity, Tim encourages them to take part in a naked spa experience but John opts to watch TV instead. Come feedback, Tim is delighted to discover Mark and Layla would stay again but shocked by the porn film discovery.

  • S10E08 The Angel Hotel

    • September 30, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to The Angel Hotel in Coleford, Gloucestershire, managed by Mark Davidson and Layla Caton. During the afternoon activity, the rivals start to show their competitive sides as they take part in a treasure hunt around the nearby Forest of Dean. Over dinner, Layla's manners slip, and there's confusion at breakfast. At feedback, Tim chooses to comment on the faulty breakfasts and Layla's manners are up for criticism.

  • S10E09 Higher Gitcombe

    • October 1, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to Higher Gitcombe, in Totnes, Devon, where owners Paul and Lynnie Jolly set out to spoil their guests rotten. On arrival, everyone is overwhelmed by all the added extras but naturist Tim is put off by cushions and clutter. After a masterclass in Nordic Walking, Lynnie serves up a veg smoothie, which unhealthy eaters Mark and Layla dubiously down in one. Over dinner, Tim challenges his host's organic 'niche'. And Layla, still smarting from his negative feedback, labels him 'weird, naked Tim'. At breakfast, guests are wary of the OTT spread, Tim's order goes wrong, and Jonny and Layla engage in an eating competition. Come feedback, the Jollys are affronted by accusations of special treatment, and vow to put the record straight.

  • S10E10 Payment Day

    • October 2, 2015
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Stately Home Anstey Hall is up first and owners John and Johnny want to get to the bottom of Tim's negative comments about his small towel and their self-service breakfast. Next naturalist Tim tackles John and Johnny's indecent find at the Clover Spa. And Mark and Layla want to challenge Tim over his dressing down of Layla's manners and his comments about someone else's incorrect breakfast. Finally, it's Paul and Lynnie's turn to quiz Mark and Layla over their accusations of excess while staying at Higher Gitcombe. Having aired their issues, the winners are announced.

  • S10E11 Amber's Bell Tent Camping

    • October 5, 2015
    • Channel 4

    This week 'Four in a Bed' becomes 'Four in a Camp Bed' as four sets of camp site proprietors battle it out to be named best value. The competition begins at Amber's Bell Tent Camping in north Norfolk, a retro-styled pre-erected camp site created by artistic host Amber Wykes. Amber challenges her guests to go native, with a series of bush craft trials. Over dinner guests Derek and Julie's opinions on glamping irritate both Amber, and glampsite owners Nick and Sheila. Then back at the tents, brother and sister team Russell and Jane aren't too impressed with the sleeping arrangements. In the morning the self-catering breakfast leads to complaints, which Amber hears ALL about when she reviews their feedback forms.

  • S10E12 Park Farm Camping

    • October 6, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second day of the competition is at Park Farm Camping and Caravan Site in Norfolk, where husband and wife team Derek and Julie Nice are proud to show off their budget, family-friendly site. Former marksman Derek treats his guests to a spot of clay pigeon shooting, bringing out his competitive side. But when inexperienced shooter Amber proves to be a natural, Derek's nose is out of joint. Over dinner, Amber's sidekick Hetty challenges Derek over his use of the term glamping. The following morning, the self-catering breakfast is a success despite the lack of fresh coffee and a broken fork. At feedback, Derek and Julie face the music.

  • S10E13 Layer Marney Tower

    • October 7, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to 500-year-old Layer Marney Tower in Essex, where posh hosts Nick and Sheila Charrington warmly welcome the guests into their luxury glamping lodges. The hosts lay on a treasure hunt that pits Sheila and Nick against one another and sends one of the teams off on a wild goose chase. Their campers find few faults with the accommodation, but over dinner Amber shares a revelation that changes the way the guests see things. The following morning, the group get together and test the quantities in Nick and Sheila's breakfast hampers before leaving feedback for their hosts.

  • S10E14 Foxhunter Park

    • October 8, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The fourth day of the competition is at the Foxhunter Park in Kent, where gregarious brother and sister team Jane Stacey and Russell Saunders own a luxury caravanning site that includes a bistro and entertainment. The accommodation is luxurious but the large scale of the site and holiday camp feel doesn't sit well with any of the campers, who aren't surprised to learn Jane and Russell have a little empire of three sites inherited from their father. For the evening entertainment, Jane's choice of a fire eating limbo dancer leaves most of the guests cold, except Nick who limbers up. In the feedback, the style and set up of the site isn't for anyone, and no one wants to return.

  • S10E15 Payment Day

    • October 9, 2015
    • Channel 4

    On the final day of the competition, the campers are meeting one last time to find out what they thought each other's stay was worth. Amber's Bell Tent Camping is first up and Amber is offended by Derek's low scoring. Derek turns the tables as Amber admits to gamesmanship, but it's Nick and Sheila's feedback that really throws him. Nick and Sheila in turn discover a lot of love from around the table, but Russell and Jane have an axe to grind with Derek whose low scoring of their caravan site is made worse by what they see as a personal attack on their hosting. Having aired their issues, the winners are announced to a few rebellious rumblings.

  • S10E16 Wharfe House

    • October 12, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at Wharfe House in Wetherby, run by B&B newcomer Pauline Cox. She's joined by best friend Claire Smith. Eyebrows are raised when Mike and Karen Hepker arrive from Bath Lodge Castle in a chauffeur driven car. During a visit to a local vineyard sparks fly between Mike Hepker and Tash Thorne, who runs The Old Lodge Hotel in Gosport with her partner Mike Pearce. Having only just opened, Pauline has a house full for the very first time. The narrow antique beds cause concerns and Jenny and Clive Aylett from Wortwell Hall Barn in Norfolk are first to criticise breakfast. When it comes to feedback, Pauline's left deflated by her sausage scores and Karen and Mike Hepker vote with their feet, and won't be back.

  • S10E17 Wortwell Hall Barn

    • October 13, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Wortwell Hall Barn in Norfolk where husband and wife team Jenny and Clive Aylett strive to be perfect. On arrival, friends Pauline Cox and Claire Smith have difficulty locating their favourite appliance, and publicans Mike Pearce and Tash Thorne discover they can't lock their door. That afternoon, the hosts surprise their guest with an activity that's out of this world. Next morning not all the guests stick to their pre orders for breakfast, causing professional chef Clive to have a kitchen meltdown, resulting in a fundamental error. Come feedback, Clive and Jenny take exception to some of Karen and Mike Hepker's comments.

  • S10E18 Bath Lodge Castle

    • October 14, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit this week is to Bath Lodge Castle in Somerset where hosts Karen and Mike Hepker run a luxury castle experience. Initially everyone is wowed by the opulence but on closer inspection Clive and Jenny Aylett and Mike Pearce and Tash Thorne feel short changed by the bathroom fixtures and fittings. An afternoon of painting in the castle grounds gives the group a chance to give vent to their emotions and indulge their creative sides. At dinner, tensions surface again when host Mike's comments on class lead to another run in with Tash. At breakfast Tash and her partner Mike Pearce receive a frosty serving. Come feedback, when Mike and Karen get some harsh comments from Clive and Jenny they suspect 'game playing' and the knives are out.

  • S10E19 The Old Lodge Hotel

    • October 15, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to The Old Lodge Hotel in Gosport, Hampshire, where publicans Mike Pearce and Tash Thorne like to mix business with pleasure. On arrival, castle proprietor Karen Hepker - who's on her own this visit - is allocated the honeymoon suite but she's left disappointed with the level of luxury and Clive and Jenny Aylett find a dubious looking splash guard in the shower. As Mike and Tash take their guests on a boat tour Jenny struggles with her water phobia. At dinner Karen tells the others what she really thinks of them. Next morning Mike keeps his cool in the kitchen but things heat up around the breakfast table instead. Come feedback, Mike and Tash take issue with Pauline and Claire's hosting score, and are looking for answers come payment day.

  • S10E20 Payment Day

    • October 16, 2015
    • Channel 4

    It's the last day of the competition and accusations fly, tensions run high and guests walk out as the payments are finally revealed and the winner is announced. Wharfe House is first up and hosts Pauline Cox and Claire Smith want to find out why their beds caused such a sleepless night. Next Clive and Jenny Aylett of Wortwell Hall Barn question Karen and Mike Hepker over their lack of luxury. As third hosts, Mike and Karen Hepker are suspicious of game playing by Clive and Jenny, who in their opinion have some explaining to do. But they're not the only ones in the Hepker's firing line as they also come to blows with Mike Pearce and Tash Thorne over the castle's antique bathroom fittings. Finally it's the turn of The Old Lodge Hotel. Publican Mike Pearce wants Pauline Cox to explain the score she gave them for hosting.

  • S10E21 Swallows Rest

    • October 19, 2015
    • Channel 4

    This week's competition starts at Swallows Rest in Weymouth, Dorset, where hosts Jane and Keith Smith are pulling out all the stops to win. All of Jane and Keith's rooms have been decorated by the lady of the house, but some of the colour combinations don't go down well with rival B&B owner Ray Chowdhury. An afternoon of drawing starts some competitive rivalry between Ray and newlyweds James and Darren Kosa-Jones. At dinner, B&B team Donna Miles and David Cheshire want to make their working relationship and longstanding friendship crystal clear. When it comes to reading the feedback, Ray's comments on the brightly coloured bed linen leave host Jane as white as a sheet.

  • S10E22 The Burley Inn

    • October 20, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to The Burley Inn in The New Forest, where newlyweds Darren and James welcome guests. Donna and David prove to have a critical eye when they discover some holes in the sheets, and Jane and Keith disagree over a toilet roll. In the afternoon, hosts Darren and James reveal their quiz master skills and over dinner, Ray gives them a good grilling on how they run their B&B. Next morning, the guests think hosts Darren and James have it easy, as they don't cook the breakfast themselves. Come feedback, Darren and James are puzzled by some of Ray's comments.

  • S10E23 Hotel Montville

    • October 21, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit this week is to Hotel Montville in Redditch, Worcestershire, where host Ray Chowdhury hopes to win over his rival B&B owners. Ray's unique style and decor impresses at first, but room inspections leave guests Jane and Keith Smith threatening not to stay. Light relief comes in the form of ice sculpting, but at dinner, the guests grill Ray about his business background, leading them to question his decisions. And breakfast leaves James and Darren Kosa-Jones feeling cold. Come feedback, Ray comes face to face with the harsh reality of what his guests made of their stay.

  • S10E24 The Silverton

    • October 22, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The last visit is to The Silverton in Shrewsbury where business partners Donna and David have split B&B responsibilities down the middle. On arrival, Darren and James discover some complimentary earplugs, leaving them concerned about the road outside. In the afternoon, the hosts whip up the competitive spirit as they challenge their guests to a race on Segways. Over dinner, Donna gets emotional after the guests question her work life balance. Next morning, host and chef David proves he can handle the unexpected when it comes to cooking breakfast. Come feedback, only some of the guests take issue with the road noise, leaving Donna and David questioning the motives of the others.

  • S10E25 Payment Day

    • October 23, 2015
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Swallows Rest is first up and hosts Jane and Keith want to find out about Ray's colour preferences. Next Darren and James of The Burley Inn quiz Ray over his fussiness around their pine furniture. Third host Ray has some explaining to do when he reads the guests' feedback for Hotel Montville. When it comes to The Silverton, B&B team Donna and David take umbrage with Jane and Keith's comments. Accusations fly around the table as payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

  • S10E26 Lilly's Pad

    • October 26, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at Lilly's Pad in Keelby, Lincolnshire, run by tea-loving duo Sue Hodds and Louise Montgomery. When Scott and Liz Carlucci from The Clifton in South Shields check in, there are mixed reactions to the themed teddy bears, while Audrey Buxton from Melody House in Norfolk gets hung up on the exposed wiring. As the group design their own teddies the gags fly, fun-loving Gordon and Sharon Thompson from The Castle Hotel in Kent have a dig, and Sue takes offence. At breakfast, Audrey discovers the milk is missing and Sue isn't impressed. Come feedback, Sue and Louise think she's being petty and accuse her of game playing.

  • S10E27 The Clifton

    • October 27, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Clifton in South Shields, Tyne and Wear, where hospitality experts Scott and Liz Carlucci extend a warm welcome. Sue and Louise are expecting big things, but are quickly disappointed by their room and its view of roadworks. The B&B'ers design ceramic plates to reflect their own businesses, but Gordon and Sharon spend more time trying to wind up their fellow guests. At bedtime Sue discovers her sheets aren't as clean as she'd like and has to sleep on towels. Come feedback, Sue and Louise refuse to stay again and Scott and Liz are shocked by their comments on cleanliness.

  • S10E28 Melody House

    • October 28, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to Melody House in Great Ryburgh, Norfolk, owned by entrepreneur Audrey Buxton. On arrival, Sue and Louise are less than impressed. During the afternoon activity, Audrey reveals her musical background and her guests take part in a sing-along - some more willingly than others. Over dinner, Gordon and Sharon are keen to discover how Audrey made her money, but getting a straight answer proves difficult. Come feedback, Sue and Louise go to town, but Audrey fights back.

  • S10E29 The Castle Hotel

    • October 29, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to The Castle Hotel in Eynsford, Kent, where landlords Gordon and Sharon Thompson are the life and soul. Serial perfectionists Sue and Louise find fault with the dressing tables and noise from the pub downstairs, but Liz and Scott are full of praise. Trying to up the competitive spirit, the hosts take their guests to race hovercrafts and 68-year-old Audrey turns out to be a surprise contender. Despite a few mistakes gregarious Gordon comes up trumps, and scores well for hosting but Sue and Louise's refusal to stay again upsets them and they are determined to find out why.

  • S10E30 Payment Day

    • October 30, 2015
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Lilly's Pad is up first, and hosts Sue and Louise want to get to the bottom of Audrey's comments on their dangerous cabling. Next, Scott and Liz tackle Sue and Louise's cleanliness issues at The Clifton. Melody House host Audrey wants to challenge Sue and Louise over their problems with her feather bedding. Last up, Gordon and Sharon want to quiz Sue and Louise; tensions mount as they delve in to their noise and lack ofprivacy issues at The Castle Hotel. With things close to breaking point the competition winners are finally announced.

  • S10E31 The King's Head

    • November 2, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at The King's Head in Addlethorpe, with landlady Helen Coy and her bar manager and best buddy Emma Green pulling out all the stops to win. The B&B owners are taken back to their childhood at the funfair, where a game of Hook-A-Duck brings competitive natures of rival owners Kevin and Julie Shadbolt and Terri and Stuart Flett to the fore. At dinner, B&B beginners Louise and Andy Macbeth rattle nerves when Louise reveals her past career as a hospitality journalist - leaving pub veteran Helen less than impressed. Come feedback Helen and Emma are left asking questions when they think some of their comments don't add up.

  • S10E32 Beck Hall

    • November 3, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to dog friendly Beck Hall in North Yorkshire, run by B&B newcomers Louise and Andy Macbeth. Still reeling from their feedback at the last visit, Helen and Emma cast an extra critical eye finding dust and what they think might be dog hairs in the bed. When the group go fishing, Terri gets green around the gills, and come feedback, Louise and Andy are shocked to discover not one, but two of their guests wouldn't return.

  • S10E33 The Albaston

    • November 4, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to The Albaston in Torquay, owned by avid souvenir collectors Kevin and Julie Shadbolt. Terri and Stewart are wowed by their room, but when they venture into the communal lounge, they're startled by Kevin and Julie's menagerie of memorabilia. Over dinner, Kevin reveals he has a secret recipe for success when it comes to breakfast, which raises expectations for the morning meal. The next day, pub landlady Helen is taken back by Louise's comments, and tensions begin to rise.

  • S10E34 Hotel Piccadilly

    • November 5, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to a specialist dance holiday venue: the Hotel Piccadilly, in Bournemouth, where owners Terri and Stewart Flett hope to get their guests in a spin. Kevin and Julie are enamoured with their art deco themed room, but the other guests are left disappointed at their digs, which lack Terri's flamboyant touch. A dance class in the hotel's grand ballroom gets pulses racing, but while the girls love donning their feather boas and give it a whirl, the boys appear to have two left feet. Over dinner, the temperature rises as the simmering tension between Louise and Helen finally boils over, and at feedback, Terri is brought to tears by the comments regarding her hosting skills.

  • S10E35 Payment Day

    • November 6, 2015
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day, and the owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The King's Head is first up and landlady Helen challenges Louise and Andy about the wee problem they found in the bathroom. Next, Louise and Andy from Beck Hall get hot under the collar when the others criticise their dog friendly approach. Kevin and Julie from the Albaston want to get to the bottom of a mysterious comment, and the Hotel Piccadilly's Terri and Stewart want to quiz Helen and Emma about their hairy discovery. Accusations fly around the table as payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

  • S10E36 Bove Town House

    • November 9, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at the new concept 'self B&B' Bove Town House in Glastonbury, owned by partners Shannon Slater-Dent and Trevor Tredgett. Shannon and Trevor are keen to show off what their B&B is all about, so they lead an afternoon of group sound healing. While Ben Davenport and Sian Dewaal from the Fritton Arms immediately recognise that this B&B will be tough competition, Stevie King and his head chef Dave from SugarBeat Eating House dismiss the activity as being 'hippy'. But it's the poor night's sleep that bothers Kathryn and best friend Trevor from Treberthan B&B, as well as the fact they have to cook their own breakfast. Come feedback the idea of self B&B comes under fire and Kathryn doesn't hold back with her sleep score, leaving Shannon and Trevor disheartened.

  • S10E37 Treberthan

    • November 10, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Treberthan B&B in Par, Cornwall, where owner Kathryn Langley and her best friend Trevor Burnell set out to give their guests a taste of Cornish hospitality. On arrival, everyone is impressed by the high standard of cleanliness but Stevie and David are put off by the old fashioned décor. A Cornish pasty making competition reveals Kathryn's assertive streak, whilst professional chef David feels under pressure to win. Ben and Sian make an unconventional pasty whilst Shannon and Trevor forget a vital ingredient. At breakfast, Kathryn comes under pressure by a request for goat's milk. But it's her timings that come unstuck, and come feedback, she is left with some explaining to do.

  • S10E38 SugarBeat Eating House

    • November 11, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to SugarBeat Eating House in Swainsthorpe, run by Stevie King and head chef David Lovett. On arrival, the cleanliness comes under fire as Kathryn and Trevor struggle with their marked shower screen and Ben and Sian write a message in the dust they find. Over dinner, Ben goes into detective mode in a bid to find out everything he can about his SugarBeat rivals. But it is Kathryn's straight talking that becomes the talking point for Shannon and Trevor. At breakfast, Kathryn's breakfast leaves a lot to be desired and when it comes to feedback, it is the cleanliness problems that cause the most controversy and Stevie and David aren't happy.

  • S10E39 The Fritton Arms

    • November 12, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to the pet-friendly Fritton Arms in Fritton, Norfolk, where manager Ben Davenport and his partner Sian Dewaal aspire to run the perfect B&B. David and Stevie arrive feeling upset following their feedback and so conduct a forensic style room inspection complete with rubber gloves. That afternoon, Ben and Sian organise a paddleboat race on the nearby lake where everyone's competitive natures are exposed. Over dinner Ben impresses his guests by revealing that the property has aristocratic connections but it is the fact they allow dogs to stay that comes under fire. At breakfast, David and Stevie get carried away with the free Bloody Marys on offer, and Kathryn's sausage is served up burnt. At feedback Ben and Sian are disappointed by the low scores for cleanliness and bewildered to find that some guests would not be willing to return.

  • S10E40 Payment Day

    • November 13, 2015
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Shannon and Trevor from Bove Town House want to get to the bottom of Kathryn's comments about her poor night's sleep. Next, Kathryn tackles the delayed breakfast issues raised at Treberthan B&B in Cornwall. Third hosts Stevie and David from SugarBeat Eating House want to talk over noise and hygiene issues. Finally, it's Ben and Sian's turn to quiz Stevie and David over their cleanliness issues whilst staying at The Fritton Arms in Norfolk. There's tension in the air as the payments are revealed and the winners are announced.

  • S10E41 North Bridge Street

    • November 16, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at North Bridge Street B&B in Hawick, run by Eileen Walsh and her Portuguese partner, Emanuel Forte. At check in, it's the purple themed rooms that cause a reaction. The afternoon involves a mini Highland Games where Melinda Beckett-Hughes from Ayuda House in Greater Manchester quickly emerges as the most competitive. But it's at breakfast where Connie Eleftheriou from The Bubble Inn in Stenson, Derbyshire, gets irritated by Melinda's constant criticising. Come feedback, Eileen and Emmanuel are left fuming over Melinda's picky comments.

  • S10E42 The Golden Fleece

    • November 17, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the competition is to The Golden Fleece in Cumbria, run by professional chef Robert Cowan and his partner, Sylvia Spark. As the guests check in, Eileen and Emmanuel pick up on some cleanliness issues and Melinda and Stewart are less than impressed with the loo. At dinner, the tensions continue between Connie and Melinda. Breakfast brings high hopes for chef Robert's local fare, but the plates are swimming in grease and the eggs are hard. Everyone is left disappointed, with Connie calling it 'despicable'. Come feedback, Sylvia and Robert hold their hands up to the bad breakfast but are upset that Eileen and Emmanuel don't want to stay again.

  • S10E43 The Bubble Inn

    • November 18, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to The Bubble Inn in Stenson, Derbyshire, managed by Connie Eleftheriou. Robert and Sylvia are initially impressed but some unsightly stains and security in Melinda's room threaten to burst the Inn's bubble. As an ex-semi-professional boxer, Connie is keen to get his rivals in to the ring with him, but Stewart takes the knock about a step too far for the host. But it's at the Greek themed night where the real damage happens, with Emmanuel being taken to hospital after some over enthusiastic dancing. Come feedback Connie is left with fighting talk after some brutal comments from Melinda.

  • S10E44 Ayuda House

    • November 19, 2015
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to Ayuda House in Greater Manchester run by Melinda Beckett-Hughes. She is joined by her friend, and hotel inspector, Stewart Halliday. Having spent the week so far finding fault, Melinda's guests expect perfection, but once they check in all the guests are shocked. Robert and Sylvia find a dirty towel in a drawer, Emmanuel and Eileen can't believe the levels of dust and Connie is horrified by the carpet. Breakfast presents an opportunity to redeem herself but in an attempt to impress Melinda comes completely unstuck. Come feedback Melinda faces tough criticism and finds it all rather hard to take.

  • S10E45 Payment Day

    • November 20, 2015
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Eileen and Emmanuel from North Bridge Street want to get to the bottom of Melinda and Stewart's dirty bin comments as well as challenging Melinda's shower issues. Robert and Sylvia from the Golden Fleece try to defend their breakfast disaster but also pull Eileen and Emmanuel up on their low score. When Connie has a chance to go over his feedback he wants to discuss the reasons behind Melinda's bad night's sleep, which he believes is unfounded. Finally, Melinda and Stewart from Ayuda House come under fire with their poor cleanliness and the disastrous breakfast feedback, which makes for some tough discussions.

Season 11

  • S11E01 Shiralee B&B

    • April 4, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at Shiralee B&B in Salisbury, run by Fay Lahiani and her partner Ray Cooper. Marc Harris and Wayne Williams from The Lion Hotel in Pontypool are shocked by the colourful and cluttered dÚcor whereas Damon Lewis from the New Inn in Talgarth is brought to his knees by the cleanliness. At dinner, Fay explains her Tunisian heritage is the inspiration behind the striking B&B design as she hates the dull grey weather in the UK. Come breakfast it's the CCTV that causes concern for Donna and David Bletsoe Brown from The Bluebell Woods in Northampton. Fay and Ray are left shocked and riled up by their guests' comments and want some answers.

  • S11E02 The Bluebell Woods

    • April 5, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Bluebell Woods in Northampton, where David and Donna Bletsoe Brown try to bring a touch of class to their woodland B&B. Following their feedback Fay and Ray are on the warpath and are quick to discover a mucky mattress. Marc and Wayne reveal their competitive streak during an afternoon of horse riding but cannot compete with their pro-riding hosts. Next morning, a long wait for breakfast makes the guests restless and the group begin to notice Fay being hyper-critical. Feedback has Donna and David fuming and hoping that one set of guests won't be returning.

  • S11E03 The Lion Hotel

    • April 6, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to The Lion Hotel in Pontypool, where manager Marc Harris and head chef Wayne Williams aim to deliver a high end service. Some of the guests are impressed by the rooms but Ray and Fay find it too pokey for the price. An afternoon of making traditional Welsh cakes reveals a surprising advantage for one of the guests. Over dinner the simmering tensions between David and Donna and Ray and Fay lead to a clash. Come breakfast head chef Wayne's food comes under fire but it's David and Donna's feedback about finding a nail in their room that really rattles their hosts.

  • S11E04 The New Inn

    • April 7, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The last visit is to The New Inn, in Talgarth where ex-naval officer Damon Lewis is the sole captain of his ship. Following their feedback Wayne and Marc prepare to be brutally honest and Fay and Ray are expecting high standards. During an afternoon team-building exercise Donna and David have to work closely with their rivals, Fay and Ray. Over dinner, Damon admits that taking on the B&B, pub and restaurant all by himself has maybe not been the best decision and as the group approach the end of the competition tensions are in the air. Next morning Damon has to handle the pressure of running a solo breakfast service and mistakes are made but it is his feedback that leaves him feeling betrayed and kicked in the teeth.

  • S11E05 Payment Day

    • April 8, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time. Shiralee B&B is up first and Fay and Ray want to find out why David and Donna were so critical of their cleanliness. Next Donna and David want to challenge Ray and Fay on their dirty mattress comments and their delay at breakfast comes under fire. Marc and Wayne are curious to find out just what type of nail caused Donna and David to mark them down on cleanliness. Finally, it's Damon's turn to question why Marc and Wayne were the only guests to refuse a repeat visit. With tensions coming to a head the group air their grievances as they find out what they've been paid before the winner is revealed.

  • S11E06 The Richard III

    • April 11, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at The Richard III in Middleham, run by Ken Ward and his wife Sharon. As the guests arrive, mother and son duo Jo and Louis Stevenson from Castley Camp in Otley, like the themed rooms but find sleeping above a pub noisy. Being racing enthusiasts the hosts introduce the group to their pride and joy: race horse Rosairlie. But one of the competitors, Matt Wilson, general manager of the Lion and Swan in Congleton who is joined by his boss Paul Whyle, nearly falls at the first hurdle with a fear of horses. When Keith and Lisa Shearin from the Court House Unique Boutique B&B in Shelsley Walsh, Worcestershire, head off before breakfast, suspicions are raised. Come feedback, despite the generous scores, Ken and Sharon don't trust them.

  • S11E07 Court House Unique Boutique B&B

    • April 12, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to the Court House Unique Boutique B&B in Shelsley Walsh, Worcestershire, where hosts Keith and Lisa Shearin hold court. On arrival, Ken and Sharon are blown away by their honeymoon suite and the seemingly low price. A trip to the local Morgan sports car factory provides some light relief, but suspicions over price fixing drive Matt and Paul to the internet to verify the room rate, where they discover an anomaly. At dinner Keith and Lisa are confronted over their pricing, and relations in the group turn sour. Despite Keith's best efforts at breakfast, Jo and Louis dismiss it as being too fancy. Come feedback time, Keith and Lisa are shocked to find that the pricing discrepancy has led to a low score for facilities.

  • S11E08 Castley Camp

    • April 13, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to Castley Camp in Otley, Yorkshire, owned by single mum Jo Stevenson and her son Louis. On arrival, Ken and Sharon are horrified by stains on their bedding and dust in the room. During the afternoon boot camp fitness session, Keith reveals his competitive side, but is beaten by arch rivals Matt and Paul. Over dinner, Jo explains how the B&B came about but Sharon and Ken think she's taken too much on. At breakfast, Jo enlists a reluctant Louis to be front of house but he doesn't know what to do and loses interest. Come feedback time, Jo's left fuming over the cleanliness and sloppy breakfast comments.

  • S11E09 Lion and Swan

    • April 14, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to the Lion and Swan in Congleton, Cheshire, where owner Paul Whyle and manager Matt Wilson set out to come up trumps. On arrival, Lisa and Keith are still riled by Matt and Paul's feedback and are shocked by their waterbed and a dirty bathroom. During an afternoon of traditional barrel rolling, Jo and Louis ignore Ken and Sharon as they are still fuming over their feedback. Come dinner, there is some unlikely flirting and Louis reveals he thinks Ken and Sharon are secretly the most competitive. At breakfast, Sharon announces she's discovered their rooms online at a higher price than they were told which upsets Keith and Lisa who came under the same scrutiny. Come feedback time, Matt and Paul are confused by the price discrepancy comments and are determined to clear their names.

  • S11E10 Payment Day

    • April 15, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Ken and Sharon from The Richard III in Middleham are up first, and they want to find out more about what's been causing Jo and Louis to lose sleep. Next, it's the turn of Keith and Lisa from The Court House Unique Boutique B&B in Worcestershire. They want to challenge Matt about the allegations of price fixing and vehemently fight their corner. Third up are mother and son duo, Jo and Louis from Castley Camp in Otley. They are gunning for Ken and Sharon and want to air their dirty laundry when it comes to stains on the bed sheets. Finally, Matt gets to the bottom of Ken and Sharon's comments over the controversial information they discovered online at The Lion and Swan, in Congleton. There's tension in the air and axes to grind, but the winner is revealed.

  • S11E11 Keats Cottage

    • April 18, 2016
    • Channel 4

    Four proud B&B owners do battle to be named best value for money. The competition kicks off at Keats Cottage in Shanklin on the Isle of Wight with David and Ewa Woodward. They have a past in high-end hospitality and hotel inspecting, which they hope will give them the edge in the competition. In the rooms, Donna Taylor from Jasmine House in Leicestershire makes a hair-raising discovery. At dinner, mother and daughter team Lesley and Chloe Priestly, who run Soar Chapel in Wales, take a dislike to one of their competitors. Come breakfast Martin Hulme, accompanied by his partner Sara Williams and owners of Halliwell House in Cheshire, reveals a critical streak. But it's at feedback where David and Ewa are left wanting answers.

  • S11E12 Jasmine House

    • April 19, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to Jasmine House in Lutterworth, Leicestershire managed by Donna Taylor who believes in a no frills approach. But it doesn't take long for Martin and Sara to realise all the added extras in the room don't add up. During the afternoon Leslie and Chloe show their fighting spirit during a kickboxing lesson and all the B&Bers square up to their host. At dinner, Donna is cornered over the added extras and come breakfast the group think she may be putting on more than she usually offers to win the competition. But it's the feedback where Donna's left fuming by her comments thinking that some people are being deliberately picky.

  • S11E13 Halliwell House

    • April 20, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the competition is to the luxury Halliwell House in Cheshire, owned by Martin Hulme and Sara Williams where rooms have a price tag of nearly ú500 a night. Still fuming from her feedback, Donna is astonished at the room rates and David and Ewa are left expecting nothing but perfection at that price point. At breakfast the guests are left confused by the self-service approach and the extra cost of a cover charge for food and drink. Despite the quality ingredients they all question whether it is value for money and some take issue with Martin's hosting style, or lack of. Martin and Sara are left defiant in the face of their feedback and are convinced none of the guests have understood what they offer.

  • S11E14 Wales and Soar Chapel Guest House

    • April 21, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to Wales and Soar Chapel Guest House, which is the family home of mum and daughter duo, Lesley and Chloe Priestly. Expectations are high and Donna, in particular, is not disappointed. The group go head to head in a beat-boxing sound off before a champion is chosen. But Martin and Sara cause a stir when they get in to their performance more than others. At dinner, old tensions surface and the hosts are left to diffuse an awkward stand-off. Welsh produce is on the menu at breakfast as Lesley and Chloe lay on a massive spread. But one of the guests takes issue with the cooked items leaving the hosts nervous for payment day.

  • S11E15 Payment Day

    • April 22, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Keats Cottage is up first, and owners David and Ewa Woodward want to challenge Martin's criticism over the way they run their business. Next, it's Jasmine House, and Donna Taylor wants to find out more about the issue that caused Martin and Sara to lose sleep. Third up are Martin Hulme and Sara Williams of Halliwell House, who want to know why David knocked off points for hosting. Finally, it's Soar Chapel, and Chloe and Lesley Priestly's turn to digest Martin's comments about their traditional Welsh breakfast. Having aired their issues and with tension in the air, the winners are announced.

  • S11E16 The Oak Tree Cottage

    • April 25, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The competition gets underway at The Oak Tree Cottage in Burley, in the New Forest, where owner Jacqui Castle, and her sidekick Jane Waters, hope the homely approach wins the day. Guests Martin and Catherine Crosswaite from the Busfeild Arms in East Morton are not encouraged by the shared facilities. Jacqui treats her guest to a vocal therapy session, which leads to some awkward moments with Patrick Duggan from Epstein House in Liverpool. Next morning Jacqui's breakfast is served at a communal table which is not rated by Norman Butcher and Lorraine Watkins from The Rising Sun in Bath. When they refuse a repeat visit Jacqui is left feeling deflated and wanting answers.

  • S11E17 The Rising Sun Inn

    • April 26, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to The Rising Sun Inn in Bath, where owners Lorraine Hawkins and Norman Butcher hope to bring their guests up to standard by having a dress code. Following their feedback on the last visit, Jacqui and Jane take an extra critical eye to the rooms, while Martin and Catherine show their competitive streak during a boules match. At dinner, the hosts get a grilling for having a strict dress code but some of the guests learn you can never judge a book by its cover. Things get flirty over breakfast between Patrick and Jacqui, but come feedback, Norman and Lorraine are left suspicious.

  • S11E18 The Busfield Arms

    • April 27, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to The Busfield Arms in East Morton, where hosts Martin and Catherine Crosswaite pride themselves on giving great Yorkshire hospitality. Jacqui is overwhelmed by all the luxury and little extras in the room which raises questions about how they turn a profit. Martin shocks the group by sharing his stunt motorbike riding past. Towards the end of the day Patrick starts to feel the pressure of being the final host and at breakfast Martin pulls another stunt, but not everybody is fooled. At feedback, Martin and Catherine are left feeling puzzled by some of the comments.

  • S11E19 Epstein House

    • April 28, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Epstein House in Liverpool where Patrick Duggan has themed his hotel around the former Beatles manager Brian Epstein. Jacqui and Jane are shocked by unpleasant smells in the bedroom and Martin and Catherine show they will do anything to win during a Beatles-themed game of charades. At dinner, Patrick shares the history of his B&B and explains his dating ideals but shocks his guests when he reveals what he thinks will make the perfect woman. Come feedback, Patrick is thrilled with his hosting comments but is left hurt and confused by Jacqui's statements.

  • S11E20 Payment Day

    • April 29, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the final time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Jacqui and Jane from The Oak Tree Cottage are first and want to find out why Norman and Lorraine wouldn't return. Next it's the turn of Norman and Lorraine from The Rising Sun Inn. They want to get to the bottom of Jacqui and Jane's picky comments. Third hosts, Martin and Catherine from The Busfeild Arms have some explaining to do when it comes to their profit margins. Finally, Patrick from Epstein House is left with some serious questions for Jacqui and Jane regarding the lowest score of the competition.

  • S11E21 The Bell House Hotel

    • May 2, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The first visit of the week is to The Bell House Hotel in Wiltshire, where business partners Chris Williams and Jacqui Hogg hope guests will appreciate their attempts to bring London chic to the shires. Susan and David Speak from Strawberry Gardens in Heynsham are frustrated by their weak shower pressure. Matthew Cockman from The Partridge in Oxfordshire does not suffer fools gladly at a driving challenge with a difference, and Jade Hendon from The Bateman's Mill near Chesterfield butts heads with Matthew over healthy eating at dinner. But the hosts' absence at breakfast the next morning gets the criticism flowing, and Chris and Jacqui are left confused by some of the feedback.

  • S11E22 The Patridge

    • May 3, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Partridge in Oxfordshire, where young couple Matthew Cockman and Paula Szkwarkowska hope guests will get on board with their passion for local organic food. A communal bathroom has the guests lost for words, and the lack of a hot breakfast included in the price leaves a bad taste in everyone's mouths. During an afternoon of sausage making Paula finds her voice but at dinner Matthew once again comes to blows with Jade and Diana over differing food philosophies and the tensions are on the rise. Next morning the lack of a breakfast room and the self-service continental has the guests up in arms so at feedback the criticism leaves Matthew and Paula feeling persecuted and misunderstood.

  • S11E23 Strawberry Gardens B&B

    • May 4, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to Strawberry Gardens B&B in Heysham, where husband and wife team Susan and David Speak offer home-from-home accommodation with lashings of northern hospitality. Sports-nut David treats his guests to a traditional darts competition at his local snooker hall, adjudicated by former world champion, Alan Warriner-Little. David isn't impressed when organic-living Paula sends back her evening meal and the tensions keep simmering at breakfast, but it is Chris and Jacqui's feedback that gets up the hosts' noses.

  • S11E24 The Bateman's Mill

    • May 5, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to The Bateman's Mill near Chesterfield, where manager Jade Hendon and friend Diana Yates set out to be the best. On arrival, David and Susan are still smarting from Jade and Diana's cleanliness feedback, and are quick to find hairs in the bathroom. With Matthew's food politics banned from the dinner table, Matthew talks about the group becoming friends but Jade and David feel the opposite. Jade's Derbyshire breakfast is not a hit for Chris and Jacqui but it is David and Susan's cleanliness feedback comments that irritates Jade. She's left hoping that everyone will be able to justify themselves come payment day.

  • S11E25 Payment Day

    • May 6, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Bell House is up first and owners Chris and Jacqui want to find out why Matthew marked them down for being too tall for his bed. Next, Matthew and Paula want to tackle Jade and Diana's low score for their breakfast set up at The Partridge. Susan and David are keen to hear why they got a low score from Chris for using air fresheners at Strawberry Gardens. Finally, the fur flies as Jade tackles Matthew over his feedback for The Bateman's Mill. The group thrash out their differences before the winners are revealed.

  • S11E26 Alston House

    • May 9, 2016
    • Channel 4

    Kicking things off in this new competition are Michael and Carole Allchorne, who are brimming with confidence at Alston House in Cumbria. But in the rooms, things get hairy for Marie Lock from Scotia House in Harrogate, while Yvonne Copeland and Gail Wells from Canberra House in Blackpool are less than impressed with the dÚcor. During an afternoon with the local sheep farmer, Billy Robertson and his son Billy Junior from The Crown and Kitchen in East Linton show themselves as live wires. At dinner, Yvonne reveals her talent for astrology. Next morning, the guests are impressed with chef Michael's breakfast but come feedback, the hosts are left reeling by the criticisms levelled at their hotel.

  • S11E27 Scotia House

    • May 10, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to Scotia House in Harrogate, where host Marie Lock is hoping her obsessive cleaning regime will give her the edge in the competition. In the rooms, both Michael and Carole and Yvonne and Gail find the deluxe teddy bears freaky, and for Billy and Billy, things are a little on the cosy side. In the afternoon, Marie's keen to show off her moves and pits her guests against each other in a Northern Soul dance off. At dinner, she reveals her extreme cleaning techniques, much to the dismay of the others. Next morning, the guests are impressed with Marie's breakfast but come feedback, Marie feels Michael and Carole's comments could be revenge.

  • S11E28 Canberra Guest House

    • May 11, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to Canberra Guest House in Blackpool, owned by goth Yvonne Copeland. She's being joined by her part-time helper, Gail Wells. Together they hope their cheap and cheerful B&B will win the day. In the rooms Marie finds what she thinks is urine and hair on the toilet seat and a lack of Wi-Fi means Billy Junior has to put his business on hold. Yvonne lives up to her quirky reputation by taking her guests to a local reptile house but serious divisions start to bubble up within the group. At dinner tensions rise again when Marie admits she travels with her own pillow, which ruffles more than just feathers. Next morning, a delay in the kitchen and overcooked scrambled eggs lead to a disastrous breakfast for Michael.

  • S11E29 Crown and Kitchen

    • May 12, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to the Crown and Kitchen in East Linton, Scotland, owned by the jokers of the week: father and son Billy and Billy Robertson. On arrival, Yvonne and Gail leave no mattress unturned as they go in to super sleuth mode but Michael and Carole are impressed. The B&Bers competitiveness is put to the test with a race around an assault course, where Yvonne makes quite a splash. Later that night, Marie and Michael's relationship comes to breaking point, and Billy Junior is upset when he is accused of game playing. Next morning, a slow and disorganised start to breakfast leave the B&Bers disappointed but come feedback Billy Junior is at a loss to explain what the problem was.

  • S11E30 Payment Day

    • May 13, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition, and things are tense from the start as Carole and Michael from Alston House challenge Marie on her comments. Next, Marie from Scotia House wants to set the record straight with allegations of tit for tat scoring. Yvonne and Gail from Canberra Guest House have a whole list of issues to cover with Marie and the two Billies. Finally, father and son team Billy and Billy from The Crown and Kitchen want to tackle the barrage of criticism over their breakfast. With tensions coming to a head the group find out what they've been paid before the winner is revealed.

  • S11E31 Newton House

    • May 16, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The first visit is to Newton House in Knaresborough, where owner Denise Carter and colleague Jackie Fennell's traditional B&B focuses on organic and free range breakfasts. The group get to know each other while flavouring flatbreads with fellow foodies Sean Edlin and Kathryn Turnbull from The White House in Brighton bonding with the hosts. Over dinner, Essex girls Marianne Cammack and Deina Thomas from Wakes Hall Lodges in Colchester dominate the conversation, riling up some of the others. At breakfast, down-to-earth Blackpool lads Mike Hayes and Neal Widdowson from The Highlands Pub think it's all way too fancy. Come feedback, Denise and Jackie are left feeling confident and think they have set the bar high.

  • S11E32 The Highlands

    • May 17, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the competition is to The Highlands Pub in Blackpool, where managers Mike Hayes and Neal Widdowson are all about value for money. In the rooms, Sean and Kathryn are horrified by what they find while Marianne and Deina think it needs the female touch. In the afternoon the group head to the amusement arcades, to compete in a basketball challenge where the quiet hosts, Mike and Neal, come out of their shells. But divisions surface at dinner when Marianne reveals some north/south snobbery. Next morning the breakfast goes down a storm with Denise and Jackie, and bags the hosts some high scores. But a raft of low marks for facilities strikes Neal as nit-picking, and leaves them both feeling gutted.

  • S11E33 The White House

    • May 18, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to The White House in Brighton, where partners in life, and business, Sean Edlin and Kathryn Turnbull run a laid back seaside B&B. Denise and Jackie think the rooms are not well equipped; Marianne calls them clinical and Mike and Neal feel the price is not right. Tensions are temporarily alleviated by some cross-dressing capers at the famous Theatre Royal, but come dinner two days of north/south divide comments sees Marianne and Deina continue to stir the pot. A locally sourced breakfast impresses organic food fans Denise and Jackie, but with Brighton prices at a premium, the group have to decide whether they're getting value for money.

  • S11E34 Wakes Hall Lodges

    • May 19, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to Wakes Hall Lodges near Colchester, where manager Marianne Cammack and housekeeper, Deina Thomas, think the only way is luxe. On arrival Neal and Mike are wowed by the five star self-catering accommodation, complete with hot tubs and lakeside views, but the others think the 'luxury' breakfast hamper is anything but. An afternoon of dog agility proves Marianne's bossiness doesn't work on animals and over dinner her domineering conversation causes Jackie to finally snap. The guests join forces to make breakfast for themselves, but the lack of a chef, and limited ingredients, is not a recipe for success. Come feedback Marianne is unimpressed by some of the scores, and promises to go in all guns blazing to payment day.

  • S11E35 Payment Day

    • May 20, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. First Denise and Jackie from Newton House can see if high marks translate into high payments. Next, Mike and Neal from The Highlands Pub challenge the comments that they were considered dirty and lacking in facilities. Sean and Kathryn from The White House are left smarting after suffering large underpayments for what they think are minor issues. Finally, Marianne and Deina from Wakes Hall Lodges have to deal with some tough home truths. Tensions mount and grievances are aired before the winner is finally revealed.

  • S11E36 Brovey Lair

    • May 23, 2016
    • Channel 4

    More proud B&B owners compete to be named best value for money. The week begins in Norfolk, at Mike and Tina Pemberton's Cuban-inspired Brovey Lair. The fun kicks off with a spicy salsa class, much to the horror of Sam Millidge and Nathan Pearce from The King's Head in Llandovery. Over dinner, Tina and Mike reveal how they gave up a London lifestyle to open their home and restaurant in the country. Following a revelation from Vicky and Ricky Kerrison, who run The Orangery, also in Norfolk, it's clear that Tina's not the only foodie at the table. Next morning, the open plan restaurant and breakfast room causes issues for Richard and Sheryl Middleton from Buzzard House in Herefordshire. And Tina and Mike aren't happy with their feedback.

  • S11E37 The Orangery

    • May 24, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The competition moves on to its second Norfolk B&B of the week: The Orangery, where Ricky and Vicky Kerrison's colourful dress sense belies their fiercely entrepreneurial nature. Their guests get competitive at an outdoor activity centre, where they try to leap from as high as possible on a jumping tower. Perfectionist Richard loses his nerve while young Sam and Nathan race to the top. And Vicky is determined to take them on. At breakfast, Tina and Mike prove hard to please, with Ricky's service and the ingredients coming under fire. Ricky and Vicky are shocked by the feedback they receive, and decide to take a more critical approach to the rest of the competition.

  • S11E38 The King's Head

    • May 25, 2016
    • Channel 4

    Twenty-somethings Sam Millidge and Nathan Pearce own The King's Head in Llandovery, Carmarthenshire. Their rooms come in for some tough criticism, especially from Mike and Tina, before the group play a hilarious game of bubble football. Richard and Sheryl take it seriously, while Vicky's gung-ho attitude rears its head again. At dinner the guests want to find out how two youngsters came to be in charge of such a large business, but the atmosphere turns sour for Tina when Sheryl reveals she's a cordon-bleu trained chef. At breakfast, Nathan's cooking falls short and Sam's hosting style leaves a lot to be desired. And the boys are downhearted when their hosting and breakfast receive harsh feedback.

  • S11E39 Buzzard House

    • May 26, 2016
    • Channel 4

    Richard and Sheryl Middleton have swapped corporate careers for the B&B world, at Buzzard House in Herefordshire. But tensions between self-taught chef Tina and cordon-bleu trained Sheryl crop up again, and the guests' expectations are high. The B&B has luxuriously appointed rooms, but Sam and Nathan think some of the basics are missing. At a pancake cook-off, the clash of characters between Tina and Sheryl is clear, but at dinner, a different side to Sheryl leads Tina to have a change of heart. After some guests have a broken night's sleep, the heat is on chef Sheryl at breakfast. But some formal service from Richard, and cold, soggy fritters threaten the high scores they're after. And at feedback time, comments about a corporate approach to hosting don't go down well.

  • S11E40 Payment Day

    • May 27, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the week's competition and the B&B owners meet for the last time, to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Mike and Tina from Brovey Lair want to discuss Richard and Sheryl's breakfast feedback, while Ricky and Vicky from the Orangery have similar questions for Tina and Mike. Sam and Nathan from The King's Head want to discuss Tina and Mike's comments about their hosting skills, and Richard and Sheryl from Buzzard House would like to find out more about Sam and Nathan's sleeping issues. And once they've all aired their issues, the winners are announced. Repeat broadcasts of this block of 5 episodes have been pulled by Channel 4 due to The King's Head's Nathan Pearce's conviction for offences of sexual activity with a child and possessing 13 indecent images of children.

  • S11E41 The Park Hotel

    • May 30, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at the modern Park Hotel in Gloucestershire, run by young couple Callum Hogg and Lauren Abraham. Sisters Sue Lewis and Wendy Germann, from Sue's B&B in Wiltshire, are impressed with the colourful decor, but it's not an opinion held by all. During an afternoon rugby training session, Cameron Thomas from The Old Rectory Hotel in Wales has an eye on the competition. At dinner, Sue's extensive experience gives the others food for thought but at breakfast, along with Erika Watt and her bar manager Ellie Gill from The Talbot in Dorset, they are not impressed by having to pay extra. Callum and Lauren are faced with some robust feedback that leaves them wanting answers and thinking not everyone is being fair.

  • S11E42 Sue's B&B

    • May 31, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Trowbridge and Sue's B&B run by Sue Lewis and her sister, Wendy Germann. As the guests arrive, Cameron finds a home from home but is left unsure by the shared bathroom, and Callum and Lauren are not impressed with their room. An afternoon of cupcake decorating sees a devious side to Erika and Ellie come to the fore. Even though they all seem to be getting on, some of the group are suspicious at dinner and think not everyone is being genuine. Breakfast at the communal table has its awkward moments and Sue is under pressure having never cooked for so many before. But it's the feedback that leaves the hosts wondering if maybe some of the guests have not been that straightforward.

  • S11E43 The Talbot

    • June 1, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to The Talbot in Iwerne Minster, Dorset, managed by Erika Watt and bar manager, Ellie Gill. On closer inspection, the rooms don't live up to their good first impression and Callum and Lauren are quick to find fault. During an afternoon of first aid training, Erika reveals she used to work for the ambulance service, which forces some to re-evaluate their opinions. At breakfast, tensions simmer as Wendy calls Cameron a creep for flirting with Sue, and the method of cooking is called in to question. Come feedback, some of the comments send Erika and Ellie into fits of giggles.

  • S11E44 The Old Rectory

    • June 2, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The fourth visit of the week is to The Old Rectory in Llangattock, South Wales, where young hotel manager Cameron Thomas likes to keep things professional. Despite wanting to find fault, Lauren and Callum are soon to admit their bridal suite is top notch but Erika and Ellie think there may be some cleaning issues. During an afternoon of canoe racing the group show their competitive sides as the competition heats up. At dinner, Cameron finds an unlikely champion in Wendy and Sue, but things become awkward when he's quizzed on his personal life. Tensions are still simmering at breakfast and Cameron feels that some of the faults found at feedback could have cost him the competition.

  • S11E45 Payment Day

    • June 3, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Park Hotel in Gloucestershire is up first and owners Callum Hogg and Lauren Abraham want to get to the bottom of why Cameron didn't sleep soundly. Next, Sue Lewis from Sue's B&B questions Callum and Lauren's low score for the cleanliness. Erika Watt and Ellie Gill from The Talbot get to quiz to Sue and Wendy, over their comments about their facilities. Finally, it's Cameron's turn to tackle Sue and Wendy over their lack of soap dish remark. Tensions are in the air and issues are debated but ultimately the winner is revealed.

  • S11E46 The Abertay Guest House

    • June 6, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts in Broughty Ferry, Dundee at The Abertay Guest House, where hosts Kate and Karlos Victor hope their home from home approach will win the day. On arrival, Bob Calder and his sister-in-law Kirsty Laird, who run The Registry Guest House near Aberdeen, immediately want to leave. The group get to try their hand at the sport curling. But despite the ice, the competition heats up for Jules Tagger and his partner Jan Latimer, from The Wellwood in Amble. At dinner, the disagreements continue as Pauline and Mike Hirst from The Albert in Scarborough get political over Kate's views on Scotland. But when it comes to feedback, Kate and Karlos are left crushed by some of the comments and vowing revenge.

  • S11E47 The Registry Guest House

    • June 7, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Registry Guest House, in Peterculter near Aberdeen, owned by Bob Calder who is joined by his sister-in-law, Kirsty Laird. The restoration of this high end B&B has been a labour of love and is now their pride and joy. On arrival, both Pauline and Mike and Jules and Jan are impressed but Kate and Karlos are quick to find fault. At dinner Bob shocks his guests when he reveals how much he has spent on the restoration, leaving some questioning his business acumen. Next morning, the B&Bers are left unsatisfied when Bob's strict no baked beans policy is put in to action. But it's at feedback that Bob and Kirsty are left suspecting foul play when Kate and Karlos' feedback is far from positive.

  • S11E48 The Albert

    • June 8, 2016
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit, the B&Bers head to Scarborough and The Albert, where super competitive hosts Pauline and Mike Hirst hope their pub B&B will wow the crowd. As Jules and Jan arrive they are shocked to see the decor is identical to their B&B but it's Kate and Karlos who are left less than impressed by the lack of facilities. Later, Pauline and Mike kick up the competitive spirit with a game of football and the group are quick to flare up. At breakfast Pauline and Mike struggle to keep a cool head as Bob and Kirsty ramp up the pressure but nothing can prepare them for the forms, which leaves the normally tough Pauline in tears.

  • S11E49 The Wellwood

    • June 9, 2016
    • Channel 4

    Finishing off the competition is The Wellwood, in Amble, owned by chef, Jules Tagger and his partner Jan Latimer. As the guests arrive they are struck with déjà vu as all the rooms are identical to the previous B&B run by Pauline and Mike. But Kate and Karlos think there are more serious faults to address. During an afternoon tractor racing, some of the group reveal a surprising side that leaves Jules and Jan fuming. Next morning, Bob's joking around at breakfast goes too far, leaving a furious host blaming the guests for his mistakes. But come feedback the comments leave the hosts with more questions than answers.

  • S11E50 Payment Day

    • June 10, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Abertay Guest House is first up and hosts Kate and Karlos Victor want to give Bob and Kirsty a dusting down but are left in tears by Pauline and Mike's comments. Next, Bob Calder and Kirsty Laird from The Registry Guest House don't like what Kate and Carlos have to say about their facilities. Pauline and Mike Hirst want Kate and Karlos to do some explaining about 'the disaster' they found at The Albert. When it comes to The Wellwood, Jules Tagger and Jan Latimer are unrepentant about their accusations of sabotage. There are tensions and tears as tough words are spoken before the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

  • S11E51 No.33 Hunstanton

    • June 20, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at No.33 Hunstanton in Norfolk, where owner Janie Thompson and housekeeper Gemma Layfield hope their quirky design and high end brand of luxury will win the day. Despite the décor, the in-room bath receives a soggy reception from Cheryle and Anthony Katz, owners of The Lansdowne in the Cotswolds. An afternoon of painting sees Mark and Jan Rummery from The Ivybridge in Goodwick, Wales emerge as the ones to beat and the group's banter begins. At dinner, father and son duo Mick and Chris Emanuele from La Tavola Calda, Nuneaton, reveal they're B&B old timers and their Italian roots pique interest. Come feedback, the surprising scores and some unexpected comments leave Janie and Gemma smarting.

  • S11E52 La Tavola Calda

    • June 21, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to La Tavola Calda in Nuneaton, where father and son team Mick and Chris Emanuele run a basic B&B above their Italian restaurant. On arrival, Mark and Jan are horrified by the standard of décor. That evening Mick and Chris, reveal their George Michael tribute act will be performing after dinner. Janie and Gemma love the experience but the noise in the rooms keeps Jan awake. Come morning, Cheryle and Anthony have not been able to sleep for a very different reason and so Mick and Chris are already fighting a losing battle when it comes to serving breakfast. But nothing can prepare the hosts for their feedback, which leaves them feeling gutted and the fact no one would return again is the ultimate kick in the teeth.

  • S11E53 The Lansdowne

    • June 22, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to The Lansdowne in the Cotswolds, where hosts Cheryle and Anthony Katz hope their hospitality expertise will charm their way to the top. Although the rooms are a hit for Janie and Gemma, Mick and Chris are determined to find fault. Mark and Jan reveal a competitive streak during an afternoon of husky racing, and come dinner Anthony and Cheryle have their business credentials scrutinised. At breakfast Mick and Chris put their hosts under pressure, which has the temperature rising in the kitchen. But it's at feedback when Cheryle and Anthony face picky comments and what they think is a personal attack that leaves them fuming.

  • S11E54 The Ivybridge

    • June 23, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The last visit is to The Ivybridge Hotel and Spa, where Mark and Jan Rummery are bringing their hospitality experience in Asia to Wales. On arrival, Cheryle and Anthony are unimpressed to be housed in an annexe, and Mick and Chris dismiss the bathroom as a bodge job. During an afternoon of Chinese cookery, the tensions are palpable as relationships continue to disintegrate. At dinner, things come to a head when Cheryle and Anthony tell it straight and Mick and Chris admit to changing their approach to the competition post reading their feedback. Next morning, the tensions are still simmering and the group are on edge. Come feedback, Mark and Jan are surprised by some of their comments and disappointed that not everyone wants to return.

  • S11E55 Payment Day

    • June 24, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to thrash out their issues. No.33 Hunstanton is up first, and hosts Janie and Gemma want to quiz Mark and Jan over their privacy problems. Next, father and son duo Mick and Chris Emanuele from La Tavola Calda want to put Cheryle and Anthony's sleep issues to bed. Cheryle and Anthony Katz from The Lansdowne next want to take Mick and Chris to task over their feedback with dramatic consequences, which lead to Chris admitting they've been game playing. When it comes to The Ivybridge Guest House, Mark and Jan want to smooth the cracks but are left far from happy. The group is close to breaking point as they battle through their issues before the winner is finally announced.

Season 12

  • S12E01 Penwinnick House

    • October 3, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the start of a new series as four proud B&B owners do battle to be named best value for money. The competition kicks off at Penwinnick House in St Austell, Cornwall, which has been run for the last 15 years by lawyer Tim Styles. On arrival, Alison Smallman and Colin Dickenson from Hawthorn House in Witney are not blown away by Tim's design choices. However, it is a lumpy mattress that upsets Tudor Hopkins, from The White Hart Hotel in Wells, who is being joined in the competition by his colleague Felicity Andrews. Husband and wife team Julian and Paula Francis from Barton Gate Farm in Devon, also have a restless night. At breakfast, Tim fails to hit the mark with all his guests questioning the quality of produce and the portion sizes. But when it comes to reading his reviews, Tim's left devastated by his scores and deflated that two of his guests won't be returning.

  • S12E02 Barton Gate Farm

    • October 4, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Barton Gate Farm in Holsworthy, owned by husband and wife team Julian and Paula Francis. Having swapped Luton for Devon three years ago, they've spent 18 months converting the old stables into brightly coloured accommodation and opened for business just four weeks ago. On arrival, Tim is disappointed with the finish, while Alison and Colin think the bling dÚcor leaves a lot to be desired. But Tudor and Felicity give the bedding the thumbs up. At dinner the tension mounts as some of the guests share their views on the decoration and come breakfast even Paula's 'gut buster' fails to lift the mood. But it's at feedback when the hosts suspect foul play when Tim's feedback is far from positive.

  • S12E03 Hawthorn House

    • October 5, 2016
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit the B&Bers head to Hawthorn House in Witney, where 'make do and mend' host Alison Smallman, helped by friend and neighbour Colin Dickenson, hopes her family home B&B wows the crowd. As Julian and Paula arrive they are still fuming over their feedback from Tim, and Tudor and Felicity find the bathroom a tight squeeze. Tensions simmer during an afternoon of up-cycling old china, which is not helped by competitive Tim winning the challenge. Over dinner Tudor tries to lighten the mood by sharing celebrity stories from his time running five-star hotels, but instead succeeds in making the others more wary. At breakfast Alison is tripped up by not offering fried bread - and her portion sizes come under fire. But it's the feedback that leaves the hosts wanting answers.

  • S12E04 The White Hart Hotel

    • October 6, 2016
    • Channel 4

    Finishing off the competition is The White Hart Hotel in Wells, owned by Tudor Hopkins, who is joined by his deputy manager, Felicity Andrews. Throughout the week, Tudor has revealed just how much experience he has working in high-end hotels dealing with demanding celebs, so all the guests have high expectations. Now he has to deliver. Alison, Colin, Paula and Julian are initially impressed by their rooms, but Tim is not won over by Tudor's charm offensive and finds plenty to criticise. Breakfast is cooked by Tudor's Michelin-starred chef, but even so errors are made and some of the guests are unforgiving. Come feedback Tim's comments has Tudor suspecting that game play is afoot.

  • S12E05 Payment Day

    • October 7, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Penwinnick House is first and Tim Styles wants to give Julian and Paula a dusting down and challenges Tudor on his sleepless night. Next, Julian and Paula Francis from Barton Gate Farm take on Tim who they suspect of game playing. Third hosts, Alison Smallman and Colin Dickenson, want Julian and Paula to explain the 'dangers' they found at Hawthorn House. Finally it's the turn of the White Hart Hotel where experienced hotelier Tudor Hopkins, along with his assistant manager Felicity Andrews, can't fathom why Tim had such a tepid bathroom experience. There are tensions bubbling and recriminations flying before the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

  • S12E06 The Five Bells

    • October 10, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The week begins at The Five Bells near Dover, where manager Shelley Parnell and her competitive mum Linda Yates, hope their bargain priced B&B will win the day. Paddle boarding in the English Channel reveals a competitive side, and the whole group realise everyone is out to win. The noisy road leads to a disturbed night's sleep for some, and pricing confusion reigns supreme at breakfast. But it is Steve and Lesley's feedback that has Linda and Shelley riled up and vowing for revenge.

  • S12E07 The Thomas Paine Hotel

    • October 11, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Thomas Paine Hotel in Thetford, where hotelier of 30 years Gez Chetal aims high with his elegant brand of service. During room tours, Sarah and Chris find a saucy book in the bedside draw that is deemed totally inappropriate, and competitive spirits are unleashed during a Home Guard training exercise. At dinner, divisions continue, but it is his feedback that leaves Gez thinking not all the competitors are playing fair.

  • S12E08 The Rose and Crown

    • October 12, 2016
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit, the competition moves to Tenbury Wells and the Rose and Crown, where hosts Chris and Sarah Whitehead hope their industrial factory neighbour won't detract from the charms of their historic pub. But Gez takes exception to the setting and Shelley and Linda find multiple cleaning issues. After another disturbed night's sleep, Steve and Lesley are left less than impressed, and Sarah's award-winning breakfast is tough to swallow for Shelley and Linda. Come feedback the falling scores and negative comments leave Chris and Sarah floored.

  • S12E09 Woodlands Guest House

    • October 13, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The last B&B in the week's competition is Woodlands Guest House in Exmoor, owned by fitness fanatic Lesley Hawker and her husband Steve. But revenge is in the air for Shelley and Linda who are still stewing over their feedback, and during an afternoon of Nordic walking the group divisions deepen. Come breakfast, the healthy offering receives mixed reviews with complaints of too much grease, but it's at feedback when Steve and Lesley realise that some of the group have played nasty.

  • S12E10 Payment Day

    • October 14, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Shelley and Linda from The Five Bells want to question why their feedback for breakfast doesn't add up. Next, it's the Thomas Paine Hotel, and Gez wants to find out why Shelley and Linda scored him so low. Chris and Sarah from The Rose and Crown want to question Gez, and Steve and Lesley from Woodlands Guest House try to get to the naked truth. The group is close to breaking point as they battle through their issues before the winner is finally announced.

  • S12E11 The White Lodge Hotel

    • October 18, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts in Filey, North Yorkshire, at The White Lodge Hotel, where hosts James and Kim Hodgson hope their love of luxury and high standards will win over their guests. During an afternoon at the lifeboat station, Kerry and Nicola from Camp Katur reveal their competitive nature. At dinner, there are differences of opinions between the guests, and when it comes to feedback, James and Kim hear some home truths but insist they won't lower themselves to tit for tat.

  • S12E12 Crystals on The Prom

    • October 19, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Crystals on The Prom in Blackpool, where Amanda Lucia-Charley, joined by friend Alan Talbot, hopes her unique and theatrical design decisions will win the day. Nicola and Kerry are initially impressed but the biggest surprise in store for the group is Alan's reveal of his drag alter-ego: Ada. Breakfast fails to impress but it is at feedback when the comments make their mark and have Amanda and Alan thinking some have been overly picky.

  • S12E13 Old Red Lion

    • October 20, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The week's third visit is to The Red Lion Country Inn in Upper Poppleton, North Yorkshire, where practical pair Mark and Jean Lee hope their plain and simple pub B&B will impress their guests. But on arrival, the rooms are branded bland by the group. Come dinner the guests give Mark and Jean a grilling which leads to Mark revealing part of his past. At breakfast Mark overcompensates with his belly-busting portions and perfectly precise sausages, but it's at feedback where the comments leave more questions than answers.

  • S12E14 Camp Katur

    • October 21, 2016
    • Channel 4

    Finishing off the competition is glamping site Camp Katur in Kirklington, where Kerry Roy and Nicola Wilding hope to wow the guests with their unique 'geodomes' and see-through pods. As the guests arrive in soggy Yorkshire, Jean and Mark are horrified by their accommodation and Alan and Amanda fail to find the glamour in camping. Competition is rife during an afternoon racing on an assault course, and at dinner, the guests are surprised when they learn more about their hosts. Next morning, tensions are near breaking point as Mark's sausage obsession irritates Amanda and Alan, and at feedback Kerry and Nicola have to face the tough reality of their comments.

  • S12E15 Payment Day

    • October 22, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the rival B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics. With the first hosts leaving the competition, Crystals on the Prom is first to come under scrutiny and hosts Amanda Lucia-Charley and Alan Talbot take a bashing over the quality of their breakfast. Next, Mark and Jean Lee from The Red Lion Country Inn don't like what their guests have to say about their practical room decor. The final hosts of the week, Kerry Roy and Nicola Wilding from Camp Katur, want answers from their guests regarding their poor facilities feedback. Home truths are shared and criticism is dished out before the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

  • S12E16 Miners Arms

    • October 24, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The first visit of the week is to the Miners Arms in Nenthead, Cumbria, where sisters Alison Baker and Lynda Clark hope to impress their guests with their eco credentials. On arrival, fellow publicans and brothers Andrew and James Widdas, who run The Rose and Crown near Bolton, have to face their fear of shared bathrooms. The group get crafty by upcycling old rubbish, allowing Nigel and Pok U Regan from The Bingham Townhouse in Nottinghamshire to show off some hidden talents. At dinner, Kev Argent and Tor Johnson, who run Float by Boat relaxation breaks from a narrowboat near Rugby, realise there's stiff competition with their fellow greenies. But Alison and Lynda face some tough feedback over facilities.

  • S12E17 Rose and Crown

    • October 25, 2016
    • Channel 4

    Brothers Andrew and James Widdas run the Rose and Crown in Edgworth, near Bolton. Their dream is to provide boutique on a budget, but they only have eight months of experience, and B&B veterans Alison and Lynda are quick to find fault. During an afternoon of decorating gingerbread houses, Pok U and Nigel are accused of trying to bribe the hosts, and as the concept of boutique is shot down over dinner, simmering tensions threaten to boil over. In the morning, Kev and Tor wonder whether anyone can challenge professional chef Andrew's breakfast spread, but Andrew and James struggle with some of their feedback.

  • S12E18 The Bingham Townhouse

    • October 26, 2016
    • Channel 4

    Nigel and Pok U Regan cultivate an east-meets-west atmosphere at their B&B and Cantonese restaurant, the Bingham Townhouse in Nottinghamshire. Their guests aren't all happy when they arrive, with Andrew and James unsure about sleeping in single beds. Later, Kev and Tor's focus and meditation skills are tested when the group are challenged with an archery competition. Alison and Lynda are staggered when they find out that Nigel bought the B&B on a whim, and have a bad taste in their mouths when he calls them 'sweet and sour'. At breakfast, Nigel struggles to run a smooth service, and Andrew and James' lack of sleep results in some disappointing feedback for Nigel and Pok U.

  • S12E19 Float by Boat

    • October 27, 2016
    • Channel 4

    At Float by Boat, near Rugby, partners Kev Argent and Tor Johnson run mediation and mindfulness breaks from their narrowboat, Spirited Away. Alison and Lynda aren't keen on the tiny shared bathroom, tight space and curtained-off bunks, and Andrew and James fret over communal living. There's tension following Nigel and Pok U's feedback, so Kev and Tor have their work cut out trying to unite their shipmates with group meditation. At breakfast, questions are raised over the confused branding, and at feedback time the facilities scores from the whole group leave Kev and Tor speechless.

  • S12E20 Payment Day

    • October 28, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Alison and Lynda from the Miners Arms think that Nigel and Pok U have made payments according to a tactical plan. Andrew and James Widdas from the Rose and Crown confront their critics about their polyester bedding. Nigel and Pok U from the Bingham Townhouse have some explaining to do when it comes to their breakfast service. And Kev and Tor from Float by Boat are left in tears by the payments they receive. There are tensions, tears and tough words before the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

  • S12E21 The Farmyard Inn

    • October 31, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at The Farmyard Inn in Youlgrave, in the Peak District, where manager Susan Day is joined by her best friend Andrea Scott. On arrival, Meg and Andy find their facilities lacking, but it's a toilet cleanliness issue that has Colin and Michelle giving dirty marks, while Steve and Gill find a web of issues in their room. At breakfast, a slow eating competitor sends Sue into a spin, and come feedback, Sue's left reeling by some of her guests' harsh comments.

  • S12E22 Stoneleigh B&B

    • November 1, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to Stoneleigh B&B in Trowbridge, where ex-teachers Meg and Andy Slade invite the guests into their family home. The facilities come under fire as the shared bathroom proves a problem for Sue and fellow competitor Steve, while Michelle and Colin find things in their room a bit too personal. In the afternoon Meg reveals her competitive streak, leaving the guests shocked, and at breakfast, her past career as a home economics teacher is put to the test, with unexpected results. But it's at feedback where things take a bitter turn.

  • S12E23 The Falcon Hotel

    • November 2, 2016
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit, the competition heads to Whittlesey, Peterborough, and The Falcon Hotel, where Colin and Michelle Wilson hope their no frills pub will impress. After Sue broke her foot, Andrea is travelling solo, but it is Gill and Steve who really put their foot in it. An afternoon of apple bobbing once again shows Meg's competitive streak, and over dinner, Colin reveals the ups and downs of being in the trade. But it's the personal hosting comments at feedback that have the hosts fuming and vowing revenge.

  • S12E24 Grimscote Manor Hotel

    • November 3, 2016
    • Channel 4

    Finishing off the competition is Grimscote Manor Hotel in Birmingham, owned by business partners Steve Cuddy and Gill Etheridge, who aim to bring elegant sophistication to the hospitality trade. All week Gill and Steve have played their cards close to their chest, which has left the guests wondering about their relationship. Tensions are running high, and at breakfast, the atmosphere worsens still. Come feedback, Gill and Steve are left puzzled by some of the comments.

  • S12E25 Payment Day

    • November 4, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Farmyard Inn is first, and Susan and Andrea want answers from Colin and Michelle about their low cleaning score. Next, Meg and Andy from Stoneleigh B&B take on Susan and her facilities comments. Third hosts Colin and Michelle want to take Meg and Andy to task, and finally it's the turn of Grimscote Manor Hotel where Gill and Steve are ready to tackle Meg and Andy. There are storm outs, arguments and tension before the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

  • S12E26 The Cholmeley Arms

    • November 7, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at The Cholmeley Arms in Burton-le-Coggles, Lincolnshire, run by chef John Berry and his wife Lesley. During a sausage-making competition, Hilary and Stacey from Tarr Farm start as they mean to go on and show their competitive side. At dinner, Lesley reveals John's stroppy streak and Joe and Louise up the ante for the next visit. The guests are blown away by breakfast but some of the feedback leaves Lesley and Steve wanting answers.

  • S12E27 Islington Mill B&B

    • November 8, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Islington Mill B&B in Salford, where Joe Woodcock and Louise Spencer have an alternative hosting style as their drag alter egos: Joyce De Vision and Trish Dee. After the initial shock wears off, Hilary and Stacey are unimpressed to find they're in bunk beds, and John and Lesley are nonplussed by their loo's glass wall. At breakfast Peter's left scratching his head by the alternative, menu-less approach to the vegan food. And Joe and Louise receive some tough feedback but are determined to look on the bright side.

  • S12E28 Pebbles B&B

    • November 9, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The third visit this week is to Pebbles B&B in Seaton, Devon, where host Peter Morris opened his family home to guests eight months ago. On arrival things get hairy for Hilary and Stacey, and Joe and Louise struggle with the idea of no en-suite. Despite Peter's breakfast award, not all the guests are impressed by his culinary offering. Things get serious at feedback, where Peter has to face up to some home truths.

  • S12E29 Tarr Farm Inn

    • November 10, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The last visit of the week is to the Tarr Farm Inn on Exmoor, where Hilary Lester rules the roost with assistant manager Stacey Wade. Although the atmosphere is relaxed, the hosts are far from laid back when it comes to standards at the five-star B&B. Although most of the guests are impressed, Peter is on the warpath following his feedback. Hilary and Stacey are delighted by the feedback they get from John and Lesley but when it comes to Peter they suspect game playing.

  • S12E30 Payment Day

    • November 11, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the last day of the competition and there's tension in the air, as the payments are revealed and the winner announced. Cholmeley Arms hosts John and Lesley want to get to the bottom of Peter's comments. Islington Mill B&B hosts Joe and Louise don't stand for any messing about when it comes to gripes with their breakfast. Peter from Pebbles B&B has many axes to grind, and Hilary and Stacey from Tarr Farm Inn are at a loss with Peter's comments. After some surprising payments and plenty of friction, the winner is announced.

  • S12E31 Acqua Beach

    • November 14, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The first visit is to Acqua Beach in Weymouth, where Charlotte Weaver and best friend Lucy Falkingham hope their quirky design and decor makes them stand out from the crowd, but Stephen thinks the price is far from right and Derek and Lynne take exception to the decoration. During an afternoon of sand sculpting things get personal for Adam and partner Susan Lewes but it's at dinner when Derek upsets Charlotte with his comments on her design choices. The next morning, Charlotte struggles to deliver a faultless breakfast but at feedback she is left puzzled by her comments and wondering at her competitors' motives.

  • S12E32 Langmead Guest House

    • November 15, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the competition is to Langmead Guest House in Ramsgate, where owners Derek and Lynne Love are all about keeping it simple. Adam and Susan are not blown away by the beige interior while Charlotte and Lucy are horrified to discover moths in the bed. During an afternoon playing crazy golf 'with a twist', simmering tension is revealed between Charlotte and Stephen, which erupts at dinner. The next morning, Derek's tried and tested ordering system is put to the test, but he's let down when he fails to deliver consistent plates of food. But come feedback, Derek and Lynne are left feeling confident about their place in the competition.

  • S12E33 The Big Green Bus

    • November 16, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to The Big Green Bus in Lewes, where carpenter Adam Collier-Woods and his girlfriend Susan Lerski run an unconventional B&B on a converted double decker bus. On arrival all the guests are shocked to discover where they'll be sleeping, and during an afternoon foraging for wild garlic, professional chef Stephen plays a trick on the group as Charlotte and Lucy reveal their competitive side. The following morning, Derek takes charge of cooking on the camp fire, but it is clear that simmering tensions leave a nasty taste. Come feedback, Adam and Susan are left disappointed as they discover not all the guests were impressed by their bus.

  • S12E34 The Pheasant

    • November 17, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The last visit of the week is to The Pheasant in Brill, where professional chef Stephen Orr hopes his top level place will win the day. On arrival, Adam and Susan are bowled over by the beautiful views and all the guests are surprised by the quality of the rooms. But on closer inspection Charlotte and Lucy are unimpressed by dust and a cobweb. During an afternoon shooting there's tension, but things really erupt at dinner when Stephen reveals that he hasn't been entirely honest all week. At breakfast, Stephen's pro-chef credentials are put to the test but Derek and Lynne still find reason to complain. As he reads his feedback Stephen is in a confident mood but is left questioning if everyone has played fair.

  • S12E35 Payment Day

    • November 18, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the final time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. First Charlotte and Lucy from Acqua Beach want to find out why Stephen wouldn't return. Next, Derek and Lynne from Langmead Guest House are keen to know what was bugging Charlotte and Lucy in their room. Adam and Susan from The Big Green Bus challenge Derek and Lynne over their comments and want to know why their accommodation didn't measure up. Finally, Stephen from The Pheasant tries to avoid a grilling by explaining his motives for pulling the wool over the group's eyes. Tensions mount and grievances are aired before the winner is finally revealed.

  • S12E36 Bridge Hotel

    • November 21, 2016
    • Channel 4

    Four B&B owners do battle to be named best value for money. The first visit is to the Bridge Hotel in Scunthorpe with new owners Martin and Hannah Weaver. On arrival, Rob and Michelle Earp from Seashells B&B in Sutton-on-Sea find a condom by the entrance, and Clare Davies and Fran Hancock from The New Court Hotel in Usk have concerns over interior cleanliness. Tom Jones and Samara Cohen from The Crown at Whitchurch judge the rooms to be little more than functional. Martin and Hannah try to impress at breakfast by introducing the group to their pet pig, but issues with the eggs has Fran making no 'yolk' of the matter. Come feedback, some harsh scores leave Martin and Hannah disappointed.

  • S12E37 Seashells B&B

    • November 22, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Seashells B&B in Sutton-on-Sea, where owners Michelle and Rob Earp hope their simple B&B with an animal twist will win the day. But following their criticism of the Bridge Hotel, Martin and Hannah give their room a thorough going over and find all manner of issues. Breakfast sees things take a downward turn as the self-service buffet is met with some tough criticism. At feedback Rob and Michelle are angered by the comments and are left wanting answers.

  • S12E38 The Crown at Whitchurch

    • November 23, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to The Crown at Whitchurch in Herefordshire, where ex-army man Tom Jones runs the pub B&B with his step-daughter Samara Cohen. Initial impressions are good as Martin and Hannah struggle to find fault and Clare and Fran feel like queens. But, still smarting following their feedback, Rob and Michelle have a fair few gripes. During an afternoon racing an army-style assault course the competitiveness within the group is clear, but it is at breakfast when relationships within the group are most strained.

  • S12E39 The New Court Hotel

    • November 24, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The New Court Hotel in Usk, where manager Clare Davies is joined in the competition by the pub owner's mother, Fran Hancock. On arrival, Tom and Samara are impressed, but Martin and Hannah find lots of cleanliness issues. At dinner, there are tensions as the group discuss who would take which role if they were to run a B&B together. Breakfast is cooked by Clare, but peppery eggs and missing mushrooms cause concern. Thoughts turn to tactics as accusations are made that some may be looking for any excuse criticise on the feedback form.

  • S12E40 Payment Day

    • November 25, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition, and the B&B owners meet to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores after being offended by some of the feedback they've received. There are arguments, tensions, drama and intrigue as they all discover their payments before the winner is revealed.

  • S12E41 The Admiral Hotel

    • November 28, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at The Admiral Hotel in central London, run by owner So Shaw and hotel manager Kevin Jankunis. On arrival, Chris Foster and his German companion Christel Richter are floored by the London prices, and Ursula Beswick and Daria Pakalnicka question the quality of the facilities. Despite So and Kevin's best efforts to charm their guests, a dinner conversation leaves Kris Malde and Vikki Cheatham making accusations of sexism. Come feedback time, So and Kevin are outraged by some of their comments.

  • S12E42 The Redstone

    • November 29, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to The Redstone in Blackpool, where high-end hotelier Ursula Beswick and manager Daria Pakalnicka hope their luxury guest house will win the day. On arrival, Chris and Christel are impressed but find an unexpected surprise lurking on their tea tray. During an afternoon of cake decorating, the mood quickly turns sour as So and Kevin let Kris and Vikki know exactly what they think of them. The atmosphere worsens at dinner, and when So doesn't even turn up at breakfast the other guests question how seriously he is taking the competition. Come feedback time, Daria and Ursula are left disappointed not to achieve top scores across the board.

  • S12E43 Ann's Farmhouse

    • November 30, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The competition continues at Ann's Farmhouse in Thornton, Yorkshire, owned by Chris Foster, who's assisted by his good friend, Christel Richter. Farmer Chris's family home is full of furniture inherited from his parents, and Kris and Vikki think they have stepped back in time when they see the room, while Ursula and Daria comment that it's like staying at Nan and Grandad's house. The tensions running between So and Kevin and Kris and Vikki are never far from the surface, and during an afternoon competing in an egg and spoon race So finds himself in a sticky situation. Come breakfast, Chris's traditional offering impresses, and despite some negative feedback the hosts feel they are in pole position to win the competition.

  • S12E44 The R Inn

    • December 1, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The R Inn in Desborough, owned by Kris Malde, who's helped out by events manager Vikki Cheetham. Business entrepreneur Kris opened the hotel 18 months ago to add corporate-style rooms for his events space next door. On arrival, Ursula and Daria think the facilities are lacking, and during a conversation at dinner the simmering tensions between So and Kevin and Kris and Vikki finally boil over, resulting in So refusing to stay the night. Breakfast sees Chris and Christel rejecting the coffee, and at feedback the hosts are faced with some tough comments and scores.

  • S12E45 Payment Day

    • December 2, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Bones of contention include a missing biscuit, marks on a toilet seat and why one guest refused to stay the night. There are harsh words and home truths before the overall winner is revealed.

  • S12E46 Stockton Mill B&B

    • December 5, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The first visit of the week is to Stockton Mill B&B in Shropshire, where Stephen and Caroline Cox hope to provide a home from home for their guests. Upon arrival, Gemma Walsham and Stacey Dyche are no fans of the set-up, and Ged Sharrocks and Suzanne Law are surprised to find themselves separated from the others in a self-catering holiday let. At breakfast Kevin Patel reveals his devious streak, which sets some on edge, and Caroline and Stephen react emotionally to the feedback they're given.

  • S12E47 Duxford Lodge

    • December 6, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Duxford Lodge in Cambridgeshire, run by ex-phone salesman Kevin Patel. He's hoping to turn his family-owned hotel into a 1940s inspired B&B. On arrival, Stacey and Gemma's first impression is that it looks like a nursing home, while Ged and Suzanne notice a lack of attention to detail. In Caroline and Stephen's room a loose tile causes concern. During an afternoon of baking, Ged announces he's been a chef for 25 years - a boast that leads to him having egg on his face. At breakfast the service is far from smooth, and after some serious errors Kevin has to face stiff criticism at feedback. He is stunned by the comments, saying there will be no more Mr Nice Guy.

  • S12E48 The Riverside House Hotel

    • December 7, 2016
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to The Riverside House Hotel in Mildenhall, where experienced hoteliers Ged Sharrocks and Suzanne Law offer a full hotel experience helped by their staff. Upon arrival, Kevin is still fuming after receiving his feedback, and rejects Suzanne's welcome. While the other B&Bers are impressed by their rooms, Kevin decides to leave his mark in his. The guests' head for heights is put to the test by an afternoon team-building exercise where Stacey and Gemma's competitive streak is revealed and Caroline and Stephen are not above a spot of cheating. Tensions are still high at dinner when Kevin gives the hosts a relentless grilling which very nearly turns nasty. At breakfast, the mood appears to have lightened - that is until the feedback is received.

  • S12E49 The Gate Hangs High

    • December 8, 2016
    • Channel 4

    Last to host are Stacey Walsham and Gemma Dyche from The Gate Hangs High in Hook Norton, Oxfordshire, where they hope their dog-friendly accommodation will go down a treat. Despite the simple rooms, most of the guests are impressed, but Kevin is determined to find fault, and succeeds. During an afternoon of playing an old fashioned pub game the tension between some of the group is palpable and everyone is on edge. Stacey is put to the test at breakfast when she has to cope with multiple egg orders, but with doggy issues at the table there are bigger things to worry about. Come feedback the girls are left to face some tough comments and scores which have them worried ahead of Payment Day.

  • S12E50 Payment Day

    • December 9, 2016
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners gather for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Caroline and Stephen are keen to hear Stacey's reasons for not wanting to return to their 'home-from-home' B&B, Kevin wants to get to the bottom of why Ged and Suzanne gave him such low marks for cleanliness, and Ged and Suzanne want to understand why they were marked down for facilities by Kevin, who also left graffiti on the wall at The Riverside House Hotel. Finally, Stacey and Gemma want to address the disappointing comments they had for their breakfast. Things get heated as the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

Season 13

  • S13E01 Llwyn Onn Guest House

    • May 1, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts in Betws-y-coed, North Wales, where at Llwyn Onn Guest House, bikers, Wayne and Tracy Dunn, hope their no-nonsense attitude will win the competition. On arrival, former air hostess Nicola Ellershaw makes a less than sparkly discovery. Wayne and Tracy challenge their guests to design biker leathers for their own gang, and father and daughter duo, Gary and Naomi Pesticcio reveal a competitive spirit. At dinner, Jon and Chelli Bean make a shock revelation about Jon's past. At breakfast, Gary challenges his hosts, which his competitors label as game playing, but it's at feedback when Wayne and Tracy have to face up to some home truths.

  • S13E02 The Parkwood Hotel

    • May 2, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Parkwood Hotel in Stockton on Tees, where newlywed managers Jon and Chelli Bean are all about making things perfect for pooches. While Nicola and Mackenzie are pleased by the decor, a dead fly on Gary and Naomi's window has them claiming a lack of attention to detail. During an afternoon trying to create the perfect doggy dinner, one pair reveal their competitive spirit which has others wondering how far they will go to win. It's a noisy night for some but come breakfast Nicola makes a shock discovery in her food which reduces a flustered host to tears. Despite some tough scores across the board, it's Gary and Naomi's comments in particular that have Jon and Chelli claiming gameplay is afoot.

  • S13E03 The Pug and Greyhound

    • May 3, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to Great Glen in Leicestershire and The Pug and Greyhound, where Nicola Ellershaw, and her colleague Mackenzie Griffey hope their super-stylish accommodation will dazzle. On arrival, tech-head Gary has IT troubles and Tracy and Wayne find the rooms to be more like prison cells. As former air hostess Nicola tries to teach the group an in-flight safety briefing, the tensions from the previous visit are simmering. Breakfast is not plain sailing as cold sauce has Gary complaining, but it's at feedback when Jon and Chelli's comments leave Nicola and Mackenzie wanting answers.

  • S13E04 The Solar Strand Hotel

    • May 4, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to The Solar Strand Hotel in Crosskeys, Wales, where former IT consultant Gary Pesticcio and his daughter Naomi hope their high-tech B&B will power them to victory. Some of their guests are initially put off by the decor and Jon and Chelli are determined to get revenge for Gary's feedback. Tensions bubble under the surface during a drama class when the group do impressions of each other; and at dinner, in Gary's volcano-themed restaurant, they threaten to erupt. At breakfast, Gary and Naomi end up with egg on their faces when their high-tech cooking gadgets let them down, ending in chaos, arguments and horrified guests. At feedback time, Gary and Naomi face some difficult comments but one couple in particular leave them with a score to settle.

  • S13E05 Payment Day

    • May 5, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition. The B&B owners meet for the last time to find out how much they've been paid and to settle some scores. Tracy and Wayne Dunn from Llwyn Onn Guest House in Wales feel charged up by comments about their plug sockets. Jon and Chelli Bean from The Parkwood in Stockton-on-Tees want answers from Gary and Naomi, and the atmosphere turns sour. Nicola Ellershaw and Mackenzie Griffey of The Pug and Greyhound in Great Glen want to unlock the reasons why their rooms were described as being like prison cells. And father and daughter duo Gary and Naomi Pesticcio from The Solar Strand Hotel in Crosskeys want to question their rock bottom scores for breakfast. Tensions are high and tough words are spoken before the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

  • S13E06 Hope Mountain

    • May 8, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at Hope Mountain in North Wales, where husband and wife team, Rob and Jo Smith hope their dog-friendly B&B will win the day. Eyebrows are raised when self-styled 'queens of clean', Steffi Stephenson and Sarah Banks, find evidence of their pet hate. During an afternoon making jam, identical twins Fernando and Emilio Tundidor reveal a competitive streak. Come breakfast, Denise and Alan Newman show themselves as unexpectedly demanding. But it's Steffi and Sarah's comments, and tough scores at feedback that leave Jo and Rob ready to fight back.

  • S13E07 The Beaumont Hotel

    • May 9, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Beaumont Hotel in Louth, near Lincoln, where managers and best friends, Steffi Stevenson and Sarah Banks, pride themselves on being the 'queens of clean'. The guests are expecting the rooms to be spotless but on arrival Jo and Rob are still smarting from the feedback at theirs and go through things with a fine tooth comb. A jolly atmosphere during an ironing challenge starts to disintegrate at dinner, and next morning, Fernando and Emilio, are damning about the breakfast quality and a self-service approach is too much for Denise and Alan to take. Come feedback it's Jo and Rob's comments that needle the hosts, leading to accusations of tit for tat scoring.

  • S13E08 Rock House Hotel

    • May 10, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to Rock House Hotel in Lynmouth, Devon, where owner Emilio Tundidor is assisted by his identical twin brother Fernando. As the rivals settle in, 'queens of clean', Sarah and Steffi make a hairy discovery on their bedroom floor. Alan and Denise find the beds at Rock House rock hard, leading to a terrible night's sleep, but the problems don't end there. With Fernando donning the waiter's apron for the first time in 20 years, at breakfast orders are incorrect and drinks delayed, as breakfast becomes a catalogue of errors. At feedback, proud owner Emilio doesn't take too kindly to how his rivals have scored his establishment, vowing revenge on the next visit.

  • S13E09 Troy House

    • May 11, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Troy House in Painswick, where owners Alan and Denise Newman hope their guests will fall in love with their rooms. After receiving low scores, twins Emilio and Fernando are on the warpath, determined not to let any fault go unnoticed. Simmering tensions are revealed during a sign-making challenge, and while an emotional dinner sees some of the group reconciled, for others the battle lines are clearly drawn. Having to pre-order breakfast isn't to everybody's taste, and at feedback Alan and Denise are left reeling by one couple's comments about their facilities.

  • S13E10 Payment Day

    • May 12, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. First, Rob and Jo Smith from Hope Mountain B&B in North Wales, find themselves in a hairy situation. It's a case of tit for tat revenge allegations when Steffi Stephenson and Sarah Banks from The Beaumont Hotel in Louth, have to defend their low cleaning scores. Things get messy when identical twins, Emilio and Fernando Tundidor from Rock House Hotel in Devon, suspect sabotage and accusations of foul play fly. Final hosts Alan and Denise Newman from Troy House in Painswick have a burning issue they want to park with Jo and Rob, and things turn nasty. Tensions are high and home truths are spoken before the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

  • S13E11 Meudon Hotel

    • May 15, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The first visit is to Falmouth in Cornwall, where Gaye Woods, owner of Meudon Hotel, hopes her family-run hotel will win the day. On arrival, Tim and Mikey from The Royal Oak in Malborough, Devon, find the twin beds too close for comfort. During an afternoon shucking oysters, couple Joan and Geoff from The Compton Swan in Newbury have a close eye on the competition. When Gaye explains at dinner why her room rates are so high some of the group are left unconvinced but it's at breakfast when Sue and Chris from Angel Guest House in Tiverton reveals a picky streak. But it's at feedback when Gaye has to face up to some home truths and is left wanting answers.

  • S13E12 The Royal Oak

    • May 16, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Marlborough in Devon and The Royal Oak pub, run by laid-back owner Tim Heap who's helped out by his barman, Mikey Martindale. On arrival, the basic rooms are a hit for some but the cleanliness is questioned when Geoff and Joan discover a mucky corner cupboard. Tim and Mikey take the group to an art workshop for some creative fun where Chris and Sue reveal a hidden competitive streak. Come dinner the guests are itching to know more about Tim's past and he doesn't disappoint, but he is riled when Gaye calls his unconventional management style in to question. Following some unwanted extras at breakfast, feedback is tough, which leaves Tim suspecting there's been some unnecessary tactics.

  • S13E13 The Angel Guest House

    • May 17, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is in Tiverton in Devon and The Angel Guest House, where owners Chris and Sue Holliday have created a homespun experience. On arrival, Gaye is concerned by the noise of the road outside and Joan and Geoff question some design choices in the room. During an afternoon playing a local game known as 'Throw the Egg', the group rumble how competitive the hosts are which raises a few eyebrows. At dinner, Tim who is travelling solo today, is full of enthusiasm resulting in an unexpected gift. Egg connoisseur Chris's poached eggs are put to the test at breakfast, but it's at feedback where one guest's comments cause concern.

  • S13E14 The Compton Swan

    • May 18, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The fourth visit is to Newbury in Berkshire and The Compton Swan, owned by Irish business brains Geoff Jones and Joan McGowan. Expectations are high after Joan revealed she was named Ireland's Business Woman of the Year on the last visit but, still smarting from his feedback, Tim goes to town in his room. Tensions are mounting during an afternoon on an inflatable racecourse where competitive couple Chris and Sue try to sabotage the race. Keen to pull out all the stops, Geoff and Joan impress with a harpist at dinner and hearts are softened when they reveal the personal sacrifices they have to make for their business. Come breakfast Geoff the chef doesn't fail to impress but egg-man Chris takes issues with his food. But it's at feedback where low scores don't go down well.

  • S13E15 Payment Day

    • May 19, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Meudon Hotel is first, and host Gaye wants to iron out Joan and Geoff's comments but it's the payments that reveal how her guests really valued her high end hotel. Next, Tim from the Royal Oak is left apologising after what Joan and Geoff had to say about breakfast. As the third hosts of the week, Chris and Sue from Angel Guest House want Gaye to do some explaining. When it comes to The Compton Swan, the atmosphere turns bad as accusations of unfair scoring and revenge feedback start to fly. There are tensions in the air and tough words are spoken before the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

  • S13E16 Hotel Commodore

    • May 22, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts in Llandrindod Wells in Wales, at Hotel Commodore, where chef Rohan Murdock and his wife Andrea hope their experience on cruise ships and love of luxury will win the day. On arrival Adam Saleem, from Halebarns House in Greater Manchester, finds his room doesn't measure up to his keen eye for detail, but Christine Adams and partner Terry Kane from Ware Hall in Norfolk are wowed by the décor. During a masterclass in chocolate cake decorating Steve and Karen Marvel, from The Ardingly Inn in West Sussex, come under scrutiny. At breakfast, health conscious Adam turns up the heat on the hosts, but it's at feedback where Andrea and Rohan are left with more questions than answers.

  • S13E17 Halebarns House

    • May 23, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to boutique B&B Halebarns House in Greater Manchester, where owner Adam Saleem wants to wow his guests with an eclectic mix of healthy living and high-tech facilities. On arrival the guests are puzzled by the quantity of added extras, and Karen and Steve find the quality of facilities lacking for the asking price. Andrea and Rohan are more concerned about the lack of an en-suite bathroom. During an afternoon of yoga, led by trainee instructor Adam, one guest steals the limelight. At dinner, Adam comes under fire over his target market and high prices, and Christine reveals a surprising secret. Breakfast is a healthy, organic feast and Adam's homemade smoothies go down a storm, but it isn't enough to convince the guests that the high-priced B&B is value for money.

  • S13E18 Ardingly Inn

    • May 24, 2017
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit, the group head to The Ardingly Inn, in West Sussex, where straight-talking husband and wife duo Steve and Karen Marvel hope their family country pub will win over their rivals. Christine and Terry try to find the positives, but after the negative feedback at his place, Adam's keen to give his hosts the same 'nit-picky' treatment, and doesn't hold back. But when the guests come together to decorate gingerbread, it's Andrea and Adam who clash, and tensions rise. Come breakfast there are mixed reviews but it's at feedback where Steve and Karen have to face some harsh comments which leave them fuming.

  • S13E19 Ware Hall

    • May 25, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to the 600-year-old Ware Hall in Norfolk, where Christine Adams, who is joined by partner Terry Kane, has spent 23 years completing the rebuild of this medieval property. To avoid demolition back in the 70s, Christine's aunt moved it, piece by piece, over 100 miles to its current site. The guests all react differently to the cobwebs and clutter and surprisingly it's fastidious Adam who's won over by the romance and history. But Steve and Karen struggle to fit in and the dust proves too much for them. Breakfast is an eccentric experience with doilies, smoke alarms and communal toast making, which Andrea and Rohan find hard to swallow. When it's time for feedback, Christine and Terry are surprised to have converted Adam, but the unusual ethos clearly isn't for everyone.

  • S13E20 Payment Day

    • May 26, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. There are tears, tantrums and bitter rebukes as the payments are revealed before the winner is finally announced.

  • S13E21 Brighton Surf Hotel

    • May 29, 2017
    • Channel 4

    This week's competition starts at the Brighton Surf Hotel, where hosts Jeremy Mann and his Russian wife Elena hope their hands-off hosting style will win the day. On arrival, Jan Fisher and husband Les, from the Fleur de Lis in Sandwich, are dismayed to find a complimentary snack tray in lieu of breakfast. At dinner, Robert Gray, from Number 16 in Greenwich, questions the décor in his room and, next morning, the guests join him on the bed to compare notes about the lack of breakfast. But at feedback time, Jeremy and Elena are left crushed by Robert's low score for hosting and contemplating revenge.

  • S13E22 Number 16

    • May 30, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Number 16, in Greenwich, London, owned by actor and antiques dealer, Robert Gray. Jan and Les find the dusty decor off-putting and Sarah laments the size of her room and its busy wallpaper. At dinner Robert reveals his showbiz background, declaring that at breakfast 'my kitchen's my stage'. In the morning, Robert styles out his many mistakes so the group are charmed by his hosting, even Jeremy. But at feedback Robert takes exception to one set of scores and is convinced it's deliberate game playing, leaving him vowing revenge.

  • S13E23 Fleur de Lis

    • May 31, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to Sandwich in Kent and the Fleur de Lis, where hosts Jan and Les Fisher are convinced their traditional place will impress. Sarah and Tiggy are hoping for a relaxed atmosphere, but as Robert arrives he is bent on revenge. At dinner, Robert shocks the group when he is rude about the décor. In the morning, Robert deliberately tries to provoke the hosts by ordering two breakfasts but Jan is unflappable. Sarah confronts Robert, worried about how he'll behave when she hosts on the next visit. Jan is shocked to receive very low scores from Robert and is convinced he's game playing.

  • S13E24 The Barn

    • June 1, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The week's last visit is to The Barn at Dale End House near Matlock in the Peak District, owned by Sarah Summers. After confronting Robert at breakfast on the last visit, Sarah is dreading his arrival, but all the guests are bowled over by Sarah's establishment and Jeremy and Elena are surprised at how organized and professional she is. At dinner Robert is full of praise for Sarah, but she is unsure know how to take it. And come feedback, the overwhelmingly positive comments leave Sarah in pieces, uncertain whether Robert is being serious or just playing another game and intending to underpay on payment day.

  • S13E25 Payment Day

    • June 2, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Brighton Surf Hotel is first up and hosts Jeremy and Elena Mann want to defend their no-breakfast remote-hosting concept. Next, actor Robert Gray from Number 16 in Greenwich takes exception to criticism of his décor and cleaning but is moved to tears by his payments. The third hosts of the week, Jan Fisher and husband Les, angrily confront Robert over his harsh criticism of the décor in his room. There are more tears when Sarah Summers and Tiggy Peat from The Barn at Dale End House receive their feedback but Jan accuses Robert of play-acting. There are tensions and tears as tough words are spoken before the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

  • S13E26 Chimneys B&B

    • June 5, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts at Chimneys B&B in Holbrook, Suffolk, where owner Carolyn Spilling, joined by friend Delia Duell, hopes her up-tempo personality will be a hit with the guests. On arrival, Andrea Gardner and John Marr, from The George and Abbotsford in Melrose, Scotland, are unimpressed to discover they are in self-catering. During a dance class, Neale and Julie Taylor from Copperfields Guest House in Broadstairs, tap into their competitive side. Come breakfast, Italian cousins, Massimo and Raf Perrulli from Massimo's in Seaham, aren't feeling La Dolce Vita at the home from home approach. But it's at feedback when Carolyn and Delia find some of the comments hair-raising.

  • S13E27 Copperfields Guest House

    • June 6, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to Copperfields Guest House in Broadstairs, Kent, where owners, Neale and Julie Taylor hope their exclusively vegetarian B&B will stand out from the crowd. Carolyn and Delia are ready to give the room a thorough going over but it's the pressing problem of parking which causes immediate concerns for Andrea and John. During an afternoon making bird boxes, competitive spirits are fired up, and at dinner Neale and Julie reveal a secret breakfast dish, much to the intrigue of chef Massimo. Come morning it's the vegetarian breakfast that comes under scrutiny, leaving some disappointed and wanting more. At feedback Neale and Julie are left frustrated following some tough criticism.

  • S13E28 The George and Abbotsford

    • June 7, 2017
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit this week the group head to The George and Abbotsford in Melrose, Scotland, where host Andrea Gardner and front of house manager John Marr want to pull all the stops out to secure the win. On arrival, Massimo and Raf struggle with the basic facilities and Carolyn and Delia have toilet troubles. During a show jumping race, the hosts reveal their competitive streak and desperation to win. Come dinner Andrea and John try to blow their guests away with a traditional Scottish welcome but stories of unwanted guests leave some nervous of spending the night. In the morning vegetarians, Neale and Julie, discover size really does matter and find their breakfast hard to swallow but it's at feedback when the hosts are left claiming tit for tat and revenge scoring is afoot.

  • S13E29 Massimo's

    • June 8, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Massimo's in Seaham, County Durham, where Italian chef, Massimo Perrulli, is joined by his cousin Raf, who runs front of house. On arrival, Neale and Julie have cleanliness concerns and Carolyn and Delia are missing a bath. Andrea and John have an axe to grind, and things take a bitter turn when they accuse some of their competitors of getting extra help during an afternoon making jewellery. At dinner, emotions run riot when competitive spirits come to a head and the following morning, two of the guests go to town over Massimo's cooked breakfast, leading to sparks flying at feedback.

  • S13E30 Payment Day

    • June 9, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. Chimneys B&B is up first and host Carolyn and her friend Delia want some home truths from Massimo and Raf. Next, Neale and Julie from Copperfields Guest House want to pull Andrea and John up on their low scores and questions are raised over tactics. Visit three was to The George and Abbotsford, where hosts Andrea and John want a meaty discussion with vegetarians, Julie and Neale. And Massimo and Raf, from Massimo's, think games have been played and it's an all-out noise war. There's fighting talk and low blows as the payments are revealed before the winner is announced.

  • S13E31 The Shoes

    • June 12, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts at The Shoes, Durham, where landlord Billy Gowland and partner Debbie Nelson hope their footwear-themed pub B&B is the right fit for their guests. When challenged to create a unique piece of shoe art, Annie Larner and James Moffat from Biggin Hall Hotel in Derbyshire show their secret artistic streaks. Charles and Lisa Hooper, owners of glamp-site Forest Garden Shovelstrode in East Grinstead, have some honest advice after swapping ethnic yurts for budget rooms. Over dinner mother and son team, Fiona and James Milligan from the Derby Manor Hotel and Restaurant in Bournemouth, are confused by Annie and James' eccentric conversation. But come feedback there's a surprise in store when one of the couples decides that The Shoes don't fit!

  • S13E32 Biggin Hall Hotel

    • June 13, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Biggin Hall Hotel in Derbyshire, where owner James Moffat and partner Annie Larner hope the B&Bers will fall for the rural charm of their 17th-century farmhouse. But city dwelling landlords Billy and Debbie decide that the Peak District setting is more bleak than beautiful. Forest glampers Charles and Lisa couldn't feel more at home in their historic wood-panelled room but for Fiona and James it's a décor disaster. The group are pitted against each other during an afternoon of dry stone wall building, but there's discontent that ex-brickie Billy has an unfair advantage. Breakfast is a buffet affair and the absent hosts get a shock when the group don't hold back on their gripes.

  • S13E33 yurt glamp-site

    • June 14, 2017
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit the group head to yurt glamp-site, Forest Garden Shovelstrode in East Sussex, where hosts Charles and Lisa Hooper hope the B&Bers buy into their woodland retreat. Having camped in Mongolia and Nepal, Annie and James are completely in their element in contrast to Fiona and James who are only happy when they have all the mod cons. Charles runs a group woodwork class, but there are accusations of cheating among the pairs. Over dinner Charles and Lisa are interrogated by James over their premium price tag and are left having to justify their business model. In the morning, James has extra cause for complaint after a cold and damp night in his yurt, and a sceptical Billy and Debbie question the extra breakfast charge.

  • S13E34 The Derby Manor Hotel

    • June 15, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The Derby Manor Hotel and Restaurant run by mother and son team Fiona and James Milligan who opened their doors eight months ago after a million pound refurbishment. With a red carpet on arrival and over 6000 hand glued diamante studs on the walls, the décor instantly gets tongues wagging, but some guests have a muted reaction comparing it to Dubai. The group get a taste of life in the fast lane when James lets them take the hotel's fleet of premium hire cars out for a spin and later, during a remote control car race, there is some unexpected behaviour from one of the guests. Fiona and James are confidently expecting high scores at feedback but have to confront the fact that not all the group are keen to return.

  • S13E35 Payment Day

    • June 16, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. The Shoes is up first and hosts Billy Gowland and his partner Debbie Nelson find out if their budget rooms have proved too basic for the group. Next, James Moffat and his partner Annie Larner from Biggin Hall Hotel want to clear up their issues with Billy and Debbie. As the third hosts, Charles and Lisa Hooper from yurt glamp-site Forest Garden Shovelstrode confront their low scores from James. When it comes to final hosts, Fiona and James from the Derby Manor Hotel and Restaurant make accusations of nitpicking and double standards. Tensions are high and home truths are spoken before the winner is announced.

  • S13E36 Water's Edge Guest House

    • June 19, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts in Stratford upon Avon at The Water's Edge Guest House where owner Julie Allison and friend Gerry Crabtree hope their luxurious approach will win the day. On arrival, Ross Williams and Kath Caple, who run the Kilpeck Inn in Herefordshire, are immediately shocked by the themed rooms. During an afternoon canoe racing on the river, Gill and Mick Jennings from The Ivanhoe in Bridlington are left sinking. At breakfast, tensions mount as Michael Crane and Jai Bennison from The Fox Inn in Guisborough think one competitor's criticism is unreasonable.

  • S13E37 Kilpeck Inn

    • June 20, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to the Kilpeck Inn in Herefordshire where head chef Ross Williams and front of house manager Kath Capel consider no detail too small. Following their feedback, previous hosts Julie and Gerry have an axe to grind; lovers of all things clean, Mick and Gill, find their room less than impressive; and the dead flies in Michael and Jai's room leave them dropping marks. At dinner tensions mount as Ross and Kath are given a grilling, but it's Julie's off-menu ordering at breakfast that sends the hosts into a spin. Come feedback, Ross and Kath are shocked by some of their scores and think that one guest in particular was out for revenge.

  • S13E38 The Fox Inn

    • June 21, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The third stop is The Fox Inn in Guisborough, North Yorkshire, where young hosts Michael Crane and Jai Bennison are determined to impress their guests with their straight-forward northern B&B. On arrival, fellow Yorkshire couple, Mick and Gill, are impressed by the cleanliness and price, and Julie and Gerry flip a coin to see who gets the double bed. The group compete in a sumo wrestling match and an eager Michael is determined to be top dog. At breakfast, Michael's keen to impress but a serious blunder could cost him the competition.

  • S13E39 Ivanhoe Guest House

    • June 22, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Ivanhoe Guest House in Bridlington where Mick and Gill Jennings think their plain and simple approach will win the day. They pride themselves on cleanliness and are prepared to be put to the test, but following their tough criticism Michael is quick to find dust. During an afternoon racing to make ice creams, Ross and Kath reveal their competitive streak but it's Julie and Gerry who get more than they bargained for. At dinner, tensions simmer between Mick and Michael and come breakfast Michael makes some serious allegations about the food.

  • S13E40 Payment Day

    • June 23, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to settle some scores. The Water's Edge is first and host Julie wants answers from Ross following his breakfast comments. Next, Ross and Kath from The Kilpeck Inn confront Julie and Gerry's low hosting score, and accusations of tit-for-tat game playing start to fly. Third are Michael and Jai from The Fox Inn, where they have some explaining to do about their breakfast. When it comes to Ivanhoe Guest House, Mick and Gill want an explanation from Michael over his allegations of lying. There's tension in the air and tough words at the table before the winner is revealed.

  • S13E41 The Poacher Inn

    • June 26, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts in Hampshire, at The Poacher Inn where manager Nadia Schicci hopes her Italian directness and business approach will win the day. On arrival, pub-hating Paul Martin is faced by a nightmare, and during a jujitsu master class, Deborah and James McCalliog see their rivals in a new light. At dinner, Rab and Gail question Nadia's commitment and there's a shock revelation. As temperatures rise guests struggle to sleep and the heat is turned up in the morning when paying extra for breakfast is not to everyone's taste. But it's Nadia who's burnt come feedback, and she vows to come back fighting.

  • S13E42 The Forest Country House

    • June 27, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Forest Country House in Powys, Wales, where owner Paul Martin, joined by best friend and neighbour, Jayne Kirk, hopes his luxury B&B will impress. The guests are expecting luxury, but on arrival Rab and Gail think the room falls short and Nadia, still smarting from her feedback, gives it a thorough inspection. But it's the feng shui which really has Deborah and Jim bent out of balance. During an afternoon orienteering, Rab's growing dislike of Jayne comes to the fore and he's riled further at dinner. But it's at feedback where the comments upset Paul and Jayne and leaves them suspecting tit for tat scoring.

  • S13E43 Langside Bed and Breakfast

    • June 28, 2017
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit this week the group head to Fenwick in Scotland and Langside Bed and Breakfast, where high rolling, super clean hosts, Debbie and Jim McCalliog, hope their home business will wow the crowd. As Paul and Jayne arrive they are in for a surprise, and Nadia is expecting spotless but is greeted with a wee Scottish welcome. Later, Debbie and Jim kick things off in style over a penalty shootout where Jim reveals his past as a professional footballer. Rab misses his goal and reveals his sensitive side while tensions rise in the group: Paul has a fight in the bathroom, and it's a wet night for Nadia and a disappointing breakfast sends her over the edge. Debbie and Jim are shocked by their feedback and feel it's revenge.

  • S13E44 The Tushielaw Inn

    • June 29, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The Tushielaw Inn in Selkirk, Scotland, owned by Rab and Gail Forbes who opened their historic inn six months previously. After the tensions that have been bubbling all week between the hosts and Paul and Jayne, Gail and Rab try to build bridges but at dinner things take a downward turn when their guests query breakfast pre-orders. With one guest deciding to order off menu, Rab loses his cool and come morning the B&Bers endure a breakfast they'll never forget. Gail and Rab are left reeling at feedback as the positive comments are far outweighed by those about the breakfast service.

  • S13E45 Payment Day

    • June 30, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. The Poacher Inn is up first and host Nadia wants to give Debbie and Jim a dusting down but is left shocked by their tactics. Next, Paul Martin and Jayne Kirk from The Forest Country House want to get to the bottom of Nadia's low scores. But it's another guest's payment that leaves them speechless. As the third hosts, Debbie and Jim from Langside Bed and Breakfast tackle their feedback it's an all-out bathroom war with Paul, and when it comes to the turn of Tushielaw Inn, owners Rab and Gail have some explaining to do. Tensions are high and tough words are spoken before the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

  • S13E46 Rooms 46

    • July 3, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The first visit of the week is to Rooms 36 in The Lake District, owned by health-conscious Andy Peters, who's joined by his friend, fellow B&B owner Jeronime Palmer. During an afternoon of rock climbing, competitive guest Stephen Montgomery reveals his true colours. At breakfast Andy's healthy options and expensive taste in furniture fail to get the reaction he was hoping for, and when he gets his feedback he realises the benchmark for judging is set high.

  • S13E47 Red Lion Coaching Inn

    • July 4, 2017
    • Channel 4

    Mother and son team Trish and Connor Richardson host, at the Red Lion Coaching Inn near Gainsborough. Although initial impressions are good, Julie and James aren't impressed by the dated bathrooms, and the mattresses fall short for luxury lovers Andy and Jeronime. In the afternoon the hosts try to impress with home-made beauty treatments but some of the guests are left with egg on their face. In the morning Jan and Stephen aren't happy to be woken early by a lawnmower, and at breakfast Jeronime shocks the group by bringing her own food to the table.

  • S13E48 Schiehallion Hotel

    • July 5, 2017
    • Channel 4

    Julie Dunbar and James Graham host at the Schiehallion Hotel in Aberfeldy. Their guests are impressed by their rooms but once again luxury lovers Andy and Jeronime want more from their beds. Julie and James surprise their guests with some holiday-camp-style entertainment and James comes into his own as a game show host, but competitive streaks are revealed. At breakfast, a mix-up in the kitchen triggers a potential nut allergy but Julie's professional manner takes control, leaving the guests with a dilemma at feedback time. And when James and Julie get their comments they suspect game playing, and they want answers

  • S13E49 Townhead Hotel

    • July 6, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The last visit of the week is to Townhead Hotel in Lockerbie, owned by Stephen Montgomery, who's joined by his partner Jan Livingstone. The high level of finish in the rooms surprises all the guests but Andy and Jeronime worry that they may be disturbed by the car wash outside the window. During an afternoon playing curling, relationships are frosty and the tensions in the group are not far from the surface. In the morning, Andy's not in a good mood following a disturbed night's sleep with the garage next door, and his feedback makes Stephen and Jan think he's telling fibs.

  • S13E50 Payment Day

    • July 7, 2017
    • Channel 4

    On the final day of the competition the B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Andy and Jeronime from Rooms 36 want to find out why their luxury B&B didn't hit the mark. Trish and Connor from The Red Lion Coaching Inn want to get to the bottom of their feedback. Julie and James from Schiehallion Hotel are geared up for a showdown over their hosting criticism. And Stephen and Jan from Townhead Hotel want to settle some scores with their guests. Accusations fly and there's tension in the air as the payments are revealed and ultimately the winner is announced.

Season 14

  • S14E01 Copper Beech House

    • October 9, 2017
    • Channel 4

    This brand new competition kicks off in Malvern, Worcestershire and Copper Beech House where retired pro-rugby player Steve Lloyd and partner Kathy Leather run their own B&B. John and Della McGinn from Dog in a Doublet, Peterborough are wowed by the décor, but reaction to the bathroom from Phil and Sharon Hobson from Torcroft Boutique B&B is less favourable. During an afternoon rugby training session, it's Mark Price, who along with wife Lowrie, from Rhydspence Inn, Herefordshire who surprise the rest of the B&Bers. Breakfast for Steve is eggs-acting as foodie John puts him to the test, but its Phil's questioning as to the quality of the bangers at feedback that Steve and Kathy find hard to swallow.

  • S14E02 Dog in a Doublet

    • October 10, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to the pet friendly Dog in a Doublet - pub and restaurant in Peterborough where Della McGinn's passion for animals comes a close second to husband John's passion for food. Upon arrival, Phil and Sharon from the Torcroft Boutique B&B find something unusual at the bottom of their loo. An afternoon spent helping out at the small holding sees Lowrie from Rhydspence Inn bond with Gordon the pig, while Kathy from Copper Beech House overcomes her fear of horses. Come morning, not all the guests are bright and breezy so at breakfast pro chef John attempts to make amends, but it's Phil and Sharon's feedback that leaves the hosts suspicious of game playing.

  • S14E03 Torcroft Boutique

    • October 11, 2017
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit of the week, the B&Bers head to the Torcroft Boutique B&B in Torquay, south Devon, where Europhiles Phil and Sharon Hobson hope their added extras will win over their rivals. Still smarting from their feedback, John and Della have packed an agenda and are determined to give the Torcroft the same treatment they received as hosts. An afternoon spent sailing blows away the tension but come breakfast the gloves are off and Phil takes a battering. At feedback, with guests questioning the value for money, Phil and Sharon are left bemused and suspect retribution is at hand.

  • S14E04 Rhydspence Inn

    • October 12, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to the 600 year old Rhydspence Inn in Herefordshire, which local couple and now owners, Mark and Lowrie Price have known their whole lives. All are charmed by the inn's medieval character, though the everyday practicalities prove painful for some. In the afternoon there's a visit to literary hot spot Hay-on-Wye where the rivals turn their hand to literary prose, but there's still underlying tension between some of the guests. Come breakfast, foodie John turns up the heat for Mark, which leaves him floundering over a kipper order.

  • S14E05 Payment Day

    • October 13, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Copper Beech House are first to host, and Steve and Kathy want Phil to swallow his synthetic sausage comments. John and Della from Dog in a Doublet want to challenge Phil and Sharon's comments but it's the payment that they find hard to digest. Phil and Sharon from Torcroft Boutique B&B are third and are keen to learn why Mark and Lowrie think their boutique B&B isn't unique. Finally, it's Rhydspence Inn and owners Mark and Lowrie want to rewind the clock and get some answers. There are tears, recriminations and accusations as the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

  • S14E06 The White Horse Inn

    • October 16, 2017
    • Channel 4

    This new competition starts in Maldon, Essex and The White Horse Inn, owned by hospitality expert Jayne and her husband Pete Kocinoga, where they hope their attention to detail will win over their guests. On arrival, proceedings are stalled when paid for car parking becomes an issue but when they do eventually get to their rooms the attention to detail shines through. At dinner, Jayne brings the knives out but it's the revelation of Christine and Paul's relationship that really gets the guests talking. At breakfast, apprentice waiter Pete stumbles through the service but it's the feedback which grinds Jayne's gears and sets this week's competition in motion.

  • S14E07 Barnfield B&B

    • October 17, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Barnfield B&B in St Osyth, Essex, run by Christine and her toy boy husband Paul Harman. Here, as well as offering rooms, Christine also runs spiritual retreats at the bottom of the garden. On arrival, two of the couples are shocked to discover they'll be sharing a bathroom, while Jayne and Pete are more worried about the lack of attention to detail in their room. That afternoon, the guests embark on a spiritual meditation to meet their power animal but one B&B owner thinks it a load of old rubbish and says so. At dinner, Christine makes a surprise revelation. Come breakfast, Christine is nervous about pleasing egg-spert Phil and the guests begin to seriously question Paul's hosting skills and commitment to the business.

  • S14E08 The Black Swan Inn

    • October 18, 2017
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit this week the group head to The Black Swan Inn in Pickering, Yorkshire, where straight-talking husband and wife duo Phil and Jill Hall have spent hundreds of thousands of pounds bringing their 18th century coaching inn up to their exacting standards. On arrival Christine falls in love with the en-suite but both others aren't jumping for joy as the mattress fails to live up to their expectations. That afternoon the guests embark on cleaning out the giraffes at a local animal park but one of the couples starts playing dirty. Come breakfast there's rumblings at the table as hardly any of the guests have had a good night's sleep. But it's at feedback where Phil and Jill face some uncomfortable comments.

  • S14E09 Delamere Farm

    • October 19, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Delamere Farm in Northborough, where owner Agi Chapman, who is joined in the competition by Jayne Thorpe Godman, prides herself on providing a luxurious sleep to all her visitors. On arrival, the deluxe design of the rooms impresses but fastidious Jayne picks up on a few less than perfect details. During an afternoon of clay pigeon shooting, Phil and Jill make a dig at Jayne's competitive nature, while the rest of the guests pick up on a negative vibe. At dinner, the competitive banter continues and Pete lands Jayne in it. At breakfast Agi is sent into a spin when she overhears some critical opinions from Jayne and fails to deliver on some special requests, but after a stressful morning, there's a surprise in store at feedback.

  • S14E10 Payment Day

    • October 20, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The White Horse Inn is first and hosts Jayne and Pete want to park the issues about not having car parking. Next, Paul and Christine from Barnfield B&B want to challenge their guests over the lack of en-suite. Phil and Jill from The Black Swan Inn are third and are keen to learn more about why their beds were not up to standard, but it's the payments that lead to storm outs and tears. Finally, it's Delamere Farm and Agi and Jayne discuss their feedback and their payments bring the host to tears. After bitter rebukes and tears the payments are revealed before the winner is finally announced.

  • S14E11 White Hart Hotel

    • October 23, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off in Harrogate, where management team Chris 'Clarkey' Clarke and Katie Light help run the 64 bedroom White Hart Hotel. On arrival, Raouf and Chrissie from the New Promenade Hotel in Blackpool find they are actually staying in an outbuilding, whilst Robin and Liza Watson from Tall John's House in the Brecon Beacons love the modern gadgets in their room. During the afternoon, the guests get acquainted with some llamas, ending in a parade competition. Vicky from The Terrace makes an instant animal connection, which leaves quite an impression on her fellow competitors. At dinner, paid parking at the hotel becomes talk of the table, while Raouf lets slip his hotel has more of a fighting spirit. Come breakfast, an additional pound for a fancy coffee causes a gripe with the guests.

  • S14E12 New Promenade Hotel

    • October 24, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to budget option New Promenade Hotel in Blackpool, owned by Raouf Elnagaar, who is joined by friend Chrissie Greenwood. On inspection, Vicky finds a teetering toilet seat, Robin and Liza fall out of love with the budget feel, and Clarky and Katie are astonished to find muck on the taps. In the afternoon, the guests ride Blackpool's famous and historic tram, but first they must get it ready for service with a wash and a scrub. Robin reveals his impressive family lineage when he spots the Blackpool Tower. Come dinner, Raouf reveals his sensitive side, but his experience in hospitality fails to show. In the morning, the guests are impressed with Raouf's budget breakfast, with Clarky's sausage a delight and Vicky's egg cooked to perfection.

  • S14E13 The Terrace

    • October 25, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to Oxford, where Vicky Crawford has opened up her small three-bedroom terraced house, aptly named The Terrace. On inspection, two pairs of guests discover an array of filthy finds including thick dust, hairs, and a pre-sucked sweet. In the afternoon the guests head for a spot of punting. Whilst most sit back and enjoy the ride, Raouf's childish mood spoils the group's time on the river. Come dinner, Vicky gets a dusting down when Clarky grills her over the cleanliness of her accommodation. Vicky fights back but doesn't get the royal seal of approval. At breakfast, Vicky's coddled eggs are set to impress, but Raouf isn't thrilled with the appearance of her dog.

  • S14E14 Tall John's House

    • October 26, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The fourth and final visit is to Tall John's House in the Brecon Beacons, where Robin and Liza Watson own a grand Georgian mansion in the middle of the Welsh countryside. On arrival, the guests are wowed by the historic building and rooms. Raouf, Chrissie, Clarky and Katie dig deep to find fault but can only find small problems. In the afternoon, the Welsh weather finds the guests in the billiard room for a quick-fire knockout game around the table. Come dinner the guests gush over their friendship but, when it comes to the question of future meet-ups, Vicky drops a bombshell by revealing she wouldn't like to see anyone again. At breakfast the mood from the night before is clear to the table as Vicky sits in near silence. However, the food goes down a treat with compliments all round and a Caribbean pancake wins brownie points.

  • S14E15 Payment Day

    • October 27, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The White Hart Hotel is up first and management team Clarky and Katie want to park the issue of paying for their car park. Next, Raouf from the New Promenade Hotel in Blackpool is keen to challenge his budget comments and is appalled to hear about a cleanliness issue. Vicky from The Terrace is third, but the guests aren't happy when she fails to accept their critiques. Lastly, it's Tall John's House in the Brecon Beacons and owners Robin and Liza Watson want to find out what stains were found on their bed. There's anger but also tears of joy when the final payments are counted and the winner is revealed.

  • S14E16 The Hillcroft

    • October 30, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts at the Hillcroft in Torquay, where husband and wife team, Martyn and Elaine Flint, hope their lovingly decorated, adults only B&B will prove a hit with their guests. On arrival, Tony and Lisa Partridge from the Guest House East in Eastbourne, find fault with their en-suite, while Jorge Mesquita, from the Shirley B&B in Bournemouth, demonstrates a keen eye for dust. After a lively game of bowls, the B&B'ers head for dinner, where youngsters Sam Wilkins and Henry Russell of The Bear and Swan in Chew Magna, come under scrutiny about their age and experience by their more senior competitors. Elaine faces a tough time in the kitchen, but it's over feedback that the heat is really turned up.

  • S14E17 The Bear and Swan

    • October 31, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit sees twenty-somethings Sam Wilkins and Henry Russell confident that their five star rooms above a quintessential English country pub, The Bear and Swan, in Chew Magna, Somerset, will have their guests raising their glasses to them at the end of the week. Unfortunately for the boys, Jorge's room leaves him feeling like he's been drinking from a dodgy keg and he isn't impressed by the rubber duck race in the local stream. Tony, however, throws everything he's got at it- literally! Sam and Henry get a grilling over dinner, but the next morning, the guests are hungry for more sleep after a noisy night and when it comes to feedback, the lads are left with a bad taste in their mouths.

  • S14E18 Guesthouse East

    • November 1, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to the Guesthouse East in Eastbourne, where childhood sweethearts Tony and Lisa Partridge are hoping their guests will fall head over heels for their family friendly B&B. While Jorge is won over by what Tony and Lisa have on offer, Sam and Henry discover a dirty secret in their suite... A kite flying contest that afternoon leaves everyone struggling to rise to the occasion, although one of the guests is rewarded for their perseverance! Over dinner, Martyn doesn't endear himself to Tony and Lisa,and his demands over breakfast lead to Lisa letting slip about her true feelings towards him, which are far from flattering! The resulting feedback has the hosts questioning the lack of love towards them.

  • S14E19 Shirley B&B

    • November 2, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to the Shirley B&B in Bournemouth, where Jorge Mesquita is hoping to impress his guests with his all-round cleanliness and the power of his showers, which Martyn and Elaine discover first hand thanks to an accidental demonstration! Meanwhile, Tony and Lisa find faults with the finishing and Sam and Henry aren't fans of the facilities... Jorge puts on a high octane go karting competition but will his guests think his B&B has enough to take the chequered flag?

  • S14E20 Payment Day

    • November 3, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Unfortunately, Jorge Mesquita of the Shirley B&B has been taken ill, so the remaining B&B'ers are fighting it out for the prized plaque. The Hillcroft kicks things off and hosts Martyn and Elaine want answers from both Tony and Lisa and Sam and Henry but they're only happy with one set of answers. Next, Sam Wilkins and Henry from the Bear and Swan get a wakeup call with the feedback they receive, but nothing like the surprise they get when they find out the amount they've been underpaid by one of their rivals. Finally, it's Tony and Lisa Partridge from the Guesthouse East, who are eager to understand how they upset Martyn and Elaine but it's a reason for an underpayment that sees things get fiery round the table.

  • S14E21 Castellor B&B

    • November 6, 2017
    • Channel 4

    Kicking off the competition in Anglesey are newbie owners Neil and Lavinia Walker who run Castellor B&B, where it's all about going the extra mile. On arrival 'Deano' Whiting misses the hustle and bustle of Blackpool and the in-room extras fail to impress. Sisters Nina and Nicola Hilton from Bleak House in Broadstairs put their foot in it from the beginning and James and Adam from The Black Swan in Norfolk get to grips with the period features. Over dinner, the in-room extras are questioned, and there's a buttery bust up at breakfast, which leaves a bad taste at feedback.

  • S14E22 Marlow Lodge

    • November 7, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Marlow Lodge in Blackpool, where owner Deano Whiting prides himself on delivering the fun factor. On arrival the guests are unimpressed with the budget facilities, and the cleanliness doesn't cut it for house proud Lavinia. An afternoon of ten pin bowling strikes a friendly atmosphere, flattening feedback tensions, and over dinner Deano wins Nicola's heart with his life story, but his one-man-band approach to business has James and Adam questioning the cost. In the morning Negative feedback leaves Deano reeling, with accusations of game-playing afoot.

  • S14E23 The Black Swan

    • November 8, 2017
    • Channel 4

    Third to host this week is manager James Hall and owner's son Adam Neale of The Black Swan in Horsham St Faith, a luxury roomed establishment with onsite restaurant and pub. Deano arrives with high expectations, Neil takes a swipe at the tea tray, and Nina and Nicola struggle to fit in and throw a tantrum. An afternoon at the local steam railway fails to impress Deano even further and the girls get their handbags dirty. Over dinner, the luxury touches are questioned and there are dramatic consequences come feedback.

  • S14E24 Bleak House

    • November 9, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The fourth and final visit is to Bleak House in Broadstairs, Kent, where sisters Nina and Nicola Hilton have 'Great Expectations' of success. On arrival the guests are blown away by a Dickens discovery, but call the cleanliness into question. An afternoon of acting up in the garden fails to put out the feedback fire between James and Deano. Over dinner Lavinia queries the room rate, and there's hostility from the hosts. And at breakfast, when things go awry, Lavinia is quick to comment. With payment day on the horizon, hackles are up at feedback.

  • S14E25 Payment Day

    • November 10, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Castellor B&B was first to host and Neil and Lavinia want help digesting Nicola and Nina's breakfast comments. Deano of Marlow Lodge wants to mop up Neil and Lavinia's cleanliness scores. James and Adam from The Black Swan are third and want to get to grips with their hosting score from Deano. Finally, Bleak House hosts Nicola and Nina want to give Neil and Lavinia a dusting down over their cleanliness score. There are recriminations and accusations as dramatic payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

  • S14E26 The Cimon

    • November 13, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts in Torquay and owners Mark and Jo Warden hope their four star establishment, The Cimon, will win the competition. On arrival Russ and Karen from Cledan Valley in Mid Wales find their room doesn't quite match up to expectations, but Nigel Smith from The Cardinal's Hat in Worcester is wowed by the sea view. During a bouldering competition, Karen and Russ demonstrate their competitive sporty nature. At breakfast feedback, the guests felt it lacked the luxurious local feel of a four star but it didn't detract from them being happy to return.

  • S14E27 The Cardinal's Hat

    • November 14, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Cardinal's Hat in Worcester where owner Nigel Smith, who has over 30 years of experience in hospitality, likes the finer things in life. On arrival the guests are taken back by the character and quirky nature of the rooms and Mark and Jo are concerned by the condition of the bedding. During an afternoon of Morris Dancing, there's a clash, and at dinner Nigel comes under fire when Mark throws in a curve ball question about housekeeping. There's a split at breakfast as Lucinda and Diane dine in their room, while downstairs there are stern thoughts from Nigel at feedback.

  • S14E28 Cledan Valley

    • November 15, 2017
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit this week the group head to Cledan Valley in Mid Wales, where husband and wife duo Russ and Karen Colman, hope their glamping site will win over their rivals. Nigel embraces the experience in his shepherds hut, whereas Mark and Jo in their yurt have some concerns about their breakfast storage. Come breakfast, which is a cook it yourself affair, Mark and Jo host the other guests while Karen and Russ have breakfast at home. Some harsh comments at feedback leave Karen and Russ fuming and wanting answers.

  • S14E29 Springfield House

    • November 16, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Springfield House in Instow, Devon, where Lucinda Renshaw who is joined in the competition by friend Diane Passmore, transformed this home in to a B&B eight years ago. On arrival, Nigel soaks up the luxury; Karen and Russ get comfy, and Mark and Jo have the run of the top floor apartment, but things take a turn when Mark and Jo realise they don't have a lock on their door. Discussions at dinner turn to payment as some owners give hints that they aren't happy with comments they've received. When it's time for feedback, there are some home truths for Lucinda.

  • S14E30 Payment Day

    • November 17, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Cimon is first, and hosts Mark and Jo want to question Karen and Russ about their breakfast feedback. Next, Nigel from The Cardinal's Hat wants clarity on some cleaning and hygiene comments made by Mark and Jo. Russ and Karen from Cledan Valley are third and are keen to put Mark and Jo straight. Finally, it's Springfield House owner Lucinda and her friend Diane who want to put two of the guests at ease, but it's the payments where true feelings are expressed. There are tantrums and bitter rebukes before the winner is finally announced.

  • S14E31 The Edge

    • November 20, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts in Huddersfield at The Edge Accommodation, owned by John Whitworth, who's hoping to win over his guests with his unique style and personality. On arrival, Sally and Teresa are floored with some of John's decoration. At dinner the guests sink their teeth into John's style, but it's the revelation of where the windows and doors lead to that leaves some of the guests feeling uneasy. At breakfast, a pre-ordered breakfast fails to deliver for Phil and leaves one guest expecting a curtain call. At feedback, John is less than impressed with some of his comments and thinks one guest is out to get him.

  • S14E32 Darwin Lake Holiday Village

    • November 21, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Darwin Lake Holiday Village in Matlock, Derbyshire, managed by best friends Sally McAnulty and Teresa Shirley who pride themselves on their exclusive village feel. On arrival, the luxurious cottages impress everyone but John, who finds the place distinctively bland compared to his establishment. That afternoon, the guests embark on an afternoon of traditional sports as they partake in a village sports day but come results, John calls the girls out for cheating. At dinner John's not happy finding out he's supposed to be cooking his own breakfast in the morning and the girls bring up John's earlier name calling, which results in fireworks at the table. Come breakfast, Sally and Teresa are expecting less than positive feedback from John, and a disagreement over the quality of the produce leaves the other guests feeling like no one can stand in John's way.

  • S14E33 Sands Resort Hotel

    • November 22, 2017
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit this week the group head to Sands Resort Hotel and Spa in Newquay, Cornwall, where father and son team Nicholas and Tom Malcolm pride themselves on the vast facilities they have on offer. On arrival John is in a lather when he can't find any bubble bath, Phil isn't awash with the low shower head and Sally and Teresa are questioning the cost. That afternoon the guests are led down the garden path and have a race around their on-site maze, but John is soon seeing red. Come breakfast after a good night's sleep, John lets Phil know what he thinks of him and causes silence around the table.

  • S14E34 Oak Tree Lane Yurt

    • November 23, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Oak Tree Lane Yurt Site in Bratton Clovelly, Devon, where owner Phil Gilbert is taking things back to basics. On arrival, the guests are wowed by the traditional Mongolian yurts but John's left feeling cut off after learning there is no power. During an afternoon of raft building, Sally and Teresa struggle to work harmoniously with John, leaving host Phil to intervene. Yet come dinner, Sally and Teresa are let off lightly, after Nicholas decides to give John some home truths. At breakfast, tension continues to rise between Nicholas and John, and John manages to shock all the guests with his judgement of Phil's yurt site.

  • S14E35 Payment Day

    • November 24, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Edge Accommodation is first and host John wants to shut the door on some criticism. Next, Sally and Teresa want to challenge John over his comments on their hosting skills. Nicholas and Tom are third and keen to learn why their facilities didn't impress the competition. Finally, it's Oak Tree Lane and owner Phil who wants to tackle why his place has been described as a prison. There are tears, name calling and bitter rebukes as payments are revealed and the winner announced.

  • S14E36 Church Street Cobbles

    • November 27, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at Church Street Cobbles in Macclesfield where self-confessed foodie Debbie Quinn and housekeeper, cook and cleaner Isobel Reisen recently opened a B&B above a barber shop. On arrival John and Joy from the Vic Bikers Pub in Coalville are amazed by the high standard of cleaning, but Steve Littley and Verity Charles from The Cranberries Hideaway in Devon are less than impressed with their bathroom. During an afternoon of foraging in the woods, Debbie and Isobel's competitive edge comes out but Arun and his sister Rashmi from the Mehfil hotel in Southall show off their skills. With high expectations at breakfast, Debbie's locally sourced produce comes under fire from Steve and Verity and at feedback their comments are hard to swallow.

  • S14E37 The Vic Bikers

    • November 28, 2017
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to rock and roll venue The Vic Bikers pub in Leicestershire where siblings John and Joy take a more laid-back approach to running the business. Upon room inspection Steve and Verity are lost for words. Nostalgia kicks in for Debbie and Isobel, although they don't have the same feelings for the shared bathroom. Following an afternoon spent on John's bus tour of the local area, the tension between Debbie and Isobel and Steve and Verity is on the rise after critical feedback. The next morning at breakfast, John's simple and straightforward approach is a huge hit for some of the guests, but the waste becomes an issue for Debbie. At feedback, John and Joy are suspicious of game playing from some of the guests.

  • S14E38 The Cranberries Hideaway

    • November 29, 2017
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit of the week the B&Bers head to The Cranberries Hideaway in Devon, where owner Steve and his partner Verity hope the luxury touches will win over their guests. Still upset from their feedback, Debbie and Isobel arrive ready to get stuck into room inspections and an unusual light fixture catches their eye. An afternoon of blindfold driving and team work gives light relief to the tension that is still building between Debbie and Isobel and hosts Steve and Verity. At feedback, the hosts are lost for words with Debbie and Isobel's comments which leaves them shocked and suspicious.

  • S14E39 Mehfil Hotel

    • November 30, 2017
    • Channel 4

    For the final visit of the week the B&Bers head to the Mehfil Hotel in Southall, London, where spiritual host Arun and his sister Rashmi are hoping to bring some Indian Hospitality to the competition. Upon arrival, everyone is impressed, but some find that corners have been cut with cleaning. The afternoon is filled with some lively Bollywood dancing which thaws the chill in the air between Debbie and Isobel and Steve and Verity. At feedback the hosts are overcome with emotion when reading some of the comments.

  • S14E40 Payment Day

    • December 1, 2017
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for one last time to find out what they have been paid and settle some scores. Church Street Cobbles are first up and Debbie and Isobel are keen to get to the bottom of some of the cleaning comments from Steve and Verity. Next, it's John and Joy of The Vic Bikers Pub who are keen to confront their critics. Steve and Verity of The Cranberries Hideaway tackle Debbie and Isobel for answers on some of their comments about their cleaning standards. There are arguments and accusations as the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

Season 15

  • S15E01 Oaklea Barns Guest House

    • January 15, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at Oaklea Barns Guest House in Merseyside, where Mandi Magee and partner Paul Green think their impeccable standards will wow their rivals. Ian Nicholls from Sleeperdorm Backpacker Hotel in Newcastle loves his room but is perplexed by plastic on lampshades, whereas Mark Toole and partner Natalie Allcock from The Parsonage Hotel and Spa in York are thrown by a loose loo. During an exercise in falconry, Dave Rogers and partner Sanchia Crossley from The Guest House Worsthorne in Lancashire cry foul when chirpy Mandi rules the roost. At breakfast, Mandi makes it clear she thinks she can't be beaten, but Dave and Sanchia say they'll rise to the challenge.

  • S15E02 The Guest House Worsthorne

    • January 16, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Guest House Worsthorne in Lancashire, where partners Dave Rogers and Sanchia Crossley aim to win over their guests with their 300-year-old cottage turned guesthouse. On arrival the guests are bowled over by the guesthouse's charm but Mandi and Paul soon find there's dirt beneath the surface. Mark discovers Dave's missed a spot, as his cleaners have left something behind. The guests saddle up for an afternoon of line dancing led by Sanchia where Mark puts the hoe into hoedown. At dinner, Ian reveals a royal secret and Mandi has some suspicions about Natalie's intent. At breakfast, served in Dave's vintage tea room next door, the food goes down a storm but Ian isn't too happy with Dave's order-taking skills.

  • S15E03 Sleeperdorm Backpacker Hotel

    • January 17, 2018
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit this week the group heads to Sleeperdorm Backpacker Hotel in Newcastle, where Ian Nicholls hopes they'll leave their designer gear at the door and bunk up in his cheap and cheerful concept. Dave and Sanchia try to grin and bear it but make a 'grimm' discovery. Things turn sour over dinner when Mandi tells Ian exactly what she thinks of his dormitory-style hotel, but she has egg on her face - and trousers - the following morning at Ian's unique take on breakfast.

  • S15E04 The Parsonage Hotel and Spa

    • January 18, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The Parsonage Hotel and Spa in York, where general manager Mark Toole is joined by partner Natalie Allcock as they look to wow their guests with their 55-room country manor, complete with pub, spa and in-house restaurant. The guests are awestruck with the size of the hotel but queen of clean Mandi's high standards aren't met, Dave discovers a sweet treat has been left for him, and Ian takes issue with some modern furnishings. Mark's spread at breakfast gets the guests drooling, with everyone impressed with what's on offer. And chat gets competitive when Dave and Mandi both think they are winners. At feedback, Mark and Natalie get a shock when discovering Mandi's true feelings about The Parsonage and want answers come payment day.

  • S15E05 Payment Day

    • January 19, 2018
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Oaklea Barns is first, and hosts Mandi and Paul want answers from Mark and Natalie, which ends up fanning flames. Next, Dave and Sanchia from The Guest House Worsthorne are shocked when they're the first to be hit by serial under-payers. Ian from Sleeperdorm is third, and he's keen to challenge Mandi about her hard-hitting criticisms and find out why Mark and Natalie seem to think he can control the wet weather in Newcastle. Finally it's The Parsonage Hotel and Spa in York, where Mark and Natalie try their hardest to remain calm when faced with Mandi and Paul's explanations - but accusations abound. After the tit-for-tat tirade, the winning B&B is finally announced.

  • S15E06 Laskill Country House

    • January 22, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off in Helmsley North Yorkshire at Laskill Country House, where straight-talking farmer's daughter Mandy Sowray and friend Anny Harrison run a tight ship. On arrival Chris Witton and Saroop Ram aka 'Rammy' from The Swan Hotel, Peterborough, feel right at home but techno savvy Colin and Ben Warburg from Scalford Hall Hotel, Leicestershire, fail to connect from the start. During the afternoon's hay bale race, youngsters Charlie Thompson and Lauren Tucker from The Abbey Hotel in East Sussex fail to stack up to the challenge. At dinner, host Mandy bigs up her banger qualifications but it's at breakfast where she fails to crack Chris's order. Come feedback Colin signals a no return leaving the host 'hanging' as to the reason why.

  • S15E07 The Swan Hotel

    • January 23, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Swan Hotel in Telford owned by Chris Witton and his spiritual friend Rammy. They are hoping straightforward value for money will win them the competition. At the Yorkshire pudding making competition confident youngsters Charlie and Lauren show the proof is in the pudding, leaving confident cooks Mandy and Anny thinking there's more to them than meets the eye. And at dinner Rammy opens up about his troubled past. When day breaks, Colin, joined by son Ben, has a rude awakening so it's up to chef Chris to win his guest over at breakfast. And come feedback Chris has a change of heart about some of his guests.

  • S15E08 Scalford Hall Hotel

    • January 24, 2018
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit of the week the B&Bers head to Scalford Hall Hotel in Melton Mowbray, Leicestershire where IT exec/hotelier Colin Warburg, along with student son Ben, hope their 81 room country pile will wow their rivals. Still smarting from their feedback Chris and Rammy suspect game playing from today's hosts and on check in Chris soon has his nose out of joint. An afternoon's crate stacking competition on the hotel's high wire course sees the host tower over their guests but at dinner Colin gets a grilling. A lukewarm reaction to breakfast only adds to Colin's woes and after feedback he suspects retribution is at hand.

  • S15E09 The Abbey Hotel

    • January 25, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The Abbey Hotel in Battle, East Sussex, run by confident young colleagues Charlie Thompson and Lauren Tucker. On arrival, Colin and Ben are feeling the squeeze and Chris and Rammy find themselves in a sticky situation. In the afternoon guests target each other at the archery range where bows are drawn and scores are settled. At dinner, straight-talking Chris can't help but be impressed by his hosts and as conversation turns to parking, the guests are in a jam with their hosts. But come feedback Colin puts the boot in, and Lauren wants answers at payment day.

  • S15E10 Payment Day

    • January 26, 2018
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Laskill Country House host Mandy wants to crack where she went wrong with breakfast and why Colin and Ben didn't connect with her. Chris and Rammy from The Swan Hotel want to draw out Lauren on her room flaws and get to the bottom of Colin's bedroom nightmares. Colin and Ben from Scalford Hall Hotel are third to take on their critics and are firing back at Chris who they accuse of playing tit for tat. Finally it's The Abbey Hotel and youngsters Charlie and Lauren who are still reeling from the rollicking they received from Colin's scores and want answers. There are recriminations and accusations as the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

  • S15E11 The Old Ram Coaching Inn

    • January 29, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins in Norfolk at The Old Ram Coaching Inn where five-star trained Victoria MacDonald welcomes the guests to one of her three B&B sites. On arrival, Michele and Cheryl from Beach Lodge Hotel, Mablethorpe, are not impressed with the dusty towel rail and suspicious brown smudge in the toilet. And Aaron and Mel from Ye Old Crown are not happy to find themselves with a hairy bed. Breakfast leaves a little to be desired for Aaron as he fumes over his eggs, but it's the feedback from Alan and Alison of The Farmer's Arms, Taunton, that leaves Victoria reaching for the tissues.

  • S15E12 Ye Old Crown

    • January 30, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Ye Old Crown in Edenbridge, Kent, where chef and owner Aaron Webster aims to deliver a three star service for a two star price. On arrival, Victoria from The Old Ram Coaching Inn in Norfolk is looking for payback after receiving some harsh scores from Aaron and Mel, and is quick to discover burn marks in her net curtains. Over dinner, Aaron reveals he has only been at Ye Old Crown for six months, which causes quite a stir. Come morning, expectations are high for chef Aaron's breakfast, however all does not go to plan.

  • S15E13 Beach Lodge Hotel

    • January 31, 2018
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit of the week, the B&Bers head to Beach Lodge Hotel in Mablethorpe, Lincolnshire, where hosts Michele and Cheryl aim to offer their guests the perfect beachside break. The rooms all seem to hit the spot at first, until Victoria has a hair-raising incident in the bathroom and a crumby experience with her armchair. Tensions between Aaron, Mel and Victoria are soothed by an afternoon racing pedalos. In the morning Victoria's room leaves her feeling hot and bothered, and with the guests having to get their own tea and coffee at breakfast, the feedback proves hard to swallow.

  • S15E14 The Farmer's Arms

    • February 1, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The Farmer's Arms in Taunton, where owners Alan and Alison hope their palatial rooms will see them win the competition. Upon arrival, Victoria is wowed by her room, but Michele and Cheryl are left unimpressed by the cleanliness, particularly their dusty radiator. An afternoon spent playing skittles keeps the spirits high, but over dinner everyone is brought back down to earth with a bump as payment day looms. It becomes clear they all have questions they want answered and tension is in the air. With breakfast going down well, come feedback time Alan and Alison are feeling confident that all the payments will be full.

  • S15E15 Payment Day

    • February 2, 2018
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The OId Ram Coaching Inn were first to host, and owner Victoria wants to get to the bottom of Michele and Cheryl's comments about her toilet. Next, Aaron and Mel from Ye Old Crown have some genuine questions for Victoria over her comments about their hosting. Michele and Cheryl from Beach Lodge Hotel get hot under the collar when they ask Victoria to explain her room. Finally, Alan and Alison want to talk radiators with Michele and Cheryl, and why they marked them down for dust. There's tension, tears and tantrums as the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

  • S15E16 The Waverley Hotel

    • February 5, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The first visit of the week is to The Waverley Hotel in Callander, Scotland owned by husband and wife Gordon and Jan Halladay. Ollie and Liz discover the bathroom bin hasn't been emptied and best friends Tanya and Vicky get the gloves out for a thorough examination. Later Jan challenges the group to become shipmates for the day and Tanya takes a shine to Liz. Over dinner, the group question Jan and realise she's the one that wears the trousers in the relationship. The next day the guests are finally looking forward to meeting Jan's other half, Gordon, who is cooking breakfast. But his confidence slips away when he serves over-cooked poached eggs, and come feedback, Jan and Gordon are shocked and surprised at some of the scores.

  • S15E17 Greenview Guesthouse

    • February 6, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to Greenview Guesthouse in Cumbria, owned by Tanya Briggs, with help from best friend Vicky Hope. On arrival Jan and Gordon are impressed with the view from their room over Solway Bay; however, Rory and Katharine are disappointed with their outlook over the local estate. In the afternoon the group gets acquainted with some shrimp, which makes Jan go green at the gills and Ollie gets up to some fishy business. In the morning the guests are surprised by Tanya's breakfast, and at feedback the hosts are gobsmacked when one of the guest won't return.

  • S15E18 Hotel Sheraton

    • February 7, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week takes us to the Hotel Sheraton in Blackpool, run by mum and son duo Liz and Ollie Brown. At arrivals the group are shocked at the sheer size of the hotel. Tanya and Vicky are left gobsmacked when they spot a TV in their bathroom and Rory discovers his own personal illuminations in the bathroom. But Gordon and Jan unexpectedly find dust- where it shouldn't be. In the afternoon the group are challenged to a spot of glass blowing, and rivalries run high. Over dinner, the group are subjected to more than they'd bargained for when Ollie decides to drop his trousers at the table. The next morning several guests find that their showers start misbehaving, but it's at feedback that Liz and Ollie realise that instead of a warm welcome, some of the guests were left with a cold shoulder.

  • S15E19 Chapter Two Accommodation

    • February 8, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The fourth and final visit is to Chapter Two Accommodation in Malton, Yorkshire, where Katharine and Rory offer proper Yorkshire hospitality. On arrival all the guests find fault with the cleanliness in the bathrooms and Tania and Vicky get forensic with their inspection. An afternoon of sausage making in the local butchers has tensions building between the guests, as Jan and Tanya square up amid accusations of sabotage. Over dinner the guests learn more about Rory's past and things get tense over a conversation on competitiveness. At breakfast the guests look forward to 'the best breakfast in Yorkshire' and Rory delivers a belly-busting offering. At feedback Rory is humbled by the comments but admits he could have done better.

  • S15E20 Payment Day

    • February 9, 2018
    • Channel 4

    It's payment day and the chance for the group finally to get answers for the feedback they left across the visits. Beginning with the Waverley, Ollie and Liz let loose about the bathroom bin blunder and explain that they had been generous on their marking. Tanya and Vicky get the chance to vent their irritation at Jan and Gordon's feedback and the recipients are left flustered with the onslaught. Tanya defends her lack of breakfast offering but she is left flabbergasted when the payments are revealed. When attention turns to Hotel Sheraton, Liz is determined to find out why she hadn't been made aware of the shower problems. And Rory at Chapter Two gets a firm lesson about toilet cleanliness from Vicky that he finds hard to flush away. With scores settled and payments revealed, there can be only one winner.

  • S15E21 The Hero

    • February 12, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off in north Norfolk at The Hero, run by best mates Harry Farrow and Rowan Glennie, who both quit university to follow their dream of becoming hospitality entrepreneurs. Debbie and Arthur from The Cleasewood Guest House are wowed by the view but Shoukry and Waguih, from Four Saints Brig Y Don wonder if size really does matter. During an afternoon cheese-wrapping contest at a local dairy farm, Helen and Suzanne from Peel Hey show their perfectionist side while Arthur and Debbie raise eyebrows with their sneaky tactics. At breakfast, Helen doesn't hold back, and at feedback, it's the hosts' laddish approach which the guests find hard to swallow.

  • S15E22 The Cleasewood Guest House

    • February 13, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Cleasewood Guest House in Great Yarmouth, Norfolk, a labour of love for rookie B&B owners Debbie and Arthur Callaghan. Upon arrival, Harry and Rowan wonder how they'll get into their bunk beds without a step-ladder. Helen and Suzanne are impressed when a rim-test on the loo comes up trumps. But Shoukry and Waguih fear the unusual colour of towels might be hiding some dirty secrets. At dinner, Arthur and Debbie intrigue their guests by revealing their unusual business ethos, and Helen and Suzanne drop a bombshell when quizzed on their hospitality CV. Come morning, guests are left wondering whether amateur chef Arthur has bitten off more than he can chew, and Helen and Suzanne's feedback leaves a nasty taste in the mouth.

  • S15E23 Peel Hey

    • February 14, 2018
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit of the week the B&B'ers head to Peel Hey on the Wirral, where boss Helen Holmes and assistant Suzanne Hill hope their seven decades of experience will give them the edge over their rivals. After checking in, Debbie and Arthur are surprised by a discovery in the loo, while Harry and Rowan are stumped by how they can watch TV and brush their teeth at the same time. At the afternoon darts match, Arthur lets slip that issues from his own visit are still playing on his mind - which leaves Helen and Suzanne whether they'll be payback come feedback. Over dinner, Shoukry and Waguih ruffle feathers when an offhand remark leads the others to question their true motives.

  • S15E24 Four Saints Brig Y Don

    • February 15, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Four Saints Brig Y Don in Llandudno, north Wales, where Egyptian-born owner Shoukry Rozek - joined in the competition by best friend Waguih Zakaria - believes his 'international standard' hotel will scoop him the prize. On arrival, Harry and Rowan fall in love with the sea views, but Helen and Suzanne are taken by surprise. At supper, Debbie and Arthur stand accused of taking criticism too much to heart - before Waguih puts the cat among the pigeons with his spicy claims about the couple's approach to business. At breakfast, Shoukry tries to make amends - but will it be the hurt feelings, or the controversial buffet breakfast which costs the hosts dear at feedback?

  • S15E25 Payment Day

    • February 16, 2018
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Hero is first, and hosts Harry and Rowan Glennie want to know why their female guests thought their rooms were too boyish to cut the mustard. Next, Debbie and Arthur from The Cleasewood Guest House have an apology to make about breakfast - but will their payments be any easier to digest? Helen and Suzanne from Peel Hey on the Wirral are third and are keen to find out whether Arthur and Debbie are out for revenge for their own feedback. Finally, it's Four Saints Brig Y Don in Llandudno and owner Shoukry is hoping some dodgy dinner conversation won't scupper his chances. Amid recriminations, accusations, and flaring tempers, the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

  • S15E26 Causilgey Manor

    • February 19, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off in Truro, Cornwall, at Causilgey Manor, where former art dealers Robin and Brenda Spence want to treat their guests to a stay in the Cornish countryside. Leoni and Tish from The Chocolate Box are stumped by the dÚcor and Julie and Jason from The Buckle Seaford's reaction to the bathroom with a glass roof is less than favourable. The B&Bers bond over a visit to an owl sanctuary, but the cracks begin to appear at dinner where Martin and Tracey of Elmfield B&B come clean with their thoughts on the wall hangings. Robin and Brenda show that breakfast isn't all about fry-ups, but it's Jason and Julie's loo with a view that leaves the hosts with egg on their faces at feedback.

  • S15E27 Elmfield B&B

    • February 20, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Elmfield B&B in Devon, where retired politician Martin Perry and housekeeper Tracey Barrett pride themselves on keeping things traditional. The guests are unimpressed by Martin's aging heirlooms and Julie and Jason critique the cleanliness and communal bathroom. But an afternoon of panto puts the guests' gripes behind them as everyone shines on stage. Over dinner Martin reveals his political pedigree, but his take it or leave it approach to bedding has Julie probing his priorities. At breakfast Tish feels scrambled by the ordering system, but Martin's prodigious platters win points all round. Mixed reviews at feedback leave Martin and Tracey questioning whether their guests appreciate their traditional take on B&Bing.

  • S15E28 The Chocolate Box

    • February 21, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to The Chocolate Box in Bournemouth, where host Leoni Wilton and Tish Broughton want to swathe their guests in the sweet stuff. On arrival Robin and Brenda are impressed with what's on offer, and an afternoon painting with chocolate reveals Jason and Julie's competitive side but the attention is on the hosts, whose playful approach leaves their guests questioning their business credentials. In the morning all but one take up the chocolate breakfast and things take a turn for the worse when it comes to DIY drinks, which leave a stain on feedback.

  • S15E29 The Buckle Seaford

    • February 22, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The fourth and final visit is to The Buckle Seaford, in East Sussex, where B&B newbies Julie and Jason Martin have set sail for seaside luxe. On arrival Leoni and Tish are still smarting from Julie and Jason's feedback, but are determined to play fair and all the guests are blown away by the brand new bedrooms, with Martin bagging the Captain's Quarters... An afternoon of football confirms the girls' suspicions about their hosts' competitive streak and Robin and Brenda feel Julie and Jason are the ones to watch. A dinner table debate on the Buckles' adult only policy reveals Martin's softer side and there are great egg-spectations of newcomer Jason's breakfast. The next morning things get sticky when Leoni discovers a half used jam jar, but Jason's poached eggs survive scrutiny. At feedback, with payment day looming, Julie and Jason chart a course for victory.

  • S15E30 Payment Day

    • February 23, 2018
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Causilgey Manor is first to host and Robin and Brenda want to get to grips with Julie and Jason's gripes over privacy. Next are Martin and Tracy from Elmfield, who are keen to clean up Jason and Julies moans about mildew. Leoni from the Chocolate Box is third and although she can cope with the comments, it's the underpayments that leave her livid. Finally, it's Jason and Julie from The Buckle Seaford. Have the B&B newbies with a penchant for luxury done enough to win people over and bag the plaque? There are accusations thrown and awkward moments as the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

  • S15E31 Blackburn Villa

    • February 26, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off in Ayr, Scotland, at Blackburn Villa where Karen Mclelland runs a home from home B&B; she is joined in by daughter Jade. On arrival, mother and son team, Dominic and Eileen are bemused by the shared bathroom, while Lynda and partner Larnie don't find the cleanliness to their high standards. During the afternoon's feeding of the lemurs, the B&Ber's are cagey with one another as they suss out their competitors. The pre-ordered breakfast system gets tested and chef Larnie calls it average, which is hard for Karen and Jade to swallow at feedback.

  • S15E32 The Hazeldene

    • February 27, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Gretna Green, Scotland, where Kieran White and fiancÚe Paula Baillie of The Hazeldene are proud of the marital importance of their hotel. On arrival, Lynda and Larnie from Greylands Guest House find that the room isn't to their cleaning standard. An afternoon spent learning the steps to a Scottish dance sees Karen happily led by daughter Jade, while mother and son Dominic and Eileen struggle to work together. At dinner, Lynda and Larnie question their hosts about the renovation of the rooms, which doesn't go down well. Come morning, not all the guests are bright and breezy due to troubled sleeps and the hosts are suspicious of game playing.

  • S15E33 32 Townhouse

    • February 28, 2018
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit of the week, the B&B'ers head to Pembrokeshire, Wales, and 32 Townhouse, where Dominic Swingler and his mum Eileen hope their style and decor wows their guests. After receiving their own feedback, Kieran and Paula are a lot more critical upon arrival than they were on the first visit. During the afternoon the B&Ber's do some painting, and come dinner the competition heats up. At feedback, some comments leave Dominic and Eileen bemused but still feeling confident about the competition.

  • S15E34 Greylands Guest House

    • March 1, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Greylands Guest House, in Powys Wales, where Lynda Fry and partner Larnie Carter, have high standards due to Lynda having worked in a five star hotel and Larnie being a former chef. But on arrival all the B&Ber's are underwhelmed and critical after having had their expectations set high. In the afternoon, a hobby falls flat, and at dinner, Dominic and Eileen baffle their hosts. In the morning, after a broken night's sleep for some, breakfast falls under some juicy scrutiny, which leaves the hosts with a sour taste, come feedback.

  • S15E35 Payment Day

    • March 2, 2018
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Blackburn Villa is first, and Karen and Jade want Lynda and Larnie to clear up their dust comments. Next, Kieran and Paula from The Hazeldene want to challenge all their guests on their sleep comments, but it's the payments that they find a nightmare. Dominic and Eileen from 32 Townhouse are third and are keen to pick up on Lynda and Larnie's hair comment, as well as learning why only one of Kieran and Paula slept well. Finally, it's Greylands Guest House, and owners Lynda and partner Larnie want to put the record straight. There are tears, recriminations and accusations as the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

Season 16

  • S16E01 Bae Abermaw Hotel

    • September 17, 2018
    • Channel 4

    This brand new competition starts in Barmouth, north Wales, and the Bae Abermaw Hotel, run by newly engaged couple Rosie Lewis and Dexter Green. On arrival, the BnBers are wowed by the views from their rooms, but it's not long until guest Tracy finds herself in a hairy situation. At dinner, hosts Rosie and Dexter's romantic revelations and confessions surprise their guests. The next morning at breakfast, Rosie and Dexter set the standard for the rest of the week, while Tracy sets herself up as the one to watch, with some observations about her room she's keen to bring to everyone's attention.

  • S16E02 Rigsby's Guest House

    • September 18, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Rigsby's Guest House in Doncaster, South Yorkshire, run by Tracy Ward. On arrival, the lack of en-suite bathrooms causes quite the stink, while guests John and Dennis can't figure out Tracy's pricing system. At dinner, Tracy is under the spotlight and reveals just how much she takes on with the running of the B&B. But it's a revelation from John that intrigues the guests. Come breakfast, hopes for a fabulous feed fade fast as Tracy goes it alone.

  • S16E03 The Somerset Arms

    • September 19, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to The Somerset Arms in Semington, Wiltshire, where pub landlord John Adams is joined by best friend Dennis Gowie. On arrival, guests Rosie and Dexter dust off some cleanliness issues, while Tracy is left in search of a maintenance man. Later that evening, revelations about Nici's past fly around the dining table, and thin walls gave Tracy cause for concern. At breakfast, Tracy revealed her night's sleep was disturbed by her neighbours, making feedback an uncomfortable read for John and Dennis.

  • S16E04 The Cross Keys Hotel

    • September 20, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to The Cross Keys Hotel, Saffron Walden, Essex where former executive flight attendant Nici Van Valen is joined by close friend Ros Jeffreys. On arrival, all the guests love the luxury, but a mark on Tracy's towel leaves a stain on her stay. Later at dinner, tensions threaten to boil over as Tracy makes a revelation about her room, much to Nici's surprise. At breakfast, with Nici serving up a sumptuous selection, talk turns to payment day, with all the guests agreeing the competition is there for the taking.

  • S16E05 Payment Day

    • September 21, 2018
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Bae Abermaw Hotel is first and hosts Rosie and Dexter want to get to the bottom of Tracy's broken bath issue. Next, Tracy from Rigsbys Guest House wants to challenge her guests' bathroom blues and reveal just what happened at her breakfast. John from the Somerset Arms, is joined by friend Dennis. Having been criticised for noise issues due to his thin walls, John is keen to listen in on his guests' explanations. Finally, Nici of The Cross Keys Hotel, with friend Ros, mull over their marks, before pointing the finger at some of their nit-picking guests. After tension around the table, the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

  • S16E06 Swan Motel

    • September 24, 2018
    • Channel 4

    Four more sets of B&B owners compete to be named best value for money. First up, Jon and Lisa Cobby welcome their rivals to the Swan Motel in Gillingham in Norfolk. But Michael and Scott have some questions about the cleanliness, and Gary and Linda find a surprise when they rummage through their drawers. To give their guests an insight into the area, Jon and Lisa take them on a boat tour, where Jon shows off his magical hosting skills. At dinner, Gary and Linda reveal that they find their room a bit pants after something that they've discovered. And at feedback time Jon and Lisa want Michael and Scott's comments clearing up.

  • S16E07 Hare and Hounds

    • September 25, 2018
    • Channel 4

    Michael Campbell and his boyfriend and pub manager Scott Dunville welcome their rivals to the Hare and Hounds in Braintree in Essex. The busy main road causes contention for all the guests, and Gary and Linda also have a case of the bathroom blues. In the afternoon, Michael and Scott take their guests clay pigeon shooting, but Jon and Lisa find it hard to forget the fierce feedback they got from Michael and Scott. In the morning, it's clear that the road noise has been a problem for some of the guests, which is reflected in the feedback.

  • S16E08 Maunsel House

    • September 26, 2018
    • Channel 4

    Sir Ben Slade and his friend Marion Wilmann welcome their rivals to 13th-century Maunsel House, in Bridgwater in Somerset. Jon and Lisa turn detective to uncover Ben's past, while Gary and Linda can't get a handle on some of the furniture, and Michael and Scott have to call in the management. In the morning the guests face a feast, but the extra charge for the hot breakfast leaves Michael and Scott with a sour taste in their mouths, and their feedback gives Sir Ben and Marion food for thought.

  • S16E09 Lower Keats Glamping

    • September 27, 2018
    • Channel 4

    Gary and Linda Kellaway welcome their rivals to Lower Keats Glamping in Axminster in Devon. On arrival, Jon and Lisa pitch right in, but Michael and Scott are out of their comfort zone. At dinner, the gloves are off when Jon turns joker, but Michael and Scott have a big revelation for their hosts, which is no laughing matter. With payment day around the corner, Michael and Scott make their feelings clear in their feedback.

  • S16E10 Payment Day

    • September 28, 2018
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Jon and Lisa from the Swan Motel want some things cleared up about the scores they received for their cleanliness. Michael and Scott from the Hare and Hounds want to know more about the scores they received for their showers and the comments about sleep. Sir Ben and Marion from Maunsel House want to learn more about why one guest couldn't get to grips with the old furniture. And Gary and Linda from Lower Keats Glamping raise the issues Michael and Scott had while staying on their site. After bitter rebukes, the payments are revealed before the winner is announced.

  • S16E11 The Seawood Hotel

    • October 1, 2018
    • Channel 4

    This week's competition kicks off in Lynton, Devon at The Seawood Hotel, managed by couple Martin and Kyle Fletcher, who hope to win over their guests with their high standards. On arrival, both Mary and Julian and Kerry and Andy are swept away but Jean and Dec don't give their room a clean bill of health. That afternoon the guests make tracks on board the world's highest water-powered railway, which sees Kerry and Andy eyeing up Julian and Mary as their main competition. At dinner, Martin and Kyle are under the spotlight but it's the revelation of Dec's previous job that really gives the guests food for thought. Come breakfast, some of the food misses eggs-pectations and scrambles some scores during feedback.

  • S16E12 Gooseford Farm

    • October 2, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Gooseford Farm B&B in Dartmoor, Devon, where Mary Courtier looks after the B&B and husband Julian takes care of the farm. On arrival, the farmhouse impresses all the couples but Jean and Dec are left counting the cost of Mary's little extra touches. That afternoon the guests get their creative juices flowing as they create a picture perfect portrait of Dartmoor, but tensions are bubbling following Jean and Dec's comments about Martin and Kyle's place. Come morning, Mary is nervous about pleasing top chef Dec with her farmhouse breakfast, but will she have done enough for all of their guests to come out on top at the end of the week?

  • S16E13 Trevarrian Lodge

    • October 3, 2018
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit this week the group head to Trevarrian Lodge in Newquay Cornwall, where Jean and her pro-chef husband, Dec Hegarty are hoping the food will win their guests over. Following Jean and Dec's feedback of their place, Martin and Kyle give the cleanliness the brush off and Julian and Mary aren't full of the joys of spring when it comes to their bed. That afternoon the guests get their teeth into feeding the sharks at their local aquarium but it's not just the sharks that are circling. At dinner, next hosts Andy and Kerry serve up a shocker when they reveal that at their place the tag line is 'dare to bare'. Come morning, all eyes are on Dec and his breakfast but the food fails to impress leading to some hard to digest scores at feedback.

  • S16E14 Rivendell Outdoor Club

    • October 4, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Rivendell Outdoor Club, a clothing optional resort in Wimborne, Dorset, managed by couple Kerry Murphy and Andy Gautry. On arrival not all of the guests are keen to let it all hang out, but a warm welcome from the hosts soon puts them at ease. Meanwhile, the range of accommodation including safari lodges and traditional B and B rooms satisfies most but Jean and Dec aren't happy glampers in their tent, and size matters for Martin and Kyle. At dinner the hosts reveal the bare facts about running a clothing optional resort and Jean also has something to get off her chest. In the morning, things get heated at the breakfast table leading to walkouts and low scores come feedback.

  • S16E15 Payment Day

    • October 5, 2018
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Seawood Hotel is first and things get heated when Martin and Kyle want to know why Jean and Dec gave their dressing gowns a dressing down. Next, Mary and Julian Courtier from Gooseford Farm B&B want to understand why the price wasn't right for Jean and Dec. Jean and Dec Hegarty from Trevarrian Lodge are third and are keen to learn more about their stomach churning scores for their breakfast. Finally, it's Rivendell Outdoor Club managed by Kerry Murphy and Andy Gautry, who want to lay bare their low hosting score. After bitter rebukes and tears, the payments are revealed before the winner is finally announced.

  • S16E16 Tynemouth 61

    • October 8, 2018
    • Channel 4

    Four more sets of B&B owners compete to be named best value for money. The competition starts in Tyne and Wear at Tynemouth 61, owned by hospitality veteran Stephen Minns - who grew up believing he was born with blue blood. On arrival, Enid Hall of The Shores Hotel in Blackpool, joined by great-nephew Nathanael, gives the room a thorough sweep and finds it doesn't meet her exacting standards. In the afternoon, Stephen takes his guests to an indoor climbing wall where Lottie and Lil Ellis of Hilltop Hideaways glamping site reveal they're a rock solid team. At dinner a revelation from Enid gets the guests talking. At breakfast the lack of choice of coffee lands Stephen in hot water, but come feedback it's Enid's comments about the pre order system which Stephen finds really hard to digest.

  • S16E17 The Black Horse Inn

    • October 9, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Black Horse Inn in Kirby Fleetham, North Yorkshire, where unlikely double act manager Steve Barker and side-kick/bar manager Callum Dixon believe they can win their guests over. On arrival, the countryside pub makes a good impression but on closer inspection Enid Hall makes a fuss about fluff and has whiffy woes in the bathroom. That afternoon, the guests take part in a game of quoits and as the competition moves up a notch, Stephen pins down the prize. During dinner in the pub restaurant, hosts Steve and Callum are quizzed about their team work and Enid reveals that despite being in her 70s, she works as a one woman band. At breakfast, Stephen gives his hosts a challenge over coffee while Enid reveals that although she's a newbie, when it comes to the competition, she's 'in it to win it!'.

  • S16E18 The Shores Hotel

    • October 10, 2018
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit this week the group head to The Shores Hotel in Blackpool, where B&B beginner Enid Hall prides herself in offering clean rooms at bargain prices. On arrival, Lottie and Lil are surprised the view from their window is of a dead bird, and Steve and Callum get the shakes in the bathroom. That afternoon Enid takes her guests to a sweet factory, but following feedback there's a sour taste among the group, and tension at the dinner table between Enid and guest Steve. At breakfast the group give the coffee a roasting, but come feedback it's Enid who's left with a bitter taste in her mouth.

  • S16E19 Hilltop Hideaways

    • October 11, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to Hilltop Hideaways in Leamington Spa, Warwickshire, where cousins-in-law Lottie and Lil Ellis are on a mission to convince their guests that glamping is glamorous. On arrival, the guests are all surprised they're to spend a night under the stars but Enid is after an early checkout. In the afternoon, Lottie and Lil give their guests a taste of the great outdoors with a fire-lighting competition but it's at dinner in the onsite restaurant that things really hot up when Enid reveals she won't be staying the night. In the morning, despite generally giving breakfast the thumbs up, the guests find the additional costs hard to swallow leading to some low blows come feedback.

  • S16E20 Payment Day

    • October 12, 2018
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Tynemouth 61 is first and host Stephen Minns wants Enid and Nathanael to dish the dirt on their comments about cleanliness. Next, Steve Barker and Callum Dixon from The Black Horse Inn want to sniff out the truth behind Enid and Nathanael's feedback about a damp smell. Third, it's The Shores Hotel and owner Enid Hall along with her great-nephew Nathanael, who want to extract the truth behind Stephen's comments about the dirty extractor fan. Finally, Lottie and Lil Ellis from Hilltop Hideways glamping site want to call out Enid and Nathanael about their dead animal discoveries. After heated debate, the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

  • S16E21 The Cliffemount Hotel

    • October 15, 2018
    • Channel 4

    This brand new competition kicks off in Runswick Bay, Yorkshire and The Cliffemount Hotel, with general manager Garry Healey and housekeeper Zara Doherty. On arrival, guests Lana and Alistair are wowed by the views, but Belgian sisters Daniele and Chantal feel the décor doesn't reflect their surroundings. A trip to the beach fossil hunting helps the B&Bers to bond, and at dinner Garry entertains the table with a taste of his past, giving his guests a sight to remember. Come morning, the cracks begin to appear as couple Claire and Adam reveal that their breakfast lacks any flavour and feedback that leaves Garry and Zara wanting answers.

  • S16E22 Quayside Hotel

    • October 16, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to the Quayside Hotel in Boston, Lincolnshire, run by hospitality newbies Alistair Arundel and partner Lana Keptanare. On arrival most of the guests are bowled over by the bling, but Claire feels stuck in a neon nightmare. There are some ruffled feathers after an afternoon of parrot-handling, with Garry and Zara feeling Claire and Adam have shown their true colours. Over dinner the group are impressed by Alistair and Lana's renovation story and when Claire dishes out some LED criticism, Alistair takes a dim view. Next morning Claire chews over the breakfast offering, with Garry finding her comments hard to digest.

  • S16E23 Hollington Park Glamping

    • October 17, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to Hollington Park Glamping near Newbury, with couple Claire Lennon and Adam De Marco. On arrival sisters Daniele and Chantal are very much the happy glampers. However, the other guests are shocked by their surroundings, especially the communal composting toilet. After an afternoon of being arty, Garry and Zara reveal their competitive streak and put aside their differences with their hosts. At dinner Lana and Alistair don't hold back their feelings when it comes to camping, and at breakfast they reveal the full horror of their night under the stars. Come feedback, it's revealed that sharing isn't caring when it comes to the communal composting loo and Claire and Adam are faced with the fact that glamping isn't to everyone's taste.

  • S16E24 Swan House

    • October 18, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Swan House in Kelvedon, Essex, where owner Daniele Spiers, is joined in the competition by sister Chantal Wirth, hoping their guests feel like part of the family. On arrival, the traditional décor impresses, but there's cleanliness critique all round, with Lana having wardrobe woes. During an afternoon of wine tasting, Claire and Adam reveal their feedback hasn't left a bad taste in the mouth, and over dinner the group find out more about Belgian-born Daniele's romantic past. Next morning Garry and Zara wake up on the wrong side of bed after a disturbed night's sleep. Then at breakfast there's a continental confusion and debate about feeling part of the family.

  • S16E25 Payment Day

    • October 19, 2018
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Cliffemount Hotel is first to host and Garry and Zara want to get to grips with Claire and Adams breakfast grumbles. Next are Lana and Alistair from the Quayside, who are keen to clean up Garry and Zara's problem with pot pourri and find out why Garry was so harsh on their luxury breakfast. Claire and Adam from Hollington Park Glamping are third and want Lana and Alistair to come clean about their scathing scores for cleanliness, while flushing away Daniele and Chantal's thoughts on the communal khazi. Finally, it's Daniele and Chantal from Swan House in Essex. Have the Belgians with their family home done enough to win people over and bag them the plaque? As the tension rises, the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

  • S16E26 Holland Hall Hotel

    • October 22, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at the Holland Hall Hotel in Upholland, Lancashire run by colleagues Genice Hall and Cathy Hudson. On arrival, couple Luke and Lydia are left in the dark and it's a trip back in time for guests Sarah and Pete. At dinner the revelations come thick and fast: two of the guests disclose that they are in fact chefs, immediately sparking the battle of the breakfasts. Next morning, the chefs are less than impressed when the table is laid with steak knives, leaving feedback that cuts the host deep.

  • S16E27 The Railway Inn

    • October 23, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Railway Inn near Hull, Yorkshire, run by young couple Lydia Perkins and Luke Mainprize. On arrival, the guests feel The Railway's rooms are right on track, finding little to complain about. However, over dinner, guest Mary piles on the pressure for fellow chef Luke's breakfast. Next morning, with Luke feeling confident in the kitchen, the guests are left far from buttered up, leaving feedback that their hosts find hard to stomach.

  • S16E28 The Driftwood B&B

    • October 24, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to The Driftwood B&B in Weymouth, run by Sarah and Pete Healey. On arrival Cathy and Genice find the place completely ship shape, with Lygia preparing to party when she spies the host's disco balls. Later at dinner Pete reveals he has a host of jobs, including being a DJ. Come morning, Sarah is faced with a full order for cooked breakfasts and as the pressure hits, she reaches breaking point. But it's the feedback served up by their guests that leaves the couple fighting their emotions.

  • S16E29 The Bull Hotel

    • October 25, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The Bull Hotel in Wrotham, Kent, where owner Lygia Fontanella-Deadman and breakfast chef Mary Murray pride themselves on a luxury stay. On arrival most guests are bowled over by the bedrooms, but an unexpected surprise causes criticism from one couple. An afternoon picking lavender soothes the stresses of yesterday's hosts Sarah and Pete, but over dinner emotions run high. Next morning not everyone feels well rested and the pressure is on for Mary's much anticipated breakfast. Come feedback there are tears of joy and cleanliness confusion, leaving questions needing to be answered on payment day.

  • S16E30 Payment Day

    • October 26, 2018
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid. There's some surprising feedback before the winner is announced

  • S16E31 The Clumber Park Hotel

    • October 29, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts in Nottinghamshire at The Clumber Park Hotel, where general manager Rajesh Saraf and his colleague Yuanee Tampoe believe all guests should be treated as gods. On arrival, Alison of Adhurst Yurts is blown away by the high level of cleanliness but perplexed by the amount of plastic packaging in her room, and Sam and Charlie of The Family Tree in Derbyshire feel short changed by the facilities. That afternoon host Rajesh takes his fellow B&Bers to a local riding school on the edge of Sherwood Forest where merriment is the order of the day. At breakfast, Rajesh's chefs pull out all the stops but it's Charlie's sausage causing the biggest reaction. Come feedback, Alison's cleanliness comments cause the most distress.

  • S16E32 The Family Tree

    • October 30, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The Family Tree in Whatstandwell, Derbyshire, where owners Charlie and Sam Cameron want their guests to feel like one of the family. On arrival, Rajesh and Yuanee are creeped out by some creepy crawlies and ask for the room to be re-cleaned. That afternoon, the B&B owners head off to The National Tramway Museum for a pleasure ride on a vintage tram, but Sam and Charlie are still smarting after the morning's exploits. During dinner at a local pub, Sam and Charlie compare 'romantic' proposal stories with Sarah and Gareth, and Sam reveals their secret to a tasty breakfast. At breakfast, Sam and family are ready to take on the critics, but it's Yuanee's sausage which gives the group something to chew over.

  • S16E33 The Royal Hotel

    • October 31, 2018
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit this week the group head to The Royal Hotel in Sheerness, Kent, where partners Sarah Lewry and Gareth Seagrove believe they offer great value for money. Sam and Charlie love their sea views, but for Rajesh and Yuanee there are cracks from the off. An afternoon's boat ride to visit the sunken wreck of the SS Montgomery sees Gareth come out of his shell, with calm waters seeming to be the order of the day as Rajesh and Yuanee and Sam and Charlie park their breakfast recriminations for now. Back at the B&B, Rajesh's room grumbles continue and by morning he has major gripes. Come breakfast Alison has the most bellyache and at feedback, her comments leave hosts Sarah and Gareth eggs-asperated.

  • S16E34 Adhurst Yurts

    • November 1, 2018
    • Channel 4
  • S16E35 Payment Day

    • November 2, 2018
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Clumber Park Hotel kicks off the questioning and hosts Rajesh and Yuanee want Alison to dish the dirt on her cleanliness score. They're still feeling raw over Charlie's questioning of their sausages, too. Second to host, Sam and Charlie Cameron from The Family Tree want Rajesh to come clean on his behaviour during his stay and they're not prepared to sweep over Yuanee's antics when she returned her sausage during breakfast. But it's the payments from Sarah and Gareth that bring host Sam to tears.

  • S16E36 The North Star Club

    • November 5, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts in Skipton, Yorkshire and The North Star Club, owned by Carolyn Van Outersterp, who is joined in the competition by her daughter Galatea, where they hope their peaceful woodland cabins win over their guests. On arrival, guests Luke and John are critical of the cleanliness, and the pricing of the rooms raise eyebrows. At dinner, the reveal of a self-catering breakfast ruffles some feathers but it's the lack of Wi-Fi that divides the guests and leaves the group feeling disconnected. At breakfast, John is left cooking up a storm for the others but it's the feedback that leaves battle lines being drawn for the rest of the week.

  • S16E37 Friends B&B

    • November 6, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Friends B&B in Blackpool, Lancashire run by Luke and John Conway, and where they are the self-proclaimed unique selling point. On arrival, Carolyn and Galatea are dazzled by the décor, whilst Debbie bemoans the lack of attention to detail in the rooms. At dinner, Luke and John reveal their unique approach to teamwork, but it's the grilling about the design of the rooms from Carolyn that puts the cat among the pigeons. At breakfast, chef John's skills are put under the spotlight leaving Luke to host the guests. Then come feedback, Carolyn and Galatea's comments leave a bitter taste.

  • S16E38 The Lincoln Holiday Retreat

    • November 7, 2018
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit of the week the group head to The Lincoln Holiday Retreat, which owner Debbie Grant has built from the ground up over the past 20 years. On arrival Carolyn has a problem with the dated décor, and Luke and John's great first impressions are muddied due to cleanliness concerns. That afternoon the guests get a first hand experience of what it was like to be a Victorian prisoner but it's one guest's criminal dig about Wi-Fi that needs locking up. At dinner two couples lock horns, which leads to an awkward breakfast date in the morning. At feedback Debbie is left with more questions than answers over the scoring she receives.

  • S16E39 The Chapel Harrogate

    • November 8, 2018
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The Chapel in Harrogate, North Yorkshire, owned by Mark Hinchcliffe and Heidi Donohoe, who pride themselves on offering something a little different in their converted chapel. On arrival, the guests are wowed by the interior and artwork on show. However, Luke and John discover some grime underneath the glamour and Debbie is concerned about her traditional Chinese bed. At dinner, all the guests congratulate Mark and Heidi on their pretty property, but things soon turn ugly when talk turns to the looming payment day as it becomes clear that the B&B'ers have grievances to air. At breakfast, hostilities are put on hold as everyone enjoys the serene surroundings. But the continental offering does not please everyone with one guest in particular missing their full English. Come feedback, Mark and Heidi have a lot to contemplate.

  • S16E40 Payment Day

    • November 9, 2018
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The North Star Club is first and owner Carolyn Van Outersterp has some cleanliness issues she wants to brush up on after receiving a score of 1 earlier in the week. Next, Luke and John Conway from Friends B&B also want to get some answers about cleaning criticisms. Debbie Grant from Lincoln Holiday Retreat wastes no time in taking her critics to task about her décor, but it is the payments that really make her see red. Finally, it's The Chapel in Harrogate who ponder the praise as well as looking into some mattress moans. After dramatic discoveries and cutting comments the payments are revealed before the winner is finally announced.

Season 17

  • S17E01 The School House B&B

    • March 11, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts in Pencader, Wales and the School House B&B, owned by eco-friendly couple Jayne and her husband Ian Hall-Edwards, where they hope their environmental approach will win over their guests. That afternoon guests aren't all buzzing on an energy sufficient tour, but Felicity's surprising knowledge makes others green with envy. At dinner, Ian reveals his hosting skills might not be up to scratch and eyebrows are raised at straight talking colleagues Jo and Neil. At breakfast, assumptions are made of businessman Raj but it's the feedback which reveals to the hosts what standards are expected and sets this week's competition in motion.

  • S17E02 Cathedral 73

    • March 12, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Cathedral 73 in Cardiff, Wales, managed by Neil Chidzey and assistant manager Jo Goodwin. On arrival guests are wowed by the glamorous rooms but retired banker Raj is shocked to find the breakfast is not included in the room price, and couple Jayne and Ian are in a jam about their swollen door. That afternoon, the guests embark on some cake decorating and it doesn't take long for them to suss out Neil and Jo's competitive spirit. At dinner, Neil grinds Felicity's gears as he reveals she must pay for parking and revelations of their hosts experience leaves guests concerned about the competition. At breakfast, the costs prove hard to swallow for guests and come feedback Jo and Neil are ready for a battle.

  • S17E03 Leafy Suburban B&B

    • March 13, 2019
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit of the week the group head to Leafy Suburban B&B in Northwood, Hertfordshire, where competitive golfer Raj Kumar opens the doors to his home. On arrival Jayne isn't keen to take her shoes off, but both Neil and Jo dish up the dirt and aren't impressed with a surprise visitor in their bed. That afternoon the guests take a swing at some golfing, but some guests aren't massively keen to play ball. Come morning there are rumblings at the table as Raj is caught out trying to impress his guests with a superior spread and results in an explosive moment. But it's at feedback where Raj gets a taste of what they all really thought, and feelings turn sour.

  • S17E04 The Wellington Inn

    • March 14, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The Wellington Inn in Welwyn, Hertfordshire where resources manager Felicity Rainbow takes a spiritual approach to hosting - cleansing her rooms' auras and encouraging her guests to chat to them and feel their vibe. On arrival, the guests are wowed by a quirky mixture of old and new, but shy away from the stand-alone slipper baths. And while Jayne and Raj feel indulged by the luxury touches, Jo and Neil are soon digging up some dirt. At dinner, Felicity reveals her spiritual side and tensions rise when Raj shares his changing impressions of Jo and Neil. In the morning, Felicity's breakfast service doesn't quite go to plan. Come feedback, it's Neil and Jo's scores that Felicity can't stomach.

  • S17E05 Payment Day

    • March 15, 2019
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The School House B&B is first and host, Jayne Hall-Edwards is taking guests back to basics over her green policy. Next, Neil Chidzey and Jo Goodwin from Cathedral 73 want to challenge their guests over costings. Raj Kumar from Leafy Suburban B&B is keen to settle some scores, but it's the payments that lead to explosive moments and raised voices. Finally, it's The Wellington Inn and Felicity Rainbow discusses Jo and Neil's feedback, and payments leaves guests red faced. After bitter rebukes and apologies, the winner is finally announced.

  • S17E06 Grosmont House B&B

    • March 18, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts at the Grosmont House B&B in North Yorkshire, where mother and daughter owners Selma Khan and Roxy Khan-Williams hope their personal touch and attention to detail will win over their competitors.

  • S17E07 Monkspool B&B

    • March 19, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Monkspool B&B in Twyning, Gloucestershire, owned by husband and wife Paulo and Suzi Lacey, who pride themselves on their top-quality mattresses.

  • S17E08 Pymgate Lodge Hotel

    • March 20, 2019
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit this week, the group head to Pymgate Lodge Hotel in Cheadle, where Romanian husband and wife Michael and Leda Ardeleanu believe their hosting skills will win the day

  • S17E09 The Stag and Huntsman

    • March 21, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to pub, restaurant and bed and breakfast The Stag and Huntsman in Hambleden, Oxfordshire, managed by South African chef Marius Pretorius and his partner Sarah Harris

  • S17E10 Payment Day

    • March 22, 2019
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid. After bitter rebukes and mounting tension the winner is announced

  • S17E11 The Somerset House Hotel

    • March 25, 2019
    • Channel 4

    Four proud B&B owners battle to be named best value for money. The competition starts in Weymouth, at The Somerset House Hotel, run by couple Adam Borton and Holly Syme, who hope their boutique style rooms and BBQ breakfast will whet their guests' appetite. On arrival, guests Sam and Mandy are blown away by their surroundings, but Belinda and Brenda aren't fans of the noise and find the sofa bed to be a bad bunk. In the morning, the BBQ breakfast gets a grilling and Sandeep and Vaishalee's revelations leave the group with high expectations. In their feedback, Belinda and Brenda lay out their issues with the fold out bed, leaving their hosts restless as they prepare for the next visit.

  • S17E12 The Knitting Hotel

    • March 26, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to the seaside town of Dawlish in Devon, where the owner of The Knitting Hotel, Belinda Harris-Reid, and her colleague Brenda Watson hope their guests get excited about all things woolly. Most of the guests embrace the hotel's theme, but the minimal feel to the rooms leaves Adam and Holly berating the lack of the basics. In the afternoon, Belinda and Brenda immerse their guests in the knitting experience by running one of their masterclasses. At dinner, Belinda imparts her passion for her project, before revealing a theatrical past, which comes as no surprise to her guests. Sandeep and Vaishalee discuss the high star rating at their place, which leaves the others picturing perfection. In the morning, Adam and Holly reveal that their sleep went off track, and leave feedback that makes Belinda and Brenda feel stitched up.

  • S17E13 Stade Court Hotel

    • March 27, 2019
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit of the week the group head to Stade Court Hotel in Hythe in Kent, where the owners, Sandeep and Vaishalee Chawla, have a hosting policy of treating their guests like a god. But some guests have cleanliness concerns, with Holly and Adam having to call in the management. At dinner, Sandeep and Vaishalee reveal that they have self-certified themselves as having a five-star service, which is questioned by Brenda and Belinda. In the morning, Sam and Mandy are blown away by the buffet, but the breakfast doesn't live up to some guests' expectations, and they serve up feedback that the hosts can't stomach.

  • S17E14 Goodlife Guest House

    • March 28, 2019
    • Channel 4

    Mandy McCready and her assistant Sam Gould welcome their rivals to the Goodlife Guest House, a family business in Harwich in Essex. As the guests pull into the car park, the location is met with raised eyebrows but the B&Bers are pleasantly surprised when they see their rooms. During an afternoon of crabbing on Harwich pier, Sandeep and Vaishalee reveal that they're still struggling to shake off Belinda's feedback. And tensions rise at dinner, as Sandeep asks why Belinda and Brenda wouldn't return to his place. In the morning, breakfast confusion leads to feedback that Mandy and Sam find hard to swallow.

  • S17E15 Payment Day

    • March 29, 2019
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners meet for the last time to find out how much they've been paid and to settle some scores. Adam Borton and Holly Syme from The Somerset House Hotel want to put Belinda and Brenda's sleeping issues to bed. Then Belinda Harris-Reid and Brenda Watson from The Knitting Hotel question Adam and Holly's comments, wanting to find out if their criticism was just tit for tat. Sandeep and Vaishalee Chawla dust off the concerns about their cleanliness and decor. And Mandy and Sam from The Goodlife Guesthouse want to clear up the breakfast confusion. And then the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

  • S17E16 Inn at the Park

    • April 1, 2019
    • Channel 4

    Four proud B&B owners battle to be named best value for money. The first visit of the week is to Inn at the Park in Aberdeen, where, for owners Ronnie and Steph Caird, it's all about keeping it in the family. On arrival, design conscious father and son duo Steve and Allard take a trip back in time, and guest John isn't flushed with praise for his bathroom. At dinner, John reveals his culinary background, piling on the pressure for Ronnie to deliver a good breakfast. But it's Fiona and Shauna's sizable confession that raises the eyebrows. Come morning, Ronnie has a breakfast to forget, but it's the bathroom blues that leave Ronnie and Steph seeking answers from their guests.

  • S17E17 Ingliston Country Club

    • April 2, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to Renfrewshire and Ingliston Country club, where events manager Shauna Kirk and sales manager Fiona Gallagher are a force to be reckoned with. On arrival, Steve and Allard aren't feeling the dated décor, and John proves one-size doesn't fit all. In Ronnie and Steph's room they're blown away by the competition, but feel perfection comes at a price. Over dinner, Shauna and Fiona's roles at the business are under the spotlight, before the tables are turned on the next hosts Steve and Allard. Having revealed they built their place themselves, the other B&Bers have huge expectations. Come morning, the guests play the waiting game at breakfast with John feeling well and truly mugged off, leading to feedback that causes a storm in a teacup.

  • S17E18 1692 Wasdale

    • April 3, 2019
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit this week the group head to 1692 Wasdale, in the Lake District, where owners Steve and Allard Newell have proudly built their B&B from the ground up. On arrival Fiona and Shauna find the place picture perfect, but the technology proves tricky for Ronnie and Steph. John's room cannot brush off some cleanliness concerns, leading to a far from sparkling stay. At dinner John reveals he sees himself as a trendsetter in the industry, and come morning, his boasts continue, claiming that when the competition comes to him, his guests will be sampling the best breakfast in Blackpool. But it's Steve and Allard's hosting at their breakfast that isn't to John's taste, serving up feedback that confuses his hosts.

  • S17E19 Lynbar Hotel

    • April 4, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The last visit of the week is to Blackpool and the Lynbar Hotel, where owner John O' Donnell is feeling confident among the competition. On arrival, there are problems with the parking for Ronnie and Steph, and Steve and Allard are quick to size up their room. At dinner, John's industry credentials are examined, before the spotlight shifts to people's thoughts on Blackpool itself. Come morning, John's boasts of the best breakfast in Blackpool are put to the test, but it's the feedback on his facilities that leave a bad taste in John's mouth.

  • S17E20 Payment Day

    • April 5, 2019
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Inn at the Park are up first, and owners Ronnie and Steph Caird are aiming to clean up John's toilet troubles. Next up are colleagues Fiona Gallagher and Shauna Kirk from Ingliston Country Club, who want to clear up the storm in a tea cup. Steve and Allard Newell from 1692 Wasdale want to lend some tech support to Ronnie and Steph after their feedback revealed confusion over the controls. And finally, it's the Lynbar Hotel, where owner John O'Donnell is looking to park Ronnie and Steph's facility issues once and for all. After questions are answered and payments revealed, the winners of the best value B&B are finally announced.

  • S17E21 Ship Inn

    • April 8, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts at the Ship Inn in Dymchurch, Kent run by 21-year-old partners James Tindall and Jessica Walton, who believe age is but a number. On arrival, guests Lloyd and Marta lap up the luxury, however in Amanda and Becci's room, they uncover a bit of bother with the bedding. At dinner, the hosts reveal their B and B background which divides opinion among the group. Next morning, the heat is on as Duncan has had a restless night, and over breakfast, a frank airing of views sets the standard for the week, before feedback that sees the hosts lose their cool.

  • S17E22 Thompson Hall Retreat

    • April 9, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Thompson Hall Retreat in Norfolk, run by mother and daughter duo Amanda Benton and Becci Howlett. On arrival, everyone is wowed by the stylish shepherd huts that include an outside bath, but it's not long before Lloyd and Marta feel disconnected and are visited by some little friends. At dinner, Amanda surprises her guests with a career revelation, which draws comparisons with Lloyd and Marta's background and how they got into the industry. At breakfast, the guests' cooking skills are put to the test with a DIY breakfast basket, but the great outdoors isn't to everyone's taste. And when it comes to feedback, some comments leave a sour taste in the mouths of the hosts.

  • S17E23 The White House

    • April 10, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The third visit this week is to The White House, in Swansea, owned by entrepreneurs Lloyd and Marta Smith. On arrival, the guests receive a welcome that leaves two pairs scratching their heads, while James and Jessica have a toilet encounter in their room which they'll never forget. At dinner, the story of Lloyd and Marta's romance begins to win some of guests around, but a revelation about their management style confirms Duncan and Ryan's suspicions. Come morning, the outsourced breakfast at a nearby restaurant proves to be the biggest talking point, which leads to feedback the hosts find hard to swallow.

  • S17E24 Jacobs Plough

    • April 11, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Jacobs Plough in Bicester, Oxfordshire, run by manager Duncan Froomes and bar supervisor Ryan Hunt who like to mix banter with business. On arrival, James and Jessica struggle to air their issues, Lloyd and Marta leave no stone unturned, and Amanda and Becci have the bathroom blues. At dinner things soon turn awkward as Lloyd and Marta pick the place apart. Come breakfast, the criticism continues, with feedback that leaves the hosts praying for a miracle.

  • S17E25 Payment Day

    • April 12, 2019
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B and B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. The Ship Inn is up first, with managers James Tindall and Jessica Walton wanting to let off steam about the surprise comments which made their visit a heated affair. Next, mother-and-daughter duo Amanda Benton and Becci Howlett from Thompson Hall Retreat hope to crack their breakfast feedback, but it's one pair's payment that really leaves a bad taste in the mouth. Third hosts Lloyd and Marta Smith from The White House in Swansea want answers from Duncan and Ryan after they scored them a 1 for hosting. Finally, it's Duncan Froomes and Ryan Hunt from Jacobs Plough, who suspect dirty tactics are afoot when it comes to their cleanliness comments. After dramatic discoveries and frank exchanges, the payments are revealed, and the winners finally announced.

  • S17E26 Strontian Boutique

    • April 15, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at the Strontian Boutique in Strontian in Scotland, where Callum Pegg and his partner, head chef Darren Anderson, want to treat their guests to an exclusive stay in the Highlands. On arrival, sisters Kate and Maria Carlton are bowled over by the views. Lee and Marie are wowed by their host's fabulous furniture. However, Nawaz doesn't feel quite as at home with the feminine touches and the aroma in his bathroom leaves him a bit sniffy. The next morning, chef Darren serves up a breakfast that gives the guests the five-star treatment. However, come feedback, Nawaz's comments cause quite the stink.

  • S17E27 The Helix Hotel

    • April 16, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the competition is to The Helix Hotel in Grangemouth, Stirlingshire, where host Nawaz Haq wants to show off his hotel, catering to the travelling businessman. On arrival Callum and Darren have a hair-raising experience, and Lee and Marie are left wanting a more leisurely space. Later that day Nawaz's creative side is revealed when the B&Ber's are treated to a ceilidh performed by his band. Then at dinner Nawaz's busy work load is the hot topic around the table. Come morning, the group begins to raise concerns over the bountiful breakfast banquet, questioning its authenticity and Nawaz's intentions in the competition, and at feedback, Nawaz's nose is out of joint when confronted with these allegations.

  • S17E28 The Black Boy Hotel

    • April 17, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to The Black Boy Hotel in Sudbury, where hosts Kate Martin and sister Marie Carlton want their guests to kick back and embrace the historical surroundings. On arrival Callum and Darren are over the moon with the plushness of her pad, but its Nawaz who's left in a sweat as the heat is literally turned up in the competition. At dinner the guests learn all about Kate and her business, but having brought up his heating issues, Nawaz is left very much out in the cold. Come feedback, the frostiness continues, as Nawaz's comments on hosting and facilities light a fire in Kate!

  • S17E29 The Lodge B&B

    • April 18, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The fourth visit is to The Lodge B&B in Cannock, Staffordshire, where hosts Lee and Marie Garnett are hoping their guests take to their homely B&B. On arrival Nawaz is blown away by his bedroom, as are Kate and Maria, but Callum and Darren take the room inspection to another level. During a trip to a treetop assault course the cracks begin to show between Kate, Maria and Nawaz following his feedback. At breakfast the tense atmosphere prompts one of the guests to walk out. At feedback Lee and Marie are highly praised, but have they done enough to win?

  • S17E30 Payment Day

    • April 19, 2019
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. First up are Callum and Darren from Strontian Boutique, who want to sniff out Nawaz's bathroom blues. Next is Nawaz from the Helix Hotel, who wants to clear up his guests' concerns with his bountiful breakfast. Third to host, Kate and Maria from The Black Boy in Sudbury want to question the comments of Nawaz, which they felt was a personal attack. Finally, it's Lee and Marie of the Lodge in Cannock, who take on board some advice and welcome some surprises. There are accusations thrown, awkward moments a-plenty and even a bathroom that's likened to a morgue. The payments are revealed, and the winner is finally announced.

  • S17E31 Brockley Hall Hotel

    • April 22, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts at Brockley Hall Hotel in North Yorkshire, where owner Heather Garcia and manager Sally Lewis hope that their fussy cleaning regime will impress their guests. But there are problems in some guests' rooms. At dinner, Heather reveals the unusual way that she brought Sally on board, and guest Steve makes a relationship revelation that keeps everyone guessing. In the morning, the Yorkshire breakfast puzzles the guests, and Sally and Heather find Alistair's feedback hard to swallow.

  • S17E32 The Star Inn 1744

    • April 23, 2019
    • Channel 4

    Alistair Richardson welcomes his rivals to his family-owned B&B, The Star Inn 1744 in Thrussington in Leicestershire. Alistair has fitted out luxury hotels including The Savoy, so he has high standards. The refurbished village pub impresses Steve and Tracy but Heather and Sally's stay gets off to a far from spotless start. At dinner, Alistair reveals the background of his family business, and Heather and Sally quiz him about his high standards and breakfast pre-ordering system. Unfortunately, Heather and Sally don't sleep a wink, and in the morning, Alistair is missing a breakfast pre-order form.

  • S17E33 Croft Farm Park

    • April 24, 2019
    • Channel 4

    Site wardens Michelle and Jason Jones are keen to show off their brand new luxury lodges at Croft Farm Park in Tewkesbury in Gloucestershire. Sally and Heather lap up the luxury, but Steve and Tracy's bed expectations are left a little short. In the afternoon the guests go canoeing, but some of them struggle to stay afloat when one guest sticks his oar in. At breakfast, the quality of the produce provides something to chew over, and Michelle and Jason find a few surprises in the feedback.

  • S17E34 Harbour Vista

    • April 25, 2019
    • Channel 4

    Steve Webster and Tracy Jenney welcome their rivals to Harbour Vista, their homely B&B in Poole in Dorset. Most of the guests had been expecting something lavish, so they're surprised that they're staying in Steve's house, and Alistair thinks that he's gone back to university halls. At dinner, Michelle delves into her hosts' love life, and Steve reveals what really matters to him in life, much to his guest's disapproval.

  • S17E35 Payment Day

    • April 26, 2019
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition. The B&B owners meet for the last time, to find out how much they've been paid and to settle some scores. Heather and Sally from Brockley Hall Hotel want some answers about why one of their rooms didn't scrub up. Alistair from The Star Inn 1744 queries his guests' cleanliness comments. Michelle and Jason from Croft Farm Water Park want to put their guests' sleeping issues to bed and find out why some of them had the hump over the breakfast hampers. Finally, it's Harbour Vista, and Steve and Tracy's payments bring a tear to the eye. After accusations fly, the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

Season 18

  • S18E01 Grove Barn B&B

    • September 30, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The competition returns in Denton, Norfolk, at Grove Barn B&B owned by Steph and Alan Flight, who hope their approach to cleanliness will lead to sparkling feedback from their guests

  • S18E02 Picaroons

    • October 1, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to Picaroons, in Sheringham, Norfolk, where hosting comes naturally for competitive couple Christine Hendry and Ian Abernethy

  • S18E03 Brightham House

    • October 2, 2019
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit the group head to Brightham House in Malborough, Devon, run by stylish pair Scott Browning and Alistair Veness, where chef Scott's menu is very much under the spotlight

  • S18E04 Moran's B&B

    • October 3, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Moran's B&B in Westward Ho!, Devon, owned by ultra-chic retirees John and Jaqueline Moran. But Christine and Ian aren't sweet on the lack of en-suite.

  • S18E05 Payment Day

    • October 4, 2019
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time. After dramatic discoveries and cutting comments, the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

  • S18E06 BnB at 43

    • October 7, 2019
    • Channel 4

    Jenny and Johnny welcome their rivals to BnB at 43 in Richmond, North Yorkshire. But there's a mark on Kelly and Serena's toilet. At dinner, Debra and Jamie reveal their regal connections.

  • S18E07 Sutton Park

    • October 8, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to Sutton Park in Blackpool, run by Stewart and Gill Norris. Kelly and Serena are blown away by the bling, but Debra and Jamie have cleanliness concerns.

  • S18E08 Tottington Manor

    • October 9, 2019
    • Channel 4

    Debra and Jamie Tombs welcome their rivals to Tottington Manor in Edburton in West Sussex. But Gill doesn't like the countryside setting or her room.

  • S18E09 Flynn's Pub and Guesthouse

    • October 10, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Flynn's Pub and Guesthouse in Hackney, run by BFFs Serena and Kelly, who pride themselves on the cleanest and most stylish rooms at a price unmatched in the area

  • S18E10 Payment Day

    • October 11, 2019
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time. After dramatic discoveries and cutting comments the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

  • S18E11 Unicorn Inn

    • October 14, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at the Unicorn Inn in Ludlow, Shropshire, where husband and wife team Lee and Zoe Osbourne hope their glamorous fairy-tale style rooms will impress.

  • S18E12 The East Walls Hotel

    • October 15, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to The East Walls Hotel in Chichester, West Sussex, owned by history fans Celia and Damon Haughey, who have rejected the boutique label and branded themselves 'bespoke'

  • S18E13 The Wheatsheaf

    • October 16, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to The Wheatsheaf in Sandbach, Cheshire, where young and ambitious owner Jake Pare and joint general manager Chris Baldwin want to prove that boutique is best

  • S18E14 The Shawries Hotel

    • October 17, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The Shawries Hotel in Blackpool, run by Allison and Dave Shaw. The décor takes Jake and Chris back to their childhood, but Celia and Damon aren't fans of the 80s look.

  • S18E15 Payment Day

    • October 18, 2019
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time. After strong opinions are aired and difference debated, the winner is announced.

  • S18E16 Just B

    • October 21, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts at Just B in Edinburgh, owned by Karen MacDonald and Geoff Thomson, who hope their slice of zen will win over their guests.

  • S18E17 Glencoe Villa Guesthouse

    • October 22, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The second visit is to Glencoe Villa Guesthouse in Featherstone, West Yorkshire, owned by Ewa Hunt. The homely styled bedrooms aren't to everyone's taste, and there's a debate over dinner.

  • S18E18 The Fox Inn

    • October 23, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The group head to The Fox Inn, in Stourton, Staffordshire owned by uncle and nephew Stefan Carron and Nick Edwards. Most guests are bowled over, but Tony isn't wild about the decor.

  • S18E19 The New Inn

    • October 24, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The New Inn, in Newton, Derbyshire, owned by Tony Carlin. But the guests have cleanliness concerns, and feel it's lacking luxury, and there's a no-show at breakfast.

  • S18E20 Payment Day

    • October 25, 2019
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners meet to find out what they've been paid. After dramatic discoveries and cutting comments, the winner is announced.

  • S18E21 The White Swan

    • October 28, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts in Deighton, North Yorkshire at The White Swan, run by couple Roman Solnar and Tamsyn Muller, who hope their guests will appreciate their no-nonsense approach

  • S18E22 Clough View Farm

    • October 29, 2019
    • Channel 4

    Lisa Hardy and Sally Dakin hope their generosity of spirit will be a hit at Clough View Farm in Matlock, Derbyshire, but a long wait for breakfast leaves their guests grumbling

  • S18E23 The Buxted Inn

    • October 30, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to The Buxted Inn in Uckfield, East Sussex, run by Nick Bolton and David Kirby. Lisa is charmed by the character, but Farid and John are left cold by the corporate feel.

  • S18E24 Crescent Victoria

    • October 31, 2019
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to the Crescent Victoria hotel in Margate, Kent, where hosts Farid Al-Faisal and John Dennis hope to dazzle their guests with a stay fit for a queen

  • S18E25 Payment Day

    • November 1, 2019
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time. After dramatic discoveries, the payments are revealed, and the winner is announced.

Season 19

  • S19E01 Bankfoot Inn

    • March 9, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts at the Bankfoot Inn in Perthshire, where owners Ross Paton and Fraser Macdonald reveal their secret breakfast ingredient.

  • S19E02 Langley Dam

    • March 10, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The second venue is Langley Dam glamping site in Hexham, Northumberland run by Jo Bates, whose revelations about luxury camping raise questions about her market research.

  • S19E03 No 16

    • March 11, 2020
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit of the week, the group head to No 16 in Seaham, County Durham, where the guests are surprised by the hosts' hands-off approach.

  • S19E04 Blacksmiths Boutique

    • March 12, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Blacksmiths Boutique in Whitby, North Yorkshire, where things turn ugly at dinner as hosts Nick and Sarah Allison are grilled about their facilities.

  • S19E05 Payment Day

    • March 13, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners meet for the last time to trade observations. The Bankfoot Inn is first up, and Ross and Fraser want to settle scores after receiving low marks from one of their rivals. After a lot of tough talk and some home truths the payments are revealed before the winner is finally announced.

  • S19E06 Mevagissey Bay Hotel

    • March 16, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts at the Mevagissey Bay Hotel in Cornwall, where owners John and Elleke Ross hope the stunning sea views will live up to their premium price-tag.

  • S19E07 Glebe House Cottages

    • March 17, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week takes place at Glebe House Cottages in Devon, which is owned by Jay and Sarah Brewer.

  • S19E08 Kings Park Hotel

    • March 18, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week takes place at the Kings Park Hotel in Retford, Nottingham, which hosts Catherine and Andrew Watt converted from a former police station.

  • S19E09 The Dukes

    • March 19, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The Dukes in Heath and Reach, Bedfordshire, and while owner Sarah Smith impresses the guests at dinner, the pressure gets to her at breakfast time.

  • S19E10 Payment Day

    • March 20, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The final day of the competition sees the B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid, while also settling some scores.

  • S19E11 Buck Inn

    • March 23, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at the Buck Inn in Malham, North Yorkshire, where mother-and-daughter team Karen and Kathryn Souter hope their B&B will impress their guests.

  • S19E12 Smithson Farm

    • March 24, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The competition moves to Smithson Farm in Reedley Hallows, Lancashire, where Carole and Harry Johnson hope their glampsite gives their guests a taste of the great outdoors.

  • S19E13 Mallard House

    • March 25, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week takes place at Mallard House in Gilling West, North Yorkshire, ran by Olivia Skeoch and Teresa Weedon.

  • S19E14 Bryn Derwen B&B

    • March 26, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Dick and Liz Bradley's Bryn Derwen B&B in Rhayader, Powys. The breakfast is hot - but things quickly chill when grievances are mentioned.

  • S19E15 Payment Day

    • March 27, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners discover what they have been paid, and things get personal when Olivia and Teresa of Mallard House take Harry and Carole to task over their feedback.

  • S19E16 Potbank Aparthotel

    • March 30, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at Potbank Aparthotel in Stoke-on-Trent, where manager Ash Booth and his girlfriend and receptionist Jen Ellis have a new take on an old building.

  • S19E17 Millstone House

    • March 31, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to Millstone House in Staindrop, County Durham. Cara and Jamie are amazed by the immaculate finish but struggle to relax.

  • S19E18 Hotel Vienna

    • April 1, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week takes place at Hotel Vienna in Blackpool, run by Trevor Sheard, who prides himself on offering a great-value stay.

  • S19E19 Pollards Inn

    • April 2, 2020
    • Channel 4

    Cara and Jamie Kimpton invite their rivals to Pollards Inn in Cheshire. Most guests love the decor, but a problem with Gary and Helen's shower pours cold water on their stay.

  • S19E20 Payment Day

    • April 3, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The participants meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores, with Cara and Jamie from Pollards Inn struggling to keep their cool after seeking clarity on their critique.

  • S19E21 Bowlees Farm Holiday Cottages

    • April 6, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at Bowlees Farm Holiday Cottages in Co Durham, where Tony and Viv Smith hope that their tranquil setting, hot tubs and indoor swimming pool impresses.

  • S19E22 Piebald Inn

    • April 7, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to the Piebald Inn in Hunmanby, North Yorkshire, where the lack of a thermostat and a divisive design idea irritate some of the guests.

  • S19E23 Stoneleigh House Hotel

    • April 8, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week takes place at Stoneleigh House Hotel, a boutique townhouse in the heart of Buckingham run by Jane Parslow and Rachel Rawding.

  • S19E24 Evenlode Grounds

    • April 9, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The fourth and final venue is glamping site Evenlode Grounds in the Cotswolds, owned by Howard and Amanda Wooliams, who impress their guests by revealing it is also a working farm.

  • S19E25 Payment Day

    • April 10, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. First up to fire back on their feedback are Tony and Viv, followed by John and Lesley, who are both desperate to know why Jane and Rachel were the only two who wouldn't return to their B&Bs.

  • S19E26 St Hilary Guest House

    • April 13, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at St Hilary Guest House in Llandudno, where owner Tricia Watson and her daughter Jess hope their classic seaside destination will win over their guests.

  • S19E27 The Falcon Retreat

    • April 14, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The second of this week's destinations is The Falcon Retreat in South Wales. The view makes a big impression, but things go less well when the guests inspect their rooms.

  • S19E28 The Crown Inn

    • April 15, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week takes place at The Crown Inn in Grewelthorpe, North Yorkshire, where owners Debbie Heartfield and Paul Dixon hope to impress their guests.

  • S19E29 Stix Glamping

    • April 16, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The final venue is Stix Glamping in Greetham, Rutland, where one guest decides glamping is not for her before she has even set foot on site, leaving her partner all alone.

  • S19E30 Payment Day

    • April 17, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. St Hilary Guest House is first and owner Tricia Watson and daughter Jess heat things up over a cold shower. Next, Sue Burston from The Falcon Retreat wants to get her claws into her guests' breakfast blues.

  • S19E31 Tigh Na Leigh

    • June 15, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The competition starts at Tigh Na Leigh guest house in Alyth, Perth and Kinross, where Graham and Karen Smith pride themselves on their five-star service.

  • S19E32 The Strathdon Guest House

    • June 16, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The rival proprietors visit the Strathdon Guest House in Dundee, which is still a work in progress. They are less than impressed by their host's future plans.

  • S19E33 The Portland

    • June 17, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week takes place at The Portland in Northumberland, but Katrin Keech finds herself hosting the guests alone as general manager Gary falls ill.

  • S19E34 Merica Marina

    • June 18, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to Mercia Marina in Derbyshire, where Pete and Sue Horridge take huge pride in their luxury lodges.

  • S19E35 Payment Day

    • June 19, 2020
    • Channel 4

    B&B owners meet for the last time to find out how much they have been paid. Graham and Karen question Tom and Natasha's cleaning conundrum.

  • S19E36 Jockhedge Holiday Cottages

    • June 22, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The first visit of the week comes from Jockhedge Holiday Cottages in Burgh le Marsh, Lincolnshire, where owner Karen Cumberlidge and her son Liam hope to wow their guests.

  • S19E37 Victoria Inn

    • June 23, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to the Victoria Inn in Witton-le-Wear, County Durham, where someone gets locked in a bathroom and bed springs leave one couple facing a battle.

  • S19E38 Earlston House Hotel

    • June 24, 2020
    • Channel 4

    For the third visit of the week, husband and wife Aidan and Mij Nattrass welcome their rivals to the Earlston House Hotel in Paignton, Devon.

  • S19E39 The Beach House

    • June 25, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to the Beach House in Portland, Dorset, where Pete Lacey feels his back-to-basics approach offers his guests good value. But things get heated with the radiator in Karen and Liam's room and opinions are laid bare over dinner.

  • S19E40 Payment Day

    • June 26, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners meet for the last time to find out how much they've been paid and to settle some scores. Karen and Liam are shocked by their payment from Pete, while Carolynne and George want to find out what caused Karen and Liam to lose sleep at their place.

  • S19E41 Cliff House Hotel

    • June 29, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The first visit of the week comes from Cliff House Hotel in Southbourne, where owner Rich Norris and chef Matt Head hope their decor and top-notch breakfast will give them the edge.

  • S19E42 Hotel Barge Waternimf

    • June 30, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The second venue of the week is the Hotel Barge Waternimf in Ely, Cambridgeshire, which has an open plan kitchen leaving the hosts exposed to everything the guests have to say.

  • S19E43 Montpellier Hotel

    • July 1, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week takes place at the Montpellier Hotel in Llandrindod Wells, Powys, where couple Hannah Henewaa and Ibrahim Sani hope to impress their guests.

  • S19E44 Coach and Horses

    • July 2, 2020
    • Channel 4

    Paul Wright and Dave McDermott welcome their rivals to the Coach and Horses in West Sussex, where one guest has a bad night's sleep and the fry-up falls flat for some of the others.

  • S19E45 Payment Day

    • July 3, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. First up are Rich and Matt from the Cliff House Hotel, and after tackling Paul and Dave's complaints about the lack of blinds in the bathroom, it's another pair's payment that could prove curtains for their chances in the competition.

  • S19E46 Bowling Green

    • July 6, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at the Bowling Green in Chorlton-cum-Hardy, Manchester, where owner Mark Canny hopes his newly refurbished rooms and head for hosting will secure him success.

  • S19E47 Redhill Holidays

    • July 7, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to Redhill Holidays in Whitbourne near Worcester, a glamping site with pole-perched premier pods - and an unwelcome population of insects.

  • S19E48 Mode Lytham Hotel

    • July 8, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week comes from the Mode Lytham Hotel in Lytham, Lancashire, where husband-and-wife team Andrew and Qidi Whitaker hope their hotel will bag them best in show.

  • S19E49 Villa Farm Cottage

    • July 9, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Villa Farm Cottage in Lincolnshire, where Petra Coates and her partner Martin Littlefield run a tight ship. But the bathroom tiles could prove their downfall.

  • S19E50 Payment Day

    • July 10, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. Mark from the Bowling Green Hotel questions Martin and Petra about a lack of chairs and then gives Qidi and Andrew's noisy fridge comments a frosty reception.

Season 20

  • S20E01 Grange Farm Park

    • October 12, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at Grange Farm Park in Maltby le Marsh, Lincolnshire, which is run by mum and daughter team Ann Graves and Rebecca O'Brien.

  • S20E02 Edgecliff Boutique B&B

    • October 13, 2020
    • Channel 4

    Marilyn and Neil Tuson host the second night of the week at Edgecliff Boutique B&B in Birchington-on-Sea, Kent - hoping the breathtaking views will give them the edge they need.

  • S20E03 Vera's Kitchen and B&B

    • October 14, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week takes place at Vera's Kitchen and B&B in Lechlade, Gloucestershire, where young owners Warren Neinaber and Emily Mapson hope to impress their guests.

  • S20E04 Preston Hotel

    • October 15, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The guests check in to the Preston Hotel in Yeovil, owned by father and son Bis and Deep Oozageer. Ann and Rebecca find their room more cheap than cheerful, although an afternoon tasting the produce at a cider brandy distillery proves a massive hit.

  • S20E05 Payment Day

    • October 16, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners reunite, ready to air their grievances from throughout the week. Ann and Rebecca from Grange Farm Park aren't happy with Marilyn marking them down for the lack of a hot tub, and Marilyn herself isn't too pleased when her and Neil review the feedback for their slow breakfast service at Edgecliff Boutique B&B.

  • S20E06 Castle Arms Inn

    • October 19, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at the Castle Arms Inn in Snape, North Yorkshire, where owner Jill Chinnery hopes the charms of her 17th-century coaching inn will give her the edge.

  • S20E07 Eden Valley Glamping

    • October 20, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers enjoy the great outdoors at Eden Valley Glamping in Cumbria, a site with a back-to-basics approach - but a dusty bathroom and damp duvets put a crimp in the guests' stay.

  • S20E08 Fernie Castle

    • October 21, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week takes place at Fernie Castle in Letham, Fife, where owners Neil and Mary Blackburn hope to impress their guests with their traditional 15th century B&B.

  • S20E09 Cadillac Kustomz Hotel

    • October 22, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The guests check in to the Cadillac Kustomz Hotel on the Isle of Bute, where the retro design proves popular but the Scottish-American breakfast seems to get lost in translation.

  • S20E10 Payment Day

    • October 23, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners meet up for a final showdown, as Jill from the Castle Arms Inn takes issue with her feedback - wanting to quiz Neil and Mary on their curtain comments in particular. Next, Liz and Dave hope the others will eat their words over the breakfast complaints they found hard to swallow at their Eden Valley Glamping site in Cumbria.

  • S20E11 My Way Guest House

    • October 26, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at My Way Guest House in Broompark, Co Durham, where Kaye Horner and her daughter Lily are counting on their cleanliness to gain top marks.

  • S20E12 The Old Orleton Inn

    • October 27, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to the Old Orleton Inn in Wellington, Shropshire, where an award-winning breakfast is on offer - but a lack of showers does not go down well.

  • S20E13 Ambles House

    • October 28, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week takes place at Ambles House in Northampton, where Amanda hopes her homely hospitality will win over her guests.

  • S20E14 Royal George, Tintern

    • October 29, 2020
    • Channel 4

    Richard and Harriet Secular pride themselves on their high-end rooms at the Royal George in Tintern in Monmouthshire - and the guests are not disappointed, with plenty of praise for the hosts throughout the two days. Will the feedback mirror their experience?

  • S20E15 Payment Day

    • October 30, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners meet up for a final showdown, as Kaye and Lily bring Harriet and Richard's blind issues to light before dishing the dirt on Sophie and David's discoveries. Amanda wants to know why frank feelings were unleased when it came to her canine companion, Trudy. David and Sophie banish Harriet and Richard's bathroom blues, before confronting Kaye and Lily with their cleanliness critique. After opinions are aired and differences debated, the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

  • S20E16 The Seacrest Hotel

    • November 2, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off in Portsmouth at the Seacrest Hotel, where owner Antoinette Stretton and general manager Carmen Cretu hope their experience will set them apart.

  • S20E17 The White Horse Hotel

    • November 3, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The White Horse Hotel in Storrington, West Sussex, is today's venue. The discovery of damp is a cause for concern - and emotions run high as the scores are handed out.

  • S20E18 Deri-Down Guesthouse

    • November 4, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week takes place at Deri-Down Guesthouse in Abergavenny, Wales, where husbands and wife Mike and Del Hayward hope to impress their rivals.

  • S20E19 Royle Farm B&B

    • November 5, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Royle Farm in Staffordshire, where mother and son Margaret and Fraser Mountford hope their farmhouse with a difference will capture the guests' imaginations.

  • S20E20 Payment Day

    • November 6, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners meet up for a final showdown. First to seek some answers on their feedback are Antoinette and Carmen, who want to uncover Glenn and Leon's bedtime blues and share with Mike and Del why their feedback drove them `potty". Next, Glenn and Leon comb through Mike and Del's cleanliness comments, before delving into discussions of damp with Antoinette and Carmen. After opinions are aired and differences debated, the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

  • S20E21 Coachman Inn

    • November 9, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at the Coachman Inn in Hartford, Cheshire, where owner Justin Hyam surprises his guests with a romantic revelation at dinner and a breakfast bombshell.

  • S20E22 Foxhall Village Guest House

    • November 10, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The Foxhall Village Guest House in Blackpool is the second of this week's venues, where the food falls short of expectations and not everyone has a good night's sleep.

  • S20E23 Douglas Hotel

    • November 11, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week takes place at the Douglas Hotel in Hartlepool, where owner Raqeeb Ramzan and his uncle Raj Malik hope to impress their guests.

  • S20E24 Gables Pod Camping

    • November 12, 2020
    • Channel 4

    Mike and Sue Brierley welcome their rivals to Gables Pod Camping in County Durham, where the guests seem happy with the pods, although tension arises when payment day is discussed.

  • S20E25 Payment Day

    • November 13, 2020
    • Channel 4

    The B&B owners meet up for a final showdown, as Justin gives Tina and Kay a platform for their feedback about noisy trains and seeks to know more about Raqeeb's problems with his shower. Tina and Kay want to clear up Raqeeb and Raj's cleanliness comments before discussing what really happened at breakfast. After dramatic discoveries and frank exchanges, the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

Season 21

  • S21E01 N'ista Boutique Room

    • March 1, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at N'ista Boutique Room in Birkdale, Merseyside, but owners Ian and Sally Lawless's chances of winning suffer a setback when strange green goo is found in the bathroom.

  • S21E02 Oakleigh Guest House

    • March 2, 2021
    • Channel 4

    For the second visit, the B&Bers head to Oakleigh Guest House in Blackpool, where breakfast and a trip to Madame Tussauds prove a hit - but there is still some harsh feedback.

  • S21E03 Bay House

    • March 3, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The competition continues as Linda Milner and her friend Lany welcome their guests to Bay House in Scarborough for a socially-distanced stay.

  • S21E04 The Farrier

    • March 4, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to the Farrier in Cayton, North Yorkshire, where the luxury rooms and an afternoon of equine fun lead to a positive reaction from the guests.

  • S21E05 Payment Day

    • March 5, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The four sets of owners reunite to settle some scores. Mark and Sean are keen to find out why one pair of guests wouldn't stay at their Oakleigh Guest House again, while Linda and Lany are annoyed about some nitpicking feedback about the flowers in their rooms at Bay House in Scarborough. Later, the payments and winner are revealed.

  • S21E06 Woodleys Farmhouse

    • March 8, 2021
    • Channel 4

    This week's competition kicks off at Woodleys Farmhouse in Woburn Sands, Buckinghamshire, where the inexperienced owner worries that breakfast will be her downfall.

  • S21E07 Finch Cottage

    • March 9, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Eddie and Karen Deighton host their rivals at Finch Cottage in Wilsford cum Lake, Wiltshire. They pride themselves on providing a personal experience, but the lack of TVs in the rooms is a big turn-off for some guests.

  • S21E08 The Bell Inn

    • March 10, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The third destination is the Bell Inn in Thorpe-le-Soken, Essex, where hospitality manager Ian Hawthorne and his fiancee Karen Hunt are confident they can satisfy their guests. But Frankie is less than pleased by the view from her room and one pair of guests are still in a bad mood over their feedback earlier in the week.

  • S21E09 Frasers Guest House

    • March 11, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Sisters Georgie Monaghan and Frankie Gallie's Frasers Guest House in Battlesbridge, Essex, is the final stop of the week's competition. Frasers boasts a unique location in an antiques district, but some guests are left questioning whether the mattresses are heirlooms too when they discover a few unappealing stains. After spending the day exploring an antiques yard, Georgie and Frankie treat their guests to milkshakes at their family-run diner. Talk soon turns to payment day, making for a tense end to the evening.

  • S21E10 Payment Day

    • March 13, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The last day of the competition sees the B&Bers eager to challenge each other about the feedback they've received, as Toni from Woodleys Farmhouse wants to know how she can improve her breakfast service. When one pair accuses another of game playing, things start to get emotional before the winning B&B is announced.

  • S21E11 The Bickford Arms

    • March 15, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at The Bickford Arms in Holsworthy, Devon, where self-confessed rookie Keith Reynolds hopes his charisma can win over his more experienced rivals.

  • S21E12 Newchester Farmhouse B&B

    • March 16, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Abby Norton welcomes her fellow hoteliers to Newchester Farmhouse B&B in Merriott, Somerset. Collette and Danny are impressed by the superstar quality beds, although Justin and Mike find the linen lacking - and Keith just misses modern technology.

  • S21E13 The Quay Inn

    • March 17, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The third stay is at the Quay Inn in Minehead, Somerset, where Collette Whiteoak and Danny Kelly are confident their traditional pub atmosphere will be a hit with their rivals. But there are a few cleanliness issues, and the battle of the banger continues over breakfast.

  • S21E14 Old Walls Vineyard Luxury Lodges

    • March 18, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Justin Head and Mike Smyth host the final visit of the week at Old Walls Vineyard Luxury Lodges in Bishopsteignton in Devon. On arrival, Abby is captivated by the stunning location, but Collette and Danny find fault with their luxury lodge. During breakfast, Danny deems his egg more greasy spoon than fancy bistro. Come feedback time, Justin and Mike are left feeling furious.

  • S21E15 Payment Day

    • March 19, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers meet for the last time to find out how much they've been paid and to settle some scores. Keith clears up Collette's cleanliness critique, as well as the paintwork problems flagged by Mike and Justin. Abby gets to grips with Keith's lack of TV and wi-fi provision, and Collette and Danny want to tackle Mike and Justin's cleanliness comments.

  • S21E16 Grantham Arms

    • March 22, 2021
    • Channel 4

    At the Grantham Arms in Boroughbridge, North Yorkshire, hosts Simon and Joe hope that dazzling décor and Joe's amazing hosting skills will be a winning combination.

  • S21E17 Driftwood Luxury Lodges

    • March 23, 2021
    • Channel 4

    In the week's second visit, the B&Bers are off glamping at Driftwood Luxury Lodges in Derbyshire. Host Carl Insley is obsessed with interior design and hopes his style will be a hit.

  • S21E18 The Stamford

    • March 24, 2021
    • Channel 4

    We're off to the seaside for the week's third visit. Rick and Sarah Blaney run The Stamford in Southport, but get off to a bad start when some guests dislike the impersonal self check-in.

  • S21E19 Fauconberg Arms

    • March 25, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Mum and daughter Annelies and Claudia Richardson host the final visit of the week at the Fauconberg Arms in North Yorkshire, where they think the food is just as important as the rooms

  • S21E20 Payment Day

    • March 26, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Payment day brings with it frank discussions about everything from questionable hosting skills to substandard breakfasts, before the B&Bers learn how much they've been paid and who's won.

  • S21E21 The Juniperlea Inn

    • March 29, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The week kicks off at The Juniperlea Inn in Midlothian, where host Carly aims to wow her rivals with her stylish décor. But one guest certainly isn't wowed by the roadside location.

  • S21E22 Starshinezzz

    • March 30, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers head to Starshinezzz in County Durham. Host Dave Taylor hopes that his renowned hospitality will make him a winner, but a chaotic breakfast could scupper his plans.

  • S21E23 The Hideaway at Baxby Manor

    • March 31, 2021
    • Channel 4

    It's Barney's turn to host, at The Hideaway at Baxby Manor in North Yorkshire. His guests are charmed by the countryside 'Hobbit Huts', but hidden costs ruin things for one pair.

  • S21E24 Hideout Hotel

    • April 1, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The last visit of the week is to Jodie and Enya's Hideout Hotel in Hull. The guests are impressed by the self-catered apartments, until a dramatic breakfast derails one pair's stay.

  • S21E25 Payment Day

    • April 2, 2021
    • Channel 4

  • S21E26 NightSky Glamping

    • April 5, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins in Abersoch at NightSky Glamping. After a trip to the local beach for an afternoon bodyboarding, Morgan reveals that he isn't a fan of camping

  • S21E27 Restaurant with Rooms

    • April 6, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Visit two is to Johnny Dough's Restaurant with Rooms in Conwy, north Wales. After a boat trip, host Morgan reveals his surprising past. Will his efforts produce good scores in the feedback?

  • S21E28 The Royal Oak

    • April 7, 2021
    • Channel 4

    We're off to the Peak District for the week's third visit, at The Royal Oak, run by Kadir. But two sets of B&Bers experience some mouldy misery in their bathrooms

  • S21E29 The Dovecote Inn

    • April 8, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The last visit of the week is to The Dovecote Inn in Nottinghamshire, run by Sam and Sophie. Can their cracking continental turn things around after an underwhelming day out?

  • S21E30 Payment Day

    • April 9, 2021
    • Channel 4

    On payment day, cutlery quibbles, grout gripes and breakfast bombshells are debated, before the payments are revealed and the winner is announced

  • S21E31 Creates Monmouth B&B

    • April 12, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The week kicks off in Monmouthshire, South Wales, at Kenny and Ben's Creates Monmouth B&B. The B&Bers are wowed by the wild interiors, but there's a worrying lack of privacy for one guest

  • S21E32 Coastal Park Accommodation

    • April 13, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Visit two is to Coastal Park Accommodation in Llanelli, run by Claire. Some cleanliness issues leave one pair of B&Bers quibbling, and there's a fiery exchange over evening drinks

  • S21E33 The Queens at Horton

    • April 14, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers are in Shropshire for the week's third visit, at The Queens at Horton pub and B&B, run by Billy and Tracy. Ex-police officer Billy hopes the luxury rooms will win them the week

  • S21E34 Whychurch Farm Glamping

    • April 15, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Whychurch Farm Glamping in Wiltshire is the week's final destination, where host Caroline thinks getting her fellow B&Bers to muck in and help out on the farm is a good way to spend a day.

  • S21E35 Payment Day

    • April 16, 2021
    • Channel 4

    On payment day, the B&Bers argue about alarms and clash over cleanliness before the payments are revealed and the best value B&B of the week is crowned.

  • S21E36 Churchill's Hotel

    • April 19, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The competition commences at Churchill's Hotel in Barnsley, run by Jeff and Vicky. Their ethos is luxury for less, but will their first-ever breakfast service damage their chances?

  • S21E37 Darnells' Farm Luxury Glamping

    • April 20, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Danni and Graham host at Darnells' Farm Luxury Glamping in Herefordshire. Will luxury lodgings and a race through a maze win them the week?

  • S21E38 Hatton Court Hotel

    • April 21, 2021
    • Channel 4

    On day three, the B&Bers visit Gloucester, where Natasha and Laura host at Hatton Court Hotel. The classic country style of the hotel is a big hit, but one guest has a restless night.

  • S21E39 The Ladbrooke Hotel

    • April 22, 2021
    • Channel 4

    We're in the heart of Birmingham for the week's final visit to The Ladbrooke Hotel. Host Snehal aims for perfection, but some guests think their rooms are far from flawless.

  • S21E40 Payment Day

    • April 23, 2021
    • Channel 4

    It's payment day, and one B&Ber in particular is on the warpath. After some brekkie bust-ups and plenty of tension, who will be crowned the best value B&B of the week?

Season 22

  • S22E01 Avalon Guest House

    • September 13, 2021
    • Channel 4

    This week's competition begins in Newquay in Cornwall, at Avalon Guest House, where the owners' taste in lime green decor does not prove as relaxing as planned for the guests.

  • S22E02 The Bear Inn

    • September 14, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The hoteliers spend the night at the Bear Inn at Wincanton, Somerset, where ex-Army man Matt Garvin takes them for a day of survival training - and as a trained chef, hopes to serve up a perfect breakfast.

  • S22E03 The Chelsea Hotel

    • September 15, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The rivals head to Bournemouth, where Chris and Nicky Horton run the Chelsea Hotel. For entertainment, they treat the guests to a day on the water - but the weather is against them.

  • S22E04 The Holford Arms

    • September 16, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The last visit of the week is to The Holford Arms in Tetbury in Gloucestershire, where Will Robson and Loz Cooper plan to put their pub's prized produce into the spotlight

  • S22E05 Payment Day

    • September 17, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The contest that began at Avalon Guest House in Cornwall sees the B&Bers meet up to air their grievances from that stay and the three others that followed. Two sets of B&Bers have an argument over breakfast comments, while facilities failures prove to be a big point of contention. After the disagreements are settled, the payments are revealed and the winners are crowned.

  • S22E06 Doghouse Margate

    • September 20, 2021
    • Channel 4

    This week's competition kicks off at Doghouse Margate in Kent, Fe and Mel's dog-friendly retreat. But their minimalist approach disappoints some of the guests.

  • S22E07 The New Inn

    • September 21, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Paul and Debbie welcome their rivals to the New Inn pub in Winchelsea, East Sussex, where they push the boat out during an afternoon at a nature reserve, followed by a relaxed evening over drinks, only to jeopardise their chances with delays at breakfast.

  • S22E08 The King's Head

    • September 22, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The guests arrive at the King's Head in Lewes, East Sussex, where Penny and Emma are proud of their luxury service. But Dave is not feeling so pampered by the lack of tea bags.

  • S22E09 Stuart House Hotel

    • September 23, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers head to King's Lynn in Norfolk for the week's final visit, where Dave and Emma host at Stuart House Hotel. Penny and Emma are left feeling blue when they arrive and make a shocking discovery in their toilet. There's a mixed reaction when the hosts treat everyone to a boat trip, with one guest in particular struggling to find their sea legs.

  • S22E10 Payment Day

    • September 24, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Payment day finds Fe and Mel from Doghouse Margate wasting no time in asking Dave to spill the tea on the comments he left them. The New Inn hosts Paul and Debbie want to clear the air with Penny and Emma, who themselves feel that the feedback regarding their breakfast baskets at the King's Head was unfair. Finally, Stuart House Hotel duo Dave and Emma are keen to find out why one of their guests had an unpleasant night's sleep.

  • S22E11 B&B at No 3

    • September 27, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at B&B at No 3 in Market Bosworth, Leicestershire, where disappointments include issues with the bedding, refreshment problems and a breakfast bombshell.

  • S22E12 The Bull Hotel

    • September 28, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The best-value B&B contest continues at the Bull Hotel in Stony Stratford, Buckinghamshire, where Ian and Bev are not impressed by the decor, and breakfast is a topsy-turvy affair.

  • S22E13 The Chequers Inn

    • September 29, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The hoteliers stay at the Chequers Inn in Battle, East Sussex, where Shaun and Kelly Filsell hope the historic surroundings and gourmet breakfast will trump their rivals.

  • S22E14 Hastings House

    • September 30, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The week's final visit is to Hastings House in St Leonards-on-Sea in East Sussex, where hosts Ian and Bev Jarvie are determined to provide an upmarket experience for their guests. Noreen and Chloe, however, are left feeling decidedly rough by the towels in their room.

  • S22E15 Payment Day

    • October 1, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The rivals reunite to discuss their feedback and there are plenty of grievance, not least Mac and Jo wanting to get to the bottom of Ian and Bev's dressing gown comment. Room service, dusty rooms and coarse towels are all debated before the payments are revealed and the winning B&B is crowned.

  • S22E16 The View

    • October 4, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The first of this week's destinations is The View in Tynemouth, where guests take a a picturesque steam train journey, but are less than happy to be sharing a bathroom.

  • S22E17 Northern Hotel

    • October 5, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The best-value B&B contest continues at Northern Hotel in Angus, where everything is going great for Pawel and Joanna until breakfast time, when the hosts crumble in the kitchen.

  • S22E18 The Kirkstyle Inn

    • October 6, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The rivals stay over at the Kirkstyle Inn in Dunning, Perth, where the quirky design and a leaky ceiling do not work in host Jess's favour. Can she swing things round at breakfast?

  • S22E19 Hazeldene Guest House

    • October 7, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The week's final visit is to Hazeldene Guest House in Perth, run by hospitality veterans Rob and Glenda. Jess isn't awash with praise for the bathrooms, but a tipsy trip to a whisky distillery puts everyone in good spirits. Breakfast is also a hit, but the hosts have a nagging feeling that one B&Ber's feedback could make for difficult reading.

  • S22E20 Payment Day

    • October 8, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers confront each other about their stays at The View, Northern Hotel, The Kirkstyle Inn and Hazeldene Guest House. There are some frosty heating comments and breakfast bombshells, before the payments are revealed and the winners announced.

  • S22E21 The Horseshoe Hotel

    • October 11, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The first destination of the week is the Horseshoe Hotel in Egton Bridge, North Yorkshire, where a fancy machine causes confusion but breakfast and eco toiletries prove a big hit.

  • S22E22 The Dixie Arms

    • October 12, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The B&B battle continues in Market Bosworth at the Dixie Arms, run by Alex, whose blingy beds impress two of the guests. However, not all of the facilities are quite as successful.

  • S22E23 Bradbury's of Blackpool

    • October 13, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to Bradbury's of Blackpool, where former flight attendant Matt is hoping to change his guests' perceptions of the seaside town.

  • S22E24 Little Oakhurst

    • October 14, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to Little Oakhurst, in Stonyhurst near Clitheroe, run by husband-and-wife team Andy and Joanne. The guests are immediately captivated by the stunning location, with views over the Lancashire countryside, though the optional and additional breakfast brings some mixed reviews. At feedback time, it becomes clear that glamping isn't for everyone.

  • S22E25 Payment Day

    • October 15, 2021
    • Channel 4

    There's plenty of score settling to be done on payment day, as the B&Bers dissect the week, before the payments are revealed and the winners are announced.

  • S22E26 Becketts

    • October 18, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The first destination of the week is Becketts in Southsea, Portsmouth, where parking problems, a duvet disaster and a noisy night leave host Terence facing less than perfect scores.

  • S22E27 Westby Guest House

    • October 19, 2021
    • Channel 4

    At The Westby Guest House in Boscombe, Duncan and Jessie have a systematic approach to running a B&B. Although the rooms are impressive, Duncan's strict house rules soon leave a sour taste. [S]

  • S22E28 Newell Restaurant and Rooms

    • October 20, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Paul and Tracey host at Newell Restaurant and Rooms in Dorset. Terence is taken with the blissful bedding, but Duncan's substandard slumber and the communal coffee zone prove controversial.

  • S22E29 Lydcott Glamping

    • October 21, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The final visit, to Lydcott Glamping in Cornwall, is hosted by Emma and Rich. All the guests are taken with the spectacular surroundings but less so with their cabins and the DIY breakfast. [S]

  • S22E30 Payment Day

    • October 22, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers meet up on payment day to settle their differences. There's plenty of finger pointing to be done, before the payments are revealed and we find out which B&B has won the week.

  • S22E31 The Peniarth Arms

    • October 25, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The contest begins at The Peniarth Arms in Bryncrug, where host Susanne Fox is joined by her best friend and colleague Anwen Roberts, but a revelation raises some eyebrows.

  • S22E32 Apple Camping

    • October 26, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Toby Rhys Davies is second to host at Apple Camping in Redberth, Pembrokeshire, where he hopes his unique take on glamping will impress his rivals. The UFO and aeroplane accommodation prove a hit with the guests - but come feedback time, there's just something missing.

  • S22E33 The Garden House

    • October 27, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to the Garden House in Blagdon, Somerset, where host and chef Ryan Blackman is hoping his breakfast will wow his guests. But when morning comes around, Susanne and Anwen find their brekkie hard to stomach.

  • S22E34 Ivy House

    • October 28, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The guest house owners head to Ivy House in St Austell, Cornwall, home to James Earl. Susanne and Anwen marvel at the delightful views, but the lack of a lock is a key issue for Ryan and Sarah. At breakfast, Toby's PJs are on the menu but it's the sausage that's under scrutiny for Susanne and Anwen.

  • S22E35 Payment Day

    • October 29, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The guest house owners meet one last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Ryan and Sarah seem rather upset over cleanliness concerns and James wants to chew over some tough breakfast feedback. Some strong opinions are aired, and differences debated before the payments are revealed and a winner is announced.

  • S22E36 Rooms@119

    • November 1, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers are in Ramsgate, Kent for the first visit of the week, where partners Tess and Pete hope their seaside home from home, Rooms@119, will prove a relaxing retreat. Things don't get off to the best start though, when Hillary and Mark discover some unfinished business in their room. In the morning, Pete turns his hand to cooking for six for the first time ever, but finds out the hard way that any waiting around results in lost points come feedback time.

  • S22E37 Stable Oak Cottages

    • November 2, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Mother and daughter Laurain and Kerry are second to host at Stable Oak Cottages in Maidstone, Kent, where they are confident their self-catering accommodation will be a hit.

  • S22E38 Hedgerow Luxury Glamping

    • November 3, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Hosts and dairy farmers Hillary and Mark are hoping to show their guests some high-end hospitality at Hedgerow Luxury Glamping in Clitheroe, Lancashire. But Natasha and Tanya are put off by the discovery of a rather creepy visitor.

  • S22E39 The Antelope Inn

    • November 4, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The Antelope Inn, in Upavon, Wiltshire, run by Natasha, who's joined in the competition by friend and colleague Tanya. Some guests are underwhelmed by the decor, while Kerry and Laurain find themselves complaining over staining in their room. Over dinner, Natasha's revelation about how she became a landlady leaves some of the guests questioning her credentials.

  • S22E40 Payment Day

    • November 5, 2021
    • Channel 4

  • S22E41 Old Rose & Crown

    • November 8, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The week begins at the Old Rose & Crown in Birmingham, with hosts Andrew and Jo Hodges. But problems with paintwork and missing milk leave them with some meaty feedback to chew over.

  • S22E42 Middlewick

    • November 9, 2021
    • Channel 4

    Jill and Inez host the second visit of the week, at Middlewick in Glastonbury. The guests are confounded by a cottage next to a camping pod, and the avocado breakfast offering.

  • S22E43 The Griffin Inn

    • November 10, 2021
    • Channel 4

    At The Griffin Inn in Lincolnshire, hosts Jamie and Leila take the guests on a tour of their family heritage. Guest Jo dishes the dirt on Jamie's decorating, and damp patches are a problem.

  • S22E44 Crossroads House

    • November 11, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Crossroads House in Carlisle, owned by Julie and Alistair. The guests note the B&B's roadside location and mismatched décor, and Julie lacks confidence in the kitchen.

  • S22E45 Payment Day

    • November 12, 2021
    • Channel 4

    It's feedback time as the B&Bers discuss paying for breakfast and picky comments about paintwork. Harsh truths are aired before the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

  • S22E46 The Grange Boutique Hotel

    • November 15, 2021
    • Channel 4

    At The Grange Boutique Hotel in Cumbria, Jackie and Nigel hope to impress with high-end suites. But Simon finds his room stifling and the breakfast eggs aren't all they're cracked up to be.

  • S22E47 Rutland Luxury Lodges

    • November 16, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers visit Rutland Luxury Lodges in Greetham, owned by Ruth and Lucy Hinch. The guests find luxury in abundance, but Jackie and Nigel get hot and bothered about the bedding.

  • S22E48 The Leicester Arms

    • November 17, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week is to The Leicester Arms in Kent, hosted by husbands Laurence and Danny Bowes. Some guests get a spotless welcome, but Jackie and Nigel make dirty discoveries.

  • S22E49 Oakover Guest House

    • November 18, 2021
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Oakover Guest House in Weston-super-Mare, hosted by Simon Robinson and Ann Wilson. The B&Bers are delighted by the décor, but Lucy and Ruth get a frosty reception...

  • S22E50 Payment Day

    • November 19, 2021
    • Channel 4

    It's feedback time as the B&Bers meet to complain about breakfast eggs, dirty rooms and sleepless nights. One owner's strategy comes under scrutiny, before the winner is announced.

Season 23

  • S23E01 The Mason Arms

    • January 31, 2022

  • S23E02 Wards Hotel

    • February 1, 2022

    The rival hoteliers arrive at Wards Hotel in Folkestone, where hosts Dill and Darsy have high expectations to meet after revealing their extensive industry experience on day one.

  • S23E03 Queens Arms

    • February 2, 2022

    The contestants stay at Queens Arms in Berkshire, where horse racing enthusiasts Ben and Freddie treat their rivals to an afternoon of riding at nearby Newbury racecourse - only for an uncomfortable night and cleanliness complaints to cause the scores to tumble at feedback time.

  • S23E04 Midshires Way Campsite

    • February 3, 2022

    The B&Bers embrace the great outdoors at Brendon and Vicky's Nottinghamshire campsite. The unique lodges are a big hit, which is more than can be said for the DIY breakfast.

  • S23E05 Payment Day

    • February 4, 2022

    It's payment day, and the hoteliers have scores of scores to settle before the scores are revealed and they find out which B&B has won a week featuring lost sleep and paltry payments.

  • S23E06 The Star & Garter

    • February 7, 2022

    The competition kicks off at the Star & Garter in Linlithgow, West Lothian, where guests have connectivity concerns as well as worries over the water supply in the morning.

  • S23E07 Larch Green Lodges

    • February 8, 2022

    Shona and John Mitchell host at Larch Green Lodges in Langbank. The guests are delighted by the sweeping views, but at breakfast time, a black pudding blunder leaves a lot to be desired.

  • S23E08 Distant Hills Guest House

    • February 9, 2022

    The B&Bers head for the Distant Hills Guest House in Spean Bridge, run by Dani and Cameron. The guests are blown away by the scenic views, but a dirty discovery leads to tears at feedback.

  • S23E09 18 Craigmillar Park

    • February 10, 2022

    The final visit takes the B&Bers to 18 Craigmillar Park in Edinburgh. The guests are impressed by host Craig's military precision, but feedback leaves him in quite a huff!

  • S23E10 Payment Day

    • February 11, 2022

    It's payment day and the B&Bers meet to discuss dirty remarks and filthy findings. After their differences are aired and discrepancies debated, the winner is announced.

  • S23E11 The George Inn

    • February 14, 2022

    The week kicks off at The George Inn in Barton-upon-Humber. Pete's hoping his cosy décor and quality cuisine will give him the edge, but the roadside location isn't up some guests' street.

  • S23E12 Cross Farm Cottages

    • February 15, 2022

    At Cross Farm Cottages in Holmfirth, Claire reckons she can pip her rivals to the post. But Pete and Alex get antsy about the Artex, while Malaya has a firm opinion about his mattress.

  • S23E13 New Valron Hotel

    • February 16, 2022

    At the New Valron Hotel in Blackpool, Malaya hopes that the seaside setting will blow his rivals out of the water. But a problem with the pipes sends the scores down the tubes...

  • S23E14 The Spinney Homestay

    • February 17, 2022

    The B&Bers visit The Spinney Homestay in Warwickshire, where Phil and Maria hope to impress with their swish sense of style. On a pedalo trip, the rivalry revs up with some raucous racing.

  • S23E15 Payment Day

    • February 18, 2022

    The B&Bers meet to settle some scores and find out who's won. Dirty discoveries and sleep issues are on the agenda, and one payment in particular leaves Phil and Maria out in the cold.

  • S23E16 North Kingsfield Cottages

    • February 21, 2022

    Helen and her daughter Lauren kick off the week at North Kingsfield Cottages in Fraisthorpe, Yorkshire. But the bathrooms are showered with criticism and the lack of mirrors reflects badly.

  • S23E17 Crackin' View Guest House

    • February 22, 2022

    The second visit of the week is to Crackin' View Guest House in Northumberland. Owners Steve and Maria Turnbull reckon their scenic vista and homespun appeal will pip their rivals to the post

  • S23E18 Domo Boutique Hotel

    • February 23, 2022

    The rivals arrive at the Domo Boutique Hotel in Oldbury near Birmingham, where owner Ali expects his luxury lodgings to wow his fellow competitors. Helen and Lauren are dazzled by the decor, but a caffeine conundrum leads to some trouble brewing

  • S23E19 The Crown Inn

    • February 24, 2022

    At The Crown Inn in Norfolk, Lisa and Neil hope that their historic setting will bag them the B&B crown. But there are 'paneful' observations about the windows, plus a lorry-load of noise.

  • S23E20 Payment Day

    • February 25, 2022

    On the final day, the B&Bers discover how much they've been paid. Comments about curtains and off-colour feedback about bedding leave some hosts open-mouthed, before the winner is crowned.

  • S23E21 Village Limits

    • February 28, 2022

    The competition begins at Village Limits in Woodhall Spa, Lincolnshire, where David and Kim hope to impress with their stylish rooms. But there's a bothersome bathroom and some cheeky chat.

  • S23E22 The Old Mill

    • March 1, 2022

    Mother-and-daughter duo Zoe and Mea hope that their guests will lap up the luxury at The Old Mill in Yarm. But one pair think the extra cost for a deluxe room with a hot tub is a bit rich.

  • S23E23 The Elan Hotel

    • March 2, 2022

    At The Elan Hotel in Powys, Martin and Iris offer a no-frills approach and a banging breakfast. But the rooms lack the wow factor, and Spencer and Gavin aren't fans of going back to basics.

  • S23E24 The Royal Oak Inn

    • March 3, 2022

    The final visit is to The Royal Oak Inn in Somerset, run by Spencer and Gavin. After talking a good game all week, the guests are shocked to find the standards to be rather... standard.

  • S23E25 Payment Day

    • March 4, 2022

    On payment day, the guests rifle through their feedback, from troubles over a breakfast hamper to dodgy décor decisions. But at the end of it all, which B&B will reign supreme?

  • S23E26 The Trap Inn

    • March 7, 2022
    • Channel 4

    Nyoami and Joe host first at The Trap Inn in Northumberland. The guests love the décor, and a boat trip to spot some puffins is a big hit. But their porridge is a real sticking point...

  • S23E27 The Newholme Hotel

    • March 8, 2022
    • Channel 4

    At The Newholme Hotel in Blackpool, Nigel and Damian offer budget prices with high-end touches. But a surprise in the loo and a slimy serving at breakfast cause serious concerns.

  • S23E28 Portsonachan Hotel

    • March 9, 2022
    • Channel 4

    Liz and Tracey host at Portsonachan Hotel in Argyll and Bute. Some dirty discoveries dampen the guests' initial delight, and a guided tour of Inveraray Castle serves up some spooky tales.

  • S23E29 Lamlash Bay Hotel

    • March 10, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Lamlash Bay Hotel on the Isle of Arran. As former cabin crew, host Meg hopes her customer service will fly her to victory, but a follicle failure taints her feedback.

  • S23E30 Payment Day

    • March 11, 2022
    • Channel 4

    On the final day of the competition, the B&Bers rifle through the feedback, from a lavatory let-down to fiddled French toast, before the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

  • S23E31 Sherbourne House Hotel

    • March 14, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The first visit of the week is to Sherbourne House Hotel in Attleborough, Norfolk, where some of the guests find the rooms a little too hot - resulting in some unwelcome feedback.

  • S23E32 Holywell House

    • March 15, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The rivals arrive at Holywell House in Loughborough, Leicestershire, where musical theatre lovers Lez Cope-Newman and Derek Hunter hope to win them over with a show-stopping stay.

  • S23E33 The Greyhound Hotel

    • March 16, 2022
    • Channel 4

    ers throw open their doors and take turns to stay with each other, as they compete to be crowned best hosts The B&Bers visit The Greyhound Hotel in Cromford, Derbyshire. Tina and Danielle blow their guests away with the comfy beds, but a trickle of traffic leads to some rude awakenings.

  • S23E34 The Royal Hotel

    • March 17, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The Royal Hotel in Clacton-on-Sea, Essex. Vicki and Kara wow the guests with their boutique seafront hotel, but talk turns tense with accusations of foul play...

  • S23E35 Payment Day

    • March 18, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers meet for the last time to settle some scores. There's beef about breakfast and tabletop troubles, and Derek discusses his slumber sorrows. Which B&B has won the week?

  • S23E36 The Swan Inn

    • March 21, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The first visit is to The Swan Inn in Midhurst, West Sussex, run by Digby Furneaux. A sunny breakfast leaves the guests satisfied, but Cleide feels rather exposed by the bathroom window.

  • S23E37 Osterley Park Hotel

    • March 22, 2022
    • Channel 4

    At Osterley Park Hotel in Isleworth, host Sunny Pharroda is joined by his colleague, Faraah Payenda. All the guests complain about a cleaning catastrophe and Digby makes an early check out.

  • S23E38 Plover Cottage

    • March 23, 2022
    • Channel 4

    Cleide Brook hosts at Plover Cottage in Huddersfield. The guests are amazed by the space, but Liz and Gary find more than they bargained for in their room, leading to some rude feedback.

  • S23E39 The Forge Guest Rooms

    • March 24, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to The Forge Guest Rooms in Long Whatton, Leicestershire, owned by Liz and Gary Scottorn. The guests love the lux, but Cleide questions eating breakfast beside a hot tub.

  • S23E40 Payment Day

    • March 25, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The guests meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid. Criticisms are all laid bare as Digby reveals how much he paid for a room he didn't even spend the night in.

  • S23E41 The Jewellery Suites

    • March 28, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at The Jewellery Suites in Birmingham. Sophia and Dani hope that their suites will sparkle, but Helen and Sally make a hair-raising discovery in the fridge.

  • S23E42 The Griffin Inn

    • March 29, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers head to The Griffin Inn in Denbighshire in Wales. Hosts Sian Jones and Mary Roberts hope that their renovated pub will soar to victory, and the breakfast proves to be a banger!

  • S23E43 The Kedleston Country House

    • March 30, 2022
    • Channel 4

    At The Kedleston Country House in Derbyshire, Helen and Sally hope their historic house will astonish their guests. Sophia's ecstatic about the extras - until she has some slumber sorrows.

  • S23E44 Cedarville Guest House

    • March 31, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to Cedarville Guest House in Withernsea in Yorkshire. Karl and Steph hope to bowl over their guests with their budget B&B, but some of the scores are hard to stomach.

  • S23E45 Payment Day

    • April 1, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers rifle through their feedback, from cleanliness concerns to breakfast bellyaches. Two hosts pull back the covers on Sophia's slumber struggles, before the winner is announced.

  • S23E46 Gracelands Glamping

    • May 7, 2022
    • Channel 4

    At Gracelands Glamping, Ballyronan, couple Shaun and Hollie host with their newly-built pods. But an array of plumbing issues dampen the mood, and the BBQ for breakfast gets a grilling.

  • S23E47 Manse on the Beach

    • May 7, 2022
    • Channel 4

    At Manse on the Beach in Cloughey, former international rugby player Brian Robinson hosts. The guests love the sea views, but two are left feeling hot under the collar after a bad slumber.

  • S23E48 The Secret Garden Glamping

    • May 7, 2022
    • Channel 4

    At The Secret Garden Glamping in Skelmersdale, Lancashire, friends Derry and Mike host. The B&Bers are ecstatic with their rooms, but two guests feel a little hemmed in by their hideaway.

  • S23E49 Hawthorn Hideaway

    • May 7, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The final visit is to the adults-only Hawthorn Hideaway, Walkeringham, run by Ronnie and Jo. Derry and Mike are delighted by the décor, while Shaun and Hollie get a stunning surprise.

  • S23E50 Payment Day

    • May 7, 2022
    • Channel 4

    On the final day, the B&Bers meet to discuss their feedback. From disappointing breakfasts, to pulling off to the covers on some dodgy sleep scores, a winner is finally announced.

Season 24

  • S24E01 Brook Meadow

    • October 3, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at Brook Meadow, near Market Harborough in Leicestershire. Interior designer host Claire is banking on her expertise and picturesque location to be the winning combination, and her guests are certainly dazzled by the décor.

  • S24E02 The Apollo Inn

    • October 4, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to The Apollo Inn, in Barlborough, Derbyshire. Host James hopes that his hospitality skills will win the week, and the rooms above his pub make a good first impression, until the bedding rubs Claire up the wrong way.

  • S24E03 The Swan Inn

    • October 5, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers are in Letton in Herefordshire for the third visit of the week, at The Swan Inn, run by Luke and Heather. Their freshly renovated coaching inn has expectations high, and the guests are impressed by how sparklingly new everything is.

  • S24E04 White Mark Glamping

    • October 6, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The final hosts this week are Steph and Martin, who welcome the B&Bers to White Mark Glamping in Watlington, Oxfordshire. Some of their guests aren't quick to embrace the great outdoors, especially upon discovering the communal shower blocks.

  • S24E05 Payment Day

    • October 7, 2022
    • Channel 4

    It's payment day, and time for some score settling. One host comes under fire for the harsh criticisms they left throughout the week, and things get emotional before the winner is revealed.

  • S24E06 The Lazy Pug

    • October 10, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The first visit this week is to The Lazy Pug in Warwickshire. Friends Ash and Rosie are hoping to win over their guests with quirky rooms and a healthy dose of neon lights, but it all proves a bit too bright for some of the B&Bers.

  • S24E07 Crofts Hotel

    • October 11, 2022
    • Channel 4

    Cardiff is calling for the B&Bers as they head to Crofts Hotel in the Welsh capital, run by experienced chef Lorraine. The guests are left uninspired by the bland decoration in their rooms, and the prevailing feeling is that everything's a bit basic.

  • S24E08 The Hollybush Inn

    • October 12, 2022
    • Channel 4

    Third to host is Anthony, at The Hollybush Inn in Priors Marston, Warwickshire. His 16th-century coaching inn has plenty of history, and the B&Bers are wowed at first, but then they discover that the cleanliness needs bringing up to date.

  • S24E09 The Pretty Thing Glampsite

    • October 13, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers are off glamping for the final visit of the week, at The Pretty Thing glampsite in St Osyth, Essex, run by Phil. There's a melee of mixed emotions when the guests arrive, with Lorraine and Anthony left feeling cold by the communal showers.

  • S24E10 Payment Day

    • October 14, 2022
    • Channel 4

    It's the final day of the competition, and the B&Bers reconvene to feud about facilities, bicker over beds and cross swords over sausages, before the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

  • S24E11 Abbey Court Guest House

    • October 17, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The first visit this week is to Abbey Court Guest House in Carlisle. Host Kelly aims to impress with plush rooms and abseiling. But will breakfast complaints send her chances off a cliff?

  • S24E12 The Lime Tree Inn

    • October 18, 2022
    • Channel 4

    Glam couple Rob and Heloisa host at The Lime Tree Inn in Yorkshire, where chef Rob pulls out all the stops at breakfast. It's a shame the cleaners in Kelly's bathroom didn't do the same.

  • S24E13 Holly Grove Farm

    • October 19, 2022
    • Channel 4

    Visit three this week is to Holly Grove Farm in Staffordshire. Hosts Dave and Karon think that their rural glampsite is a tucked-away idyll, and their guests concur - apart from one...

  • S24E14 Beldon House B&B

    • October 20, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The BandBers head to Lincolnshire for the week's final visit, where Pav hosts at his Beldon House BandB. Can he overcome his guests' grumbles about cleanliness and instant coffee?

  • S24E15 Payment Day

    • October 21, 2022
    • Channel 4

    One BandBer comes under fire on payment day for some suspicious scoring, while a confusing breakfast rating is high on the agenda for another. But most importantly, who's won the week?

  • S24E16 The Oaks Luxury Lodges

    • October 24, 2022
    • Channel 4

    This week's competition kicks off at The Oaks Luxury Lodges in County Londonderry. Hosts Louise and Lynsey want their guests to experience hotel luxury in a woodland setting, but some of the guests find the bedrooms a bit bare.

  • S24E17 Pine Tree Hollow

    • October 25, 2022
    • Channel 4

    Bridie hosts the week's second visit, at Pine Tree Hollow Glamping in Leitrim, County Down. She's keen to show her guests that back to basics doesn't mean boring, and her cosy glamping pods are certainly popular at first glance.

  • S24E18 Ness Wood Glamping

    • October 26, 2022
    • Channel 4

    Isabel and her right-hand woman Aisling aim to wow the guests at their luxury Ness Wood Glamping site in County Londonderry. The pods are pristine, but some of the B&Bers are worried about the space inside,or more importantly, the lack of it.

  • S24E19 Dulrush Fishing Lodge

    • October 27, 2022
    • Channel 4

    The final visit this week is to Dulrush Fishing Lodge on the banks of Lough Erne in County Fermanagh, run by Bridie and James. The B&Bers are in awe of the shoreline location, but one pair are disappointed to make some dusty discoveries.

  • S24E20 Payment Day

    • October 28, 2022
    • Channel 4

    It's payment day, and the B&Bers meet up one last time to settle some scores. Expect breakfast bombshells and tit-for-tat tussles before the payments are revealed, and the B&Bers find out who's won the week.

Season 25

  • S25E01 Derwent House

    • February 6, 2023

    The first visit of the week is to Derwent House Apartments in Scarborough, North Yorkshire, run by Claire and her daughter-in-law, Jessica

  • S25E02 Burton Constable Holiday Park

    • February 7, 2023

    The B&Bers visit Burton Constable Holiday Park in Sproatley run by Gemma and Mark. The lodges are initially a big hit but a nasty surprise ruins the stay for Claire and Jessica and Stephen gets hot under the collar. The situation improves at breakfast but there's a shock in the feedback

  • S25E03 The Crossings Inn

    • February 8, 2023

    The B&B owners visit The Crossings Inn near Carlisle, Cumbria. The guests are impressed by the cleanliness but bemused by the separate bathrooms. An afternoon on the farm gets everyone up close and personal with the local livestock and Stephen shares his farm-to-plate philosophy

  • S25E04 Plas Maenan Country House

    • February 9, 2023

    The B&Bers head to Wales' Conwy Valley, where self-confessed 'lady of the manor' Jane and her friend Sharon host at Plas Maenan Country House. Jane lovingly restored her spectacular country pile to its former glory, and the breathtaking views prove popular. However, it seems her restoration work doesn't meet everyone's standards, as some guests bemoan the patchy paintwork. The breakfast buffet the next morning also results in mixed appraisals

  • S25E05 Payment Day

    • February 10, 2023

    Payment day sees emotions are running high as the B&Bers pour over their assessments. Derwent House Apartments are up first, with the hosts keen to turn up the heat on Jane and Sharon's facilities feedback. Gemma and Mark from Burton Constable Holiday Park want to get the buzz on some cleanliness concerns, before Stephen from The Crossings Inn asks for answers about some comments that gave him the chills. Accusations fly as payments are revealed and the winner is announced

  • S25E06 The World's End

    • February 13, 2023

    The competition begins at The World's End in Ecton, Northamptonshire, where father-and-son team Andrew and Chris are hoping their pub can pack a punch

  • S25E07 Duplex Relocations

    • February 14, 2023

    The second visit of the week is to Duplex Relocations where things get off to a shaky start for host Crissy. The rooms leave the guests with a sinking feeling but criticisms over the hosts attentiveness at breakfast are what make it into the feedback

  • S25E08 Taypark House

    • February 15, 2023

    The final visit of the week is to Taypark House in Dundee. The guests are impressed by the grandeur of the building but the beds aren't quite up to their standards. The neighbouring airport means the sleep scores fail to soar leaving hosts William and Glenn relying on a brilliant breakfast to rescue their chances

  • S25E09 Payment Day

    • February 16, 2023

    The final day of the competition sees the B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they have been paid and to settle some scores. drew and Chris from The World's End can't work out why Glenn and William felt too close for comfort. Crissy and Pauline from Duplex Relocations are keen to set the record straight about their accommodation, while Taypark House's Glenn and William are dubious over the reason Andrew and Chris lost sleep

  • S25E10 Highlights

    • February 17, 2023

    A special look back at some highlights and unseen moments, revisiting some of the best - and worst - holiday accommodations featured over the years

  • S25E11 Manor House Inn

    • February 20, 2023

    The competition kicks off at Manor House Inn in Haltwhistle, Northumberland, where guests Tony and Paula are immediately enamoured of their honeymoon suite.

  • S25E12 Orchard Glamping

    • February 21, 2023

    The B&Bers visit Tom and Becky's Orchard Glamping in Lancashire hoping to prove their pristine pods are pitch perfect. Things are off to a good start but breakfast divides opinions.

  • S25E13 Hotel Ellenby

    • February 22, 2023

    The third visit of the week is to Hotel Ellenby in Scarborough with hosts Tony and Paula who humbly reveal themselves as King and Queen of the town's hospitality scene, but their crowns slip at breakfast when the guests are not amused.

  • S25E14 The Crown Inn

    • February 23, 2023

    The week's final visit is to The Crown Inn in Derbyshire, where father-and-daughter team Dean and Abigail take great pride in their pub. The trip hits the skids when Terry and Rachel give their room a dusting down and Becky and Tom aren't taken in by the view.

  • S25E15 Payment Day

    • February 24, 2023

    The contestants meet one last time to discover how much they have been paid by their fellow hoteliers and to air their grievances. There's a smorgasbord of slanderous sleep scores, brutal breakfast bombshells and even one couple declining the opportunity to face their competitors. Eventually, it is revealed who has won the competition.

  • S25E16 Mayfield Hotel

    • February 27, 2023

    The B&B battle begins at the Mayfield Hotel in Seaburn, Sunderland. There's cause for applause when a seal makes an appearance, but some guests get picky about the paintwork.

  • S25E17 Sutherlands Hotel

    • February 28, 2023

    The B&Bers descend on Gateshead for the week's second visit, at Sutherlands Hotel, where two guests want revenge and are determined to dig up some dirt.

  • S25E18 Brampton Dales Farm

    • March 1, 2023

    Visit three is to Hugh and Loretta's Brampton Dales Farm in Lincolnshire. After an afternoon out at an old jail, the B&Bers feel sheepish about an uninvited guest at breakfast.

  • S25E19 Valley View

    • March 2, 2023

    The week's last visit is to Valley View in Pendle, Lancashire where sisters Sharon and Deby hope the B&Bers get onboard with glamping. But one guest thinks his pod is like a student flat...

  • S25E20 Payment Day

    • March 3, 2023

    It's payment day, and after a competition full of controversial comments and divisive opinions, the B&Bers have plenty of scores to settle. But who's won the week?

  • S25E21 Cedarwood Holidays

    • March 6, 2023

    The competition begins at Cedarwood Holidays in St Keverne, Cornwall, where married couple Kirstie and Joe hope their glamping experience will leave the B&Bers green with envy. The guests are pleased with their pristine pods, and the chance to feed seals at a local wildlife sanctuary goes down a treat

  • S25E22 The Llawnroc Hotel

    • March 7, 2023

    The B&Bers are still in Cornwall for the week's second visit, at The Llawnroc Hotel, where former Redcoats Craig and Rachel know what it takes to keep their guests entertained

  • S25E23 The Olde Malthouse

    • March 8, 2023

    The B&Bers spend a third consecutive visit in Cornwall, at ex-military man Jo's The Olde Malthouse in Tintagel, where a number of B&Bers are wowed by the heritage charm

  • S25E24 The Britannia Inn

    • March 9, 2023

    The final visit of the week takes the B&Bers to Sherborne in Dorset, and The Britannia Inn, run by husband-and-wife team Lee and Hannah. Doubts about the décor get things off to a bad start for a handful of guests, while the controversial pricing at breakfast leaves Kirstie questioning whether she's getting enough bang for her buck

  • S25E25 Payment Day

    • March 10, 2023

    The contestants meet one last time to discover how much they have been paid by their fellow hoteliers and to air their grievances. Kirstie and Joe from Cedarwood Holidays want to know why not all of their guests would return to their place, before Craig and Rachel ask why not a single B&Ber would choose to stay at theirs again. Jo from The Olde Malthouse is keen to mop up his cleanliness complaints, while Hannah and Lee from The Britannia Inn have a gripe with Jo in particular. They then learn the identity of the winner

  • S25E26 Fountain Cottage

    • March 13, 2023

    The first destination of the week is Fountain Cottage in Bellingham, Northumberland. The hosts are hoping their award-winning cafe will give them the edge

  • S25E27 The Shuckburgh Arms

    • March 14, 2023

    Georgia and Paul invite the B&Bers into The Shuckburgh Arms in Stoke Doyle. The guests are amazed by the converted barns but things hit a snag when not everyone sleeps soundly. Michael complains of a broken fridge disturbing his slumber but by feedback time, Georgia and Paul are confident they've done enough to be victorious on payment day

  • S25E28 Beachside Holidays

    • March 15, 2023

    The B&Bers are in Great Yarmouth to visit Stu and Lou's Beachside Holidays. A boat trip brings the group together but a dirty discovery brings down the mood, leaving the hosts concerned about their chances of success on payment day

  • S25E29 Hatter's Hotel

    • March 16, 2023

    The final visit of the week is to the Alice in Wonderland-themed Hatter's Hotel in Skegness, Lincolnshire. Husband-and-wife team Dee and Gary reckon their unique B&B experience will have their guests grinning like Cheshire cats - and the literary décor certainly proves a hit

  • S25E30 Payment Day

    • March 17, 2023

    The contestants meet one last time to discover how much they have been paid by their fellow hoteliers, before discovering who has won the competition. Michael and Danielle from Fountain Cottage aren't happy with one set of B&Bers who declined a return visit, while The Shuckburgh Arms' Georgia and Paul get the 'snooze blues' about one guest's complaint

  • S25E31 Daisy Bank Camp

    • March 20, 2023

    The first venue of the week is Daisy Bank Camp in Hebden Bridge, Yorkshire, where guests take a trip to a local conservation farm and enjoy a locally sourced breakfast

  • S25E32 The Lion and Swan

    • March 21, 2023

    The B&Bers visit Katie and Jess' The Lion and Swan in Congleton, Cheshire and while first impressions are good, the cracks soon begin to show as Andrew and Angie are driven insane by the traffic and Emma is unimpressed by the price tag at breakfast. With plenty of grumbles from their guests, will Katie and Jess be pleased with their feedback?

  • S25E33 The Three Hills

    • March 22, 2023

    Visit three is to The Three Hills, Cambridge. Hosts Emma and Emily are hoping the award-winning food will be enough to guarantee their success but things get off to a rough start with some cleanliness concerns. After an afternoon out punting and a brilliant breakfast, the hosts feel confident but their joy is short lived when the feedback comes in

  • S25E34 Hotel of Wizardry

    • March 23, 2023

    Darren and Jamie look to lay on a magical experience for the B&Bers in the week's final visit, at their wizard-themed Hotel of Wizardry in Great Yarmouth. The guests are certainly spellbound by the hotel's quirks to begin with, but the magic soon wears off when they find that not everything is quite as it should be

  • S25E35 Payment Day

    • March 24, 2023

    The contestants meet one last time to discover how much they have been paid by their fellow hoteliers and to air their grievances. Angie and Andrew from Daisy Bank Camp want to shed a light on some facilities faults, The Lion and Swan's Katie and Jess pour cold water over some kettle confusion, while Emma and Emily from The Three Hills want two B&Bers in particular to open up on their comments about a lack of space. After the dust has settled, they then learn the identity of the winner

  • S25E36 Sawcliffe Manor

    • March 27, 2023

    The first venue of the week is Sawcliffe Manor in High Risby, Lincolnshire. An afternoon at the onsite spa leaves the guests relaxed, but a lack of vegan breakfast stirs up trouble.

  • S25E37 Rooms at the Inn

    • March 28, 2023

    The second visit of the week is to Charlotte and Donna's Rooms at the Inn, in Retford. Things get off to a rough start when Rob discovers some dusty furniture in his room, but a visit to a recreation of a Native American camp shakes things up. At feedback time, the hosts are left with earache over complaints about night-time noises.

  • S25E38 Rob's Wolds Wine Estate

    • March 29, 2023

    The B&Bers visit Rob's Wolds Wine Estate, glamping pods in the middle of a vineyard. Everyone is happy at the wine tasting but a surprise chicken invasion at breakfast leaves Rob's guests less than impressed and his confidence is knocked when he receives some unpleasant cleanliness comments in his feedback.

  • S25E39 Dovestone Holiday Park

    • March 30, 2023

    The guest house owners visit Dovestone Holiday Park in Saddleworth, Greater Manchester, where host Karlie hopes her lavish lodges and glorious views will be a winning combination. Things get off to a sizzling start with the B&Bers heralding the hot tubs, but not everyone is onboard with a group meditation session in the afternoon. The local produce at breakfast goes down a storm - but one pair moaning about their mattress makes for a less-than comfortable experience for Karlie come feedback time.

  • S25E40 Payment Day

    • March 31, 2023

    The contestants meet one last time to discover how much they have been paid by their fellow hoteliers and to air their grievances. There are bust-ups about breakfast options, ding-dongs over décor and grumblings about gravy-scented wine. After the dust has settled, all participants learn the identity of the winner.

  • S25E41 Railway Hotel Apartments

    • April 3, 2023

    The week kicks off at Railway Hotel Apartments in Nailsworth, Gloucestershire, where guests spend an afternoon out at Westonbirt Arboretum and experience some heating issues.

  • S25E42 Llys Aeron Guest House

    • April 4, 2023

    The B&Bers visit Kerry and Jonathan's Llys Aeron Guest House in Ceredigion, west Wales. A second afternoon out walking in a row doesn't thrill one amble-averse guest. Breakfast is very popular but one guest thinks the dining room is a bit too intimate leaving Kerry and Jonathan with some food for thought at feedback time.

  • S25E43 Penrallt Country House Hotel

    • April 5, 2023

    The third visit of the week is to Penrallt Country House Hotel. Tom and Angela are confident the grand Edwardian building will be a hit, but not everyone is pleased by the interior

  • S25E44 Elm Escapes

    • April 6, 2023

    The week's last visit is to Elm Escapes in Powys, run by best friends Beth and Rupi. The self check-in proves surprisingly popular, and first impressions of the luxury lodges are good. However, upon closer inspection, some dusty discoveries take the shine off things.

  • S25E45 Payment Day

    • April 7, 2023

    It's payment day, and one set of B&Bers in particular are sharpening their knives ready to debate what they felt was some very unfair feedback. They're not giving up any ground and things get emotional as they take their guests to task about breakfast bombshells and décor disses. After the dust has settled, all participants learn the identity of the winner.

Season 26

  • S26E01 Greenhills Hotel

    • September 25, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Maxine and Tegan host at their Greenhills Hotel in Tenby, Pembrokeshire. Will a seal safari impress their guests?

  • S26E02 Three Cliffs Bay Holiday Park

    • September 26, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Visit two of the week is to Tom's Three Cliffs Bay Holiday Park in Swansea. But with one couple determined to find fault, he'll have his work cut out to impress everyone.

  • S26E03 The Tal-y-Cafn

    • September 27, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers head to Conwy, where pro chef Dan and his partner Lucy host at The Tal-y-Cafn. Dan's cocky about his breakfast. So what could possibly go wrong?

  • S26E04 Cambrian House B&B

    • September 28, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Ivan and Jacqui host the week's final visit at Cambrian House B&B in Powys. But a good start is quickly sunk by one guest playing a prank on another...

  • S26E05 Payment Day

    • September 29, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The 1,000 episode sees auntie and niece duo Maxine Walker and Tegan Styles of Greenhills Hotel in Pembrokeshire get to the bottom of Tom's bathroom blues. Tom Beynon, owner of Three Cliffs Bay Holiday Park in south Wales also wants to know why he received a roasting for his hosting. Chef Dan Latham and partner Lucy Lonsdale of Tal-y-Cafn, Conwy, do not feel their hash browns were a burning issue, while Jacqui and Ivan Fabian of Cambrian House B&B in Powys, question whether tactics were played. Eventually, the payments are revealed and the winners announced.

  • S26E06 Tay House

    • October 2, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at Tay House in Dunkeld, Scotland, where colleagues Mike and Kat are hoping their guests will find a home from home in their traditional Scottish hotel.

  • S26E07 Aberlour Hotel

    • October 3, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The second visit of the week is to the Aberlour Hotel in Moray. Kellie and Alison host and take their guests on a trip to a local whisky distillery enjoyed by all but some cleanliness comments at feedback time leave them disappointed.

  • S26E08 Cobblehouse Country Cabins

    • October 4, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Graham and Emma host the third visit of the week at Cobblehouse Country Cabins in Turriff, Aberdeenshire. After some fly fishing on the River Deveron and a DIY breakfast it's some fusty old furniture that leave the hosts floundering at feedback time

  • S26E09 Trinity Boutique B&B

    • October 5, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to Trinity Boutique B&B in Peterhead, Aberdeenshire, where host Yuliya reckons her interior design background will delight her guests. The B&Bers certainly find the furnishings fantastic - until one pair do some trash talking about their bin. Yuliya treats her guests to an afternoon in a prison, before wowing her guests with a rather substantial breakfast.

  • S26E10 Payment Day

    • October 6, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Payment day sees the holiday hosts meet one last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. Mike and Kat are keen to get to the bottom of their disappointing breakfast scores, before Kellie and Alison dissect some design comments. After cutting questions, cleanliness concerns and a Moroccan mismatch, who will take home the title as the best value B&B?

  • S26E11 Haven House

    • October 9, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The first destination of the week is Haven House B&B in Leyburn, North Yorkshire, where a visit to a nearby garden takes a strange turn and breakfast proves to be a crowd-pleaser.

  • S26E12 Anelli Hotel

    • October 10, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Father-son duo Roberto and Fabrizio host at the Anelli Hotel in Southport on Merseyside. The guests let off some steam on a train ride along Southport Pier and a continental breakfast waves goodbye to the traditional full English.

  • S26E13 The Venue

    • October 11, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Leah and Liv host at The Venue in Huddersfield where guest apartments sit alongside student accommodation. The guests are impressed with the low-cost comfort, but the lack of a bathroom door is not very popular. The B&Bers enjoy an afternoon of crazy golf.

  • S26E14 Isabella's Yard

    • October 12, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Katie and Rosie host at Isabella's Yard in Stamford, Lincolnshire. Tracey and Iain are blown away by their room, but Leah and Liv aren't sure that theirs measures up. The hosts treat their guests to a quintessentially British day out with afternoon tea on an old train and the guests get steaming with plenty of bubbles on offer.

  • S26E15 Payment Day

    • October 12, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Payment day finds the B&Bers sharpening their knives ready to take each other to task over their feedback. Iain and Tracey want to know why their décor's been called dated when the wallpaper's only been up a week, and Fabrizio and Roberto have been losing sleep over one of their scores.

  • S26E16 Northlands Farm

    • October 16, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The first destination of the week is Northlands Farm in Chichester, where host Keith offers the full farm experience and an afternoon of paddleboarding on his very own lake.

  • S26E17 Mad Hatters Campsite

    • October 17, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Claire hosts the second visit of the week at the Mad Hatters Campsite in Ely, Cambridgeshire. Martha and Lisa love the Wonderland theme but Giovanni and Enzo are not happy with the lack of ensuite.

  • S26E18 The Redan Inn

    • October 18, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Lisa and Martha host the third visit of the week at The Redan Inn in Chilcompton, Somerset. The guests love the quirky interiors and breakfast goes down a treat but Giovanni and Enzo get picky about plates.

  • S26E19 The Limes

    • October 20, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to The Limes in Maldon, Essex. Hosts Giovanni and Enzo hope their luxurious rooms will impress their guests - and the B&Bers are certainly happy to drink in the additional extras at check-in. They spend the afternoon at nearby Radio Caroline, the famous pirate radio station on a boat in Chelmsford. Breakfast dazzles most of the guests, and Giovanni and Enzo think they're onto a winner.

  • S26E20 Payment Day

    • October 20, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Payment Day sees Keith try to get to the bottom of the concerning cleanliness score that's been bugging him. Lisa and Martha are also keen to uncover why Enzo and Giovanni weren't blown away by their breakfast, before the boys turn the tables to quiz their rivals about some fussy feedback.

  • S26E21 Ocean Guesthouse

    • October 23, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The first destination is the Ocean Guesthouse in Weymouth, where host Maxine finds some cleanliness comments concerning a marked mattress hard to swallow.

  • S26E22 Dartmoor Reach

    • October 24, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Josh and Natalie host the second visit at their glamping site Dartmoor Reach in Bovey Tracey, Devon. Maxine finds herself hankering for a hotel after an unexpected guest in her tent and the vibes aren't as zen as the hosts would hope at the onsite yoga class.

  • S26E23 The George Inn

    • October 25, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Gareth and Jonny host the third visit of the week at The George Inn in Plympton, Devon. The guests enjoy an afternoon at the zoo but Maxine has some cleanliness concerns.

  • S26E24 The Crown and Victoria Inn

    • October 26, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The competition continues in Tintinhull in Somerset, at The Crown and Victoria Inn, where Surinder and Safia are hoping that their guests will give them the royal seal of approval.

  • S26E25 Payment Day

    • October 27, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Payment day sees Maxine confront Gareth and Jonny about their complaints with her mattress, and Surinder and Safia dust off their cleanliness criticisms.

  • S26E26 Golden Grove Retreat

    • October 30, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The first destination of the week is the Golden Grove Retreat in Carmarthenshire, featuring an afternoon of yoga and a healthy breakfast that leaves guests pining for a fry-up.

  • S26E27 Rosita Guest House

    • October 31, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The rivals arrive at Rosita Guest House in Weston-super-Mare, where hosts Sheila and Phil dream of perfect scores. Things get off to a great start - until unexpected items turn up

  • S26E28 King Square Apartments

    • November 1, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The third visit is to King Square Apartments in Bridgwater, Somerset. Pam and Mya hope their self-catering digs will do the business, and the guests are certainly wowed by the building - but not the princely price tag.

  • S26E29 Hartridge Springs

    • November 2, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The week's final visit is to Hartridge Springs in Upottery in Devon, where Anton and Emma hope their upmarket glampsite will bring a touch of opulence to the Great Outdoors. However, with some first-time campers among their guests, they've got their work cut out.

  • S26E30 Payment Day

    • November 2, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Payment Day finds the B&Bers champing at the bit to tear some shreds off each other. Rob and Louise want to straighten out Anton's bed bother, while Pam and Mya prepare to give some cutting feedback about knives that aren't sharp enough. After everyone's had their say, the week's winners are revealed.

  • S26E31 The Gun

    • November 6, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The first visit of the week is to Louise and Kerry's community-owned B&B The Gun in Ridsdale, Northumberland. A visit to a birds of prey centre results in one guest's feathery hat getting some special attention.

  • S26E32 Marthrown of Mabie

    • November 7, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The rivals go glamping at the Marthrown of Mabie site tucked away in a Dumfries forest, where hosts Mike and Pam hope their guests will embrace the off-grid experience. Unfortunately, Louise and Kerry quickly find the loos to be bog standard, and get buzzed off by some uninvited guests in their accommodation.

  • S26E33 Dale View B&B

    • November 8, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The week's third visit is to Jo and Craig's Dale View B&B in Holbrook, Cumbria. where the guests marvel at the local scenery aboard a steam train. Unfortunately at breakfast the hosts' poached eggs are a bit of a disaster.

  • S26E34 The Cross Inn

    • November 9, 2023
    • Channel 4

    The week's final visit is to the Cross Inn in Heptonstall, West Yorkshire where eccentric hosts Gig and Lyndsey hope to impress with their 'one-of-a-kind' style. The B&Bers take it easy with a canal boat tour of the nearby waterways, before being served gin by a giant sloth.

  • S26E35 Payment Day

    • November 10, 2023
    • Channel 4

    Payment day arrives, and with some sore feelings festering, the B&Bers are ready to dish out the dirt on their competitors. After a healthy dollop of debate, who'll win the week?

Season 27

  • S27E01 The Sportsman

    • April 15, 2024
    • Channel 4

    In Lancashire, Steve and Georgia whet their guests' appetites with water skiing and a boozy breakfast. But the price of a pint causes some confusion.

  • S27E02 Lahtle Wood Glamping

    • April 16, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Sarah and Sarah host at their North Yorkshire glampsite. After a visit to an air raid shelter, one B&Ber drops some truth bombs about what he really thinks.

  • S27E03 Cley Hall Hotel

    • April 17, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The week's third visit is to Joe's Grade II listed hotel in Lincolnshire, where a noisy night drives one guest to distraction.

  • S27E04 Bumble Barn Luxury B&B

    • April 18, 2024
    • Channel 4

    At Paul and Debbie's luxury B&B in Norfolk, pro chef Paul is determined to impress with his breakfast. But feedback from one guest sets him on the warpath.

  • S27E05 Payment Day

    • April 19, 2024
    • Channel 4

    It's payment day, bringing with it backstabbing, blazing barneys, explosive confrontations and... little pink envelopes with cash in them. Who'll win the week?

  • S27E06 Rosaire Guest House

    • April 22, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off in Llandudno, where host Jo and her mum Pat end up with some illuminating feedback about their guests' lack of sleep.

  • S27E07 The Queens Hotel

    • April 23, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Rachel and professional impersonator Liam are keen to make a good impression at their hotel in Harlech. But one B&Ber has a sinking feeling.

  • S27E08 The Mill at Glynhir

    • April 24, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers are at Mat and Helen's B&B in Carmarthenshire for the week's third visit, where things get prickly during a visit to a botanical garden.

  • S27E09 Hideaway Escapes

    • April 25, 2024
    • Channel 4

    At Lesley and Sarah's Hideaway Escapes in Pembrokeshire, one set of guests decide to sleep in their car rather than their room.

  • S27E10 Payment Day

    • April 26, 2024
    • Channel 4

    On a feisty payment day, the B&Bers tackle everything from bathroom blues to one set of guests completely refusing to try out one of their rivals' rooms.

  • S27E11 The Earlsdale

    • April 29, 2024
    • Channel 4

    In Devon, married couple Lewis and James kick off the week with their signature style. But a dribbly shower rains on their chances.

  • S27E12 The Kings Arms

    • April 30, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Last time out, Sally and Jo set up some spotless expectations for their B&B in Cornwall. At feedback time, they might end up wishing they'd kept their mouths shut.

  • S27E13 East Creek B&B

    • May 1, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Newbie B&Ber Hilary hosts at her actual family home in Dorset, which isn't to the taste of some guests. Luckily, a stunning sea view might turn the tide.

  • S27E14 The Railway Ramblers' Rest

    • May 2, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Nikki and Terry host the week's final visit at The Railway Ramblers' Rest in Devon, where simmering tensions between guests threaten to derail things.

  • S27E15 Payment Day

    • May 3, 2024
    • Channel 4

    On payment day, allegations of foul play after one pair gave consistently low scores throughout the week get the blood boiling, before the winners are revealed.

  • S27E16 The Plough Inn

    • May 6, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Husbands Roy and Brian kick off the week at The Plough Inn in Kent. They're hoping a breakfast that's 'somewhere between Little Chef and The Ritz' will be a winner.

  • S27E17 The Old Crown Coaching Inn

    • May 7, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Best friends Simone and Anke host at their coaching inn in Oxfordshire, where the furnishings are fit for a king. Alas, the cleanliness standards are less sparkling.

  • S27E18 The Courthouse

    • May 8, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Richard and Colleen host the week's third visit in Essex. After tensions are released during a visit to a rage room, Richard gets teary during feedback.

  • S27E19 Samsara Retreat

    • May 9, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Lori and Mike host the week's final visit at their yoga retreat in Kent, where relaxation is the name of the game. But two of the B&Bers don't feel so rested...

  • S27E20 Payment Day

    • May 10, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers are sharpening their knives ready for payment day, where marks about a minging mattress are on the agenda. And one B&Ber gets tearful about their comments.

  • S27E21 The Art Bank

    • May 13, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at The Art Bank in Kirkcudbrightshire, where Mandy and Suzanne hope a dash of artistic flair will win them the week.

  • S27E22 Tithe Barn Hotel

    • May 14, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Amy and her friend Anna sort-of host the week's second visit in Cockermouth, Cumbria. The hosts hope their host-less hosting won't put off the other holiday hosts.

  • S27E23 The Sanderling

    • May 15, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Dave and Meru host at their traditional seaside guest house in Morecambe, where a bargain brekkie and a seafront stroll prove popular.

  • S27E24 The Curious Fox

    • May 16, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Will an unwelcome discovery in one of Lee and Janette's rooms in Skipton scupper their chances? Or can a top-tier breakfast turn things back around?

  • S27E25 Payment Day

    • May 17, 2024
    • Channel 4

    It's payment day. Toilet troubles, bathroom bothers and some very picky comments are all on the agenda before the payments are revealed and we find out who's won.

  • S27E26 The Red Lion

    • May 20, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The week kicks off at The Red Lion in Charing Heath, Kent, where the B&Bers are treated to a masterclass in hospitality. And one guest reveals their combative side.

  • S27E27 Glamp in Style

    • May 21, 2024
    • Channel 4

    In East Sussex, Dean and Becky hope their unique glamping digs - including a converted army truck and a horsebox - will have the B&Bers raving. If only...

  • S27E28 Tottington Manor

    • May 22, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Helen and Phil host at their hotel in West Sussex. After rave reviews about their décor and a banging breakfast, why do they have an axe to grind at feedback?

  • S27E29 Lakeview Studios

    • May 23, 2024
    • Channel 4

    At Sam and Claudia's self-catering studios in Dorset, one couple find a problem in the toilet, before battle lines are drawn on a visit to a tank museum.

  • S27E30 Payment Day

    • May 24, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Payment day promises to be a fiery affair, with two sets of B&Bers set for a head-on collision about their marking. And then we find out who's won.

  • S27E31 Home Farm B&B

    • May 27, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The week begins at newbie B&Bers Nick and Tim's place in Milton Keynes, where secrets are revealed on a visit to the home of WWII code breakers.

  • S27E32 The Vale Hotel

    • May 28, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers are in Wiltshire at Iain and Tayla's hotel for the week's second visit, where an intimacy exercise over drinks leaves Tayla in an awkward position.

  • S27E33 Cottage Lodge Hotel

    • May 29, 2024
    • Channel 4

    In The New Forest, Francesca and Maurizio's green approach to hosting is put to the test. And the B&Bers are divided by a tree hugging trip.

  • S27E34 Beach Sun Retreat

    • May 30, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Karl and Rohini host the week's final visit at their unusual accommodation in Kent, complete with an indoor beach. But not everyone is a fan.

  • S27E35 Payment Day

    • May 31, 2024
    • Channel 4

    It's payment day. All the usual cleanliness concerns and facilities faults are on the agenda - as well as some unsavoury comments about hosting styles. But who's won?

  • S27E36 The Dog Inn

    • June 3, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Stu and Ali hope to win over their guests in Lancashire with a trip to a farm to see some baby lambs. But there's an unwelcome discovery during breakfast.

  • S27E37 Ullswater View

    • June 4, 2024
    • Channel 4

    In the Lake District, Julie and Sarah plan to give the B&Bers a touch of luxury. The view from breakfast is beautiful - until a sausage causes a problem.

  • S27E38 String of Horses

    • June 5, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Sue and Judith host in Cumbria, where the early signs indicate it could be a flawless visit. So why are the hosts scratching their heads at feedback?

  • S27E39 Cove Farm

    • June 6, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The week's final visit is to East Lothian. Gavin and Rosie aim to persuade their guests on the merits of glamping. But not everyone is convinced.

  • S27E40 Payment Day

    • June 7, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers try to get their heads around all manner of things on payment day, from facilities faults to shoddy sleep scores. Who will reign supreme?

Season 28

  • S28E01 Butterchurn Guesthouse

    • October 21, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins in Northumberland, where karaoke-loving hosts Darren and Bobby hope to hit the high notes with their home-from-home B&B and a visit to Hexham Abbey

  • S28E02 Hillside Hotel

    • October 22, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Daniella and Angela host at their hotel in East Lothian, where there's a chill in the air when the B&Bers take on a rope obstacle course suspended over open water.

  • S28E03 Bella Vista Lodge

    • October 23, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The latest tour continues in Blackpool, where Paul and entertainer Victoria are keen to put on a show for the B&Bers at their Bella Vista Lodge. Will bingo and karaoke help Paul and Victoria to overcome their guests' preconceptions about the seaside town?

  • S28E04 North Star Sanctum

    • October 24, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Simon and Lana host the week's final visit at North Star Sanctum in Fitling, East Yorkshire. The hosts look to lay on luxury with their lodges, so it's disheartening when one guest compares the place to a caravan park

  • S28E05 Payment Day

    • October 25, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Payment Day sees the B&Bers take each other to task on everything from insufficient slumber to hopeless hosting, before the payments are revealed and we find out who's won.

  • S28E06 Laurel Bank Hotel

    • October 28, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The competition kicks off at the Laurel Bank Hotel in Fife. Owners Lee and Emma come out swinging during an afternoon at an Edwardian mansion complete with its own golf course.

  • S28E07 Hidden Horizon Glampsite

    • October 29, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Winnie and Ashley host the second visit of the week at Hidden Horizon Glampsite in Clydebank, where some guests enjoy the luxury of the plush glamping pods while others are left wanting more.

  • S28E08 Lemonfield Hotel

    • October 30, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Father-and-daughter duo Jav and Sara host the third visit of the week at Lemonfield Hotel in Seaburn, Sunderland where their guests are treated to an afternoon of glass blowing.

  • S28E09 The Grays Hotel

    • October 31, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Gary and Chris host the week's final visit at The Grays Hotel in Blackpool. The B&Bers are pleasantly surprised by the colourful rooms, before Gary regales them with tales of his childhood during a tram tour along the seafront. Everything seems to be going well, until the guests find some issues at breakfast

  • S28E10 Payment Day

    • November 1, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Tension abounds on payment day, with a number of suspiciously low scores throughout the week on the agenda. When the dust settles and the payments are revealed, who'll emerge victorious?

  • S28E11 The Abergwaun Hotel

    • November 4, 2024
    • Channel 4

    This week's competition kicks off at the Abergwaun Hotel in Fishguard, Pembrokeshire. After a boat trip around the coast, owner Dan is quick to talk up his past career as a chef.

  • S28E12 Little London B&B

    • November 5, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Catherine and Gareth hope the serene setting of their Little London B&B in Powys will see them cruising to victory. But one set of guests feel left out in the cold when they're shunted out to a glamping pod in the garden and only offered a reduced menu for breakfast.

  • S28E13 Let's Glamp Retro

    • November 6, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The third visit of the week sends the B&Bers back in time, as Mark and Dawn host at their Let's Glamp Retro glampsite in Ceredigion. The hosts are extremely proud of their nostalgic, music-themed glamping pods - but not everyone appreciates the period décor.

  • S28E14 Ribble Valley Retreat

    • November 7, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Married couple Emma and Peter host the week's final visit, at their Ribble Valley Retreat in Lancashire. After a relaxing night under the stars, Dan gets a short, sharp, shivering shock in the showers and Mark and Dawn are underwhelmed at breakfast.

  • S28E15 Payment Day

    • November 8, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers have had a smorgasbord of short-stay selections to scrutinise throughout the week, from traditional, cosy B&B vibes to '70s-inspired glamping pods. As payment day dawns, it remains to be seen which offering will win the week.

  • S28E16 The Firs

    • November 11, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The competition begins at The Firs in Perthshire, where the B&Bers visit a local castle, and low cleanliness scores prove a particularly sticky point for hosts Lindsay and Pauline.

  • S28E17 The National Hotel

    • November 12, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers head north to Ross-shire, where Diogo and Rafael host at The National Hotel. They're hoping their traditional Scottish touches will have them on to a winner, but a peaceful night's sleep evades one set of guests.

  • S28E18 The Black Bull Inn

    • November 13, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Janie and Paul host the third visit of the week at The Black Bull Inn in Dumfries and Galloway where the guests enjoy the deluxe touches, but a lavatory let down causes concern.

  • S28E19 Braeview Glamping

    • November 14, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers head to Morag and Jonny's Braeview Glamping in Berwickshire. A day out on the railway sees a head of steam building up beneath the guests' smiles as the tension of payment day looms, and the heat rises over the campfire as two sets of guests fail to see eye to eye.

  • S28E20 Payment Day

    • November 15, 2024
    • Channel 4

    After a tension-filled final visit, payment day promises to be a feisty affair. Cleanliness standards have been questioned throughout, and the B&Bers seem set to fight dirty when the debate starts.

  • S28E21 The Kings Head Inn

    • November 18, 2024
    • Channel 4

    This week's competition begins at The Kings Head Inn in West Sussex. Owners Colin and Oonagh arrange a visit to a Second World War aviation museum.

  • S28E22 The Roade House

    • November 19, 2024
    • Channel 4

    At The Roade House in Roade, Northamptonshire, hosts Paul and Maxine boast a wealth of facilities including a yoga studio and hair salon but guests discover a pressing problem.

  • S28E23 The Halfway House Inn

    • November 20, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Joanne and Julie host the third visit of the week at The Halfway House Inn in Morley, West Yorkshire where guests are impressed with the pub rooms but Paul and Maxine have a problem with the lack of shampoo.

  • S28E24 Stamford Meadows Glamping

    • November 21, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The B&Bers sample the great outdoors for the week's final visit, at Sanath and Amelia's Stamford Meadows Glamping in Lincolnshire. The hosts hope their guests will embrace the bespoke touches at their luxury site. However, for one pair, the walk to the toilet facilities is a step too far.

  • S28E25 Payment Day

    • November 22, 2024
    • Channel 4
  • S28E26 Westbrook Lodge Guest House

    • November 25, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The week's first destination is Westbrook Lodge Guest House in Margate. The hosts hope their guests will like the animal-themed rooms, But they're not wild about the egg choices.

  • S28E27 The Casterbridge

    • November 26, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Visit two of the week is to The Casterbridge in Dorchester where owner Noorani offers a classic English guest house with a Sri Lankan twist but some guests are concerned about the cleanliness.

  • S28E28 Overtown Manor

    • November 27, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Nancy and her friend Henrietta host the week's third visit at Overtown Manor in Wroughton, Wiltshire. Nancy is hoping the homely feel to her farmhouse, which has been in her family for four generations, will impress her guests but plumbing problems cause an issue.

  • S28E29 The Castle Inn

    • November 28, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of this week's competition is to The Castle Inn in George Nympton, Devon. Amanda and Josie aim to sweeten up their guests with a visit to a local honey manufacturer, but some dirty discoveries mean there's a sting in the tail for the hosts.

  • S28E30 Payment Day

    • November 29, 2024
    • Channel 4

    After a week of dog poo diatribe, spicy omelettes and farm faux pas, the B&Bers meet one last time to have a big old row and find out who's won.

  • S28E31 Watergate Yard

    • December 2, 2024
    • Channel 4

    This week's competition kicks off at Watergate Yard in Sleaford, Lincolnshire, where hosts Ryan and Hollie hope their unique style will impress. One guest gives the cleanliness standards a dusting down - although what the rivals will make of a creepy afternoon looking at 15,000 mannequins remains to be seen.

  • S28E32 Birdholme Glamping

    • December 3, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Mum and daughter Holly and Meg host the week's second visit at Birdholme Glamping in Nottinghamshire, where they aim to make glamping even more glam with some extra luxury touches, but the self-catering setup doesn't impress their guests.

  • S28E33 Holly Hill Inn

    • December 4, 2024
    • Channel 4

    Tom hosts the third visit of the week at Holly Hill Inn in Richmond, North Yorkshire. After a lot of bragging, expectations are high but it turns out his cleanliness scores aren't.

  • S28E34 Woodland Park Lakes Holidays

    • December 5, 2024
    • Channel 4

    The final visit of the week is to Woodland Park Lakes Holidays in Windermere, where it's all about location for host Brittany. The competition has already seen some tit-for-tat marking, and the B&Bers waste no time in trying to root out issues in their rooms. They're soon smiling when Brittany lays on an arty afternoon, though faces drop when it comes to the cost.

  • S28E35 Payment Day

    • December 6, 2024
    • Channel 4

    It's been a fiery week, with all of the B&Bers unhappy with their feedback - especially considering barely anyone has said they would like to return to one another's establishments. Fireworks seem in prospect as they meet up one last time to go over their scores and find out who's won.